Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2013,

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Republic of The Marshall Islands   4412   66-0804797

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

City Gate Building 1000

Mahon, Cork

Ireland

+(353) 21 240-9500

   

Seward & Kissel LLP

Attention: Robert E. Lustrin, Esq.

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1420

(Address and telephone number of

Registrant’s principal executive offices)

   

(Name, address and telephone

number of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gary J. Wolfe, Esq.

Robert E. Lustrin, Esq.

Seward & Kissel LLP

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1200 (telephone number)

(212) 480-8421 (facsimile number)

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

212-450-4000 (telephone number)

212-701-5800 (facsimile number)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)
 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Security

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering

Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares, $                 par value per share

      $               $160,000,000   $21,824
                 

 

 

(1) Includes common shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued June 28, 2013

 

                Shares

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Ardmore Shipping Corporation is offering                 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

 

We will apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ASC”.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, as such, we may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

 

Investing in the common stock involves risks.  See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13.

 

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts

and

Commissions

    

Proceeds to
Company(1)

Per share

     $                          $                          $                    

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

(1)   We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriters.”

 

The Company has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                 , 2013.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   JEFFERIES   CLARKSON CAPITAL MARKETS

 

                , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     37   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     38   

CAPITALIZATION

     39   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     41   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     45   

THE INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS AND CHEMICAL TANKER INDUSTRY

     61   

BUSINESS

     83   

MANAGEMENT

     100   

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     104   

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     105   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     106   

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     108   

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     113   

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     118   

UNDERWRITING

     130   

LEGAL MATTERS

     134   

EXPERTS

     134   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     134   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     135   

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     135   

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

     136   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION AND ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC, PREDECESSOR TO ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

     F-1   

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, these securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of the securities offered hereby. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update this prospectus as required by law.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Until                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

Industry and market data

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable and we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein. The Company believes that such third party information concerning industry and market data is reliable. Such third-party information may be different from other sources and may not reflect all or even a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the market. In addition, some data is also based on our good faith estimates and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Such data involve risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This section summarizes some of the key information that appears in other sections of this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should review carefully the risk factors and the more detailed information and financial statements included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, when used in this prospectus, the terms “Ardmore,” “Ardmore Shipping,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Ardmore Shipping Corporation and our consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the exchange agreement referred to under “Corporate Structure” whereby we will own our predecessor company, Ardmore Shipping LLC. The financial information included in this prospectus represents our financial information and the operations of our vessel-owning subsidiaries and wholly-owned management company. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars. See the “Glossary of Shipping Terms” included in this prospectus for definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus that are commonly used in the shipping industry.

The Company

We are Ardmore Shipping Corporation, a company incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We provide seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with our modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers. Our fleet consists of 12 vessels including eight in operation and four on order with deliveries expected to begin in January 2014, which together we refer to as our Initial Fleet. In addition, we have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             , options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels, which together we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately $             million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $             per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, together with approximately $235 million which we expect will be available to us under our proposed new credit facility, to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and a portion of the amount required to purchase our Expansion Fleet. After giving effect to the purchase of our Expansion Fleet, we will have a total fleet of 24 vessels and we expect that 83% of our fleet will consist of MR product tankers based on cargo capacity.

We commenced business operations in April 2010 with the goal of building an enduring product and chemical tanker company that emphasizes service excellence, innovation, and operational efficiency through our focus on high quality, fuel-efficient vessels. We are led by a team of experienced senior managers who have previously held senior management positions with highly regarded public shipping companies and financial institutions. Our principal offices are located in Cork, Ireland, a location that we believe affords us many advantages, including an EU-approved tonnage tax system, close proximity to London and other European shipping centers and supportive assistance from Irish government agencies such as the Irish Maritime Development Office, or IMDO, and the National Maritime College of Ireland, or NMCI.

We are strategically focused on modern, fuel-efficient mid-size product and chemical tankers. According to Drewry Maritime Research, as of June 2013, mid-size tankers comprise 59% and 39% of the world’s deepsea seaborne transport capacity for products and chemicals, respectively, as measured by deadweight tonnage. There is significant overlap between the clean petroleum product, or CPP, and chemical sectors as 58% of MR product tankers are classed as IMO 3, enabling them to carry selective chemicals and vegetable oils, and many mid-size chemical tankers (such as ours) carry CPP cargoes on a routine basis. We actively pursue opportunities to exploit this overlap in order to enhance earnings, and also seek to engage in more complex CPP trades, such as

 

 

1


Table of Contents

multi-grade and multi-port loading and discharging operations, where our knowledge of chemical operations is beneficial to our CPP customers.

Our fuel-efficient operations are designed to enhance our investment returns and provide value-added service to our customers. We believe we are on the forefront of fuel efficiency and emissions reduction trends and are well-positioned to capitalize on these developments by engaging in the construction of Eco-design vessels, modifying ships to improve fuel efficiency, and equipping our fleet with engine diagnostic and ship performance management systems to optimize voyage performance. As a result, our modified vessels, or Eco-mod, achieve lower fuel consumption and, in some cases, achieve performance close to that of new Eco-design vessels. All of the newbuildings in our Expansion Fleet will be Eco-design and we intend to make Eco-mod improvements to the secondhand vessels in our Expansion Fleet. Our acquisition strategy is to build our fleet with Eco-design newbuildings and modern secondhand vessels that can be upgraded to Eco-mod.

We have no related-party transactions concerning our vessel operations. Our wholly-owned subsidiary Ardmore Shipping Limited, or ASL, carries out our management functions. ASL currently has a staff of 11 employees based in Cork, Ireland and provides corporate and accounting services and commercial management. Technical management of our vessels is performed by a combination of ASL and our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team is directly responsible for insurance and for overseeing significant operational functions of our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team also supervises the construction of our newbuildings in close coordination with our third-party on-site supervision team. We have a resolute focus on both high-quality service and efficient operations, and we believe that our corporate overhead and operating expenses are among the lowest of our peers.

We are commercially independent as we have no blanket employment arrangements with third-party or related-party commercial managers. We market our services directly to a broad range of customers, including oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, chemical companies, and a range of pooling service providers. We monitor the market for our vessels and may change our chartering strategy to take advantage of changing market conditions.

We believe that the market for mid-size product and chemical tankers is in the early stages of a recovery from cyclical lows, resulting from strong underlying demand growth driven by both cyclical and secular trends, as well as a reduction in the supply overhang due to reduced ordering activity and an extended period of fleet growth at a rate below that of demand growth. The Company was formed at a historically low point in the shipping cycle which our management believes represented an opportunity to build our fleet and business with low cost asset base. Shipping is a capital and operationally intensive business and the challenges in the global economy and shipping market continued throughout 2011 and 2012. While this has afforded an extended opportunity to acquire additional vessels, we have incurred losses in the periods ended December 31, 2010 through to December 31, 2012 as a result of company set-up costs, challenging shipping markets and ongoing investments in our fleet. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the market recovery with a modern, fuel-efficient fleet, access to capital for growth, a diverse and high quality customer base, an emphasis on service excellence in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment, and a relative cost advantage in assets, operations and corporate overhead.

Our Initial Fleet

Our Initial Fleet consists of 12 vessels, comprised of five MR product tankers (two Eco-design and three Eco-mod) and three Eco-mod chemical tankers in operation, plus four Eco-design MR product tanker newbuildings with deliveries expected to begin starting in January 2014. Please see “Glossary of Shipping Terms” on page 136 of this prospectus for definitions of terms used below. The average age of our Initial Fleet in

 

 

2


Table of Contents

operation is five years, and the average age of our fleet following delivery of the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and vessels in our Expansion Fleet in         will be less than         years.

 

Vessel name

  Type   Dwt     IMO     Delivery   Built   Flag   Charter
Rate in
  Charter   Eco
Specification
              ($)/day(1)   Expires  

IN OPERATION

                 

Ardmore Seavaliant (2)

  Product     49,999        3      Feb-13   Korea   MI   15,378   Feb-14   Eco-Design

Ardmore Seaventure (3)

  Product     49,999        3      Jun-13   Korea   MI   15,873   Jun-14   Eco-Design

Ardmore Seamaster (4)

  Product     45,840        —        Sept-04   Japan   MI   14,224   Oct-13   Eco-Mod

Ardmore Seafarer (5)

  Product     45,744        —        Aug-04   Japan   MI   13,233   Jul-13   Eco-Mod

Ardmore Seatrader (6)

  Product     47,141        —        Dec-02   Japan   MI   13,549   Dec-13   Eco-Mod

Ardmore Centurion (7)

  Chemical     29,006        2      Nov-05   Korea   MI   11,331   Jun-13   Eco-Mod

Ardmore Calypso (8)

  Chemical     17,589        2      Jan-10   Korea   MI   Pool   Indefinite   Eco-Mod

Ardmore Capella (9)

  Chemical     17,567        2      Jan-10   Korea   MI   Pool   Indefinite   Eco-Mod

ON ORDER

                 

SPP Hull S-5118(10)

  Product     49,999        3      Jan-14   Korea   MI   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

SPP Hull S-5119(10)

  Product     49,999        3      Jan-14   Korea   MI   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

MR NB #1(11)

  Product     49,999        3      TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

MR NB #2(11)

  Product     49,999        3      TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

Total Vessels

  12     502,881                 

 

(1) This table shows gross charter rates, averaged over the duration, as applicable, plus CVE income (see Glossary of Shipping Terms for definitions) and does not include commissions payable by us at a rate of 1.25% to 2.5%, where applicable.
(2) On charter for one year at a rate of $17,000 per day for the first 60 days plus $15,000 per day thereafter, expiring in February 2014. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(3) On charter for one year at a rate of $19,500 per day for the first 60 days plus $15,100 per day thereafter, expiring in June 2014. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(4) On charter for three years at a rate of $14,175 per day, expiring October 2013. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(5) On charter for one year at a rate of $13,200 per day, expiring July 2013. CVE income is $1,000 per month.
(6) On charter for ten months at a rate of $13,500 per day, expiring in December 2013 with an option to extend for a further eight months at a rate of $14,250 per day. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(7) On charter for six months at a rate of $11,282 per day, expiring in June 2013 and with a charterer’s option to extend for a further six months at a rate of $12,308 per day, excluding a commission at a rate of 2.5%. CVE income is $1,500 per month. The charter includes a profit share agreement based on the vessel’s performance in a third party pool.
(8) Employed in a third party commercial pool for chemical tankers.
(9) Employed in a third party commercial pool for chemical tankers.
(10) SPP Shipbuilding Hull S-5118 / S-5119 are due to deliver from SPP shipyard in January 2014 and it is envisioned they will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(11) MR NB #1 and MR NB #2 are subject to execution of a definitive contract and expected to begin delivering from                  where it is envisioned they will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.

Our chartering policy is to maintain a broad range of operating and potential time charter customers and pooling alternatives in order to maximize commercial flexibility and to provide a risk management tool depending on prevailing market conditions and outlook. In particular, we seek customers who place value on our proactive approach to fuel efficiency.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The proceeds of this offering together with our proposed new credit facility will be used to finance any unfunded expenditure for vessels on order in the Initial Fleet and the remainder to finance the acquisition of vessels in the Expansion Fleet. Of the vessels on order in the Initial Fleet, Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119 have bank financing in place with DVB Bank. We expect that the Expansion Fleet plus unfunded vessels on order in the Initial Fleet, will be funded by the new credit facility and proceeds of this offering in the ratio of approximately 58% and 42% respectively.

The Expansion Fleet

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to acquire an additional twelve vessels in line with our strategy, which we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. We have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             , options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels. We are currently in detailed negotiations with regard to the vessels in the Expansion Fleet but do not have binding agreements in place. The Expansion Fleet’s vessels are expected to be employed under one year time charters or in the spot market. Ten of the vessels in the Expansion Fleet are expected to be Eco-Design and the two additional MR product tankers are expected to be approximately five years of age each, approximately 46,000 dwt and suitable for upgrading to Eco-Mod.

 

Vessel Name

  Status   Type   Dwt   IMO   Delivery   Built   Flag   Eco Specification

NB #3(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #4(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #5(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #6(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #7(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #8(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #9(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #10(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #11(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #12(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

MR Secondhand(3)

  N/A   Product   46,000   TBD   TBD   Japan / Korea   TBD   Upgrade – Eco-Mod

MR Secondhand(3)

  N/A   Product   46,000   TBD   TBD   Japan / Korea   TBD   Upgrade – Eco-Mod

Total Vessels

    12            

 

(1) We have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             . It is envisioned these ships will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(2) We have options for four vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             . It is envisioned these ships will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(3) We intend to acquire two high quality modern MR product tankers of approximately five years of age each in the secondhand market and each approximately 46,000 dwt, that are suitable for upgrading to Eco-Mod.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will enable us to maximize returns and capitalize on growth opportunities in the product and chemical tanker sectors, including:

 

   

Experienced Management Team with an Established Track Record: Our Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Gurnee, has 32 years of experience in the maritime industry and was part of the senior management team that guided Teekay Corporation’s turnaround in the 1990s and laid the foundation for its future growth with a series of public bond issues and its initial public offering. He also served as President of Nedship International (now part of DVB Bank), and in other key management roles, including as CEO of the container and chemical tanker company Industrial Shipping Enterprises and

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Chief Operating Officer of the chemical tanker operator MT Maritime Management Company. Our Chairman, Reginald Jones, was formerly the global head of transportation investment banking at Goldman Sachs where he led numerous shipping mergers and acquisitions and capital markets transactions, including the initial public offering of Teekay Corporation, the acquisition of tanker company Bona Shipping by Teekay, the sale of SeaLand to AP Moller Maersk, and offerings by OSG, OMI Corp and Knightsbridge Tankers. Our Chief Operating Officer, Mark Cameron, has held a wide range of operational and strategic management positions within Teekay, AP Moller Maersk and Safmarine over a 20 year onshore career. Additionally he served 11 years at sea and achieved the rank of Chief Engineer. Our Chief Financial Officer, Paul Tivnan, was formerly with Ernst & Young, most recently as a Senior Manager in its financial services tax practice specializing in international tax structuring for banking and financial institutions. Our senior management team has 103 cumulative years of experience in maritime and related activities.

 

   

Attractive, Fuel-Efficient Fleet: We have assembled a modern, high quality fleet of Eco-design or Eco-mod Japanese and Korean-built tankers. The continued focus on fuel-efficient Eco-design vessels as seen from the profile of the Expansion Fleet represents a direct extension of this strategy. The average age of our fleet following the completion of this offering and inclusion of vessels on order under letters of intent and options to be exercised, is expected to be less than         years, at the end of          when all vessels are expected to be delivered.

 

   

Focus on Service Excellence and Innovation: Since inception, we have focused on service excellence through high quality operations and innovation relating to fuel efficiency improvements, including the acquisition of Eco-design newbuildings and performing Eco-mod improvements to acquired secondhand vessels. Central to our approach is accurate speed and consumption measurement and continuous operational improvement. We believe that as a result, we have been able to negotiate favorable time charter rates and benefit directly in spot trading and via pool arrangements. Furthermore, we apply our operational experience and expertise in chemical tanker operations to complex CPP trades to support our customers’ needs.

 

   

Low Cost Operation: We believe our overhead cost per vessel, and operating expenses per vessel, are among the lowest of our industry peers. We have achieved this by purchasing high quality secondhand vessels, building ships in modern, reputable shipyards, operating from Ireland and remaining focused on two closely related business sectors. We have further achieved low operating expenses per vessel by using our operations management team to closely supervise and augment our third-party technical managers, who themselves enjoy scale benefits with managed fleets of in excess of 150 vessels each.

 

   

Financial Flexibility: We have capitalized the business in a financially conservative manner and as a consequence have been able to raise debt capital to fund growth during a severe shipping downturn which has led to the reorganization or bankruptcy of many leading shipping companies and prevented many other operators from taking advantage of attractive investment opportunities. Our current and prospective lenders have expressed a strong interest in facilitating our fleet growth as seen by the indicative term sheet supplied by our relationship banks.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to consolidate our position as a market leader in modern, fuel-efficient mid-size product and chemical tankers by engaging in well-timed growth and utilizing our operational expertise and quality-focused approach to provide value-added services to our customers. The key elements of our business strategy include:

 

   

Focus on Modern, Mid-Size Product and Chemical Tankers: According to Drewry Maritime Research, the median size of the global fleet for product tankers and chemical tankers is 46,832 dwt

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

and 17,589 dwt, respectively, which is close in size to our Initial Fleet, the average size of which is 48,747 dwt and 21,387 dwt for product tankers and chemical tankers, respectively. As such, we have developed our strategic focus around mainstream sizes that are readily employed and actively traded worldwide in broad and deep markets. Additionally, as a result of the overlap we have identified between the product and chemical sectors, we believe that our strategy will enable us to take advantage of opportunities, both operationally and strategically, while also providing investment diversification.

 

   

Well-Timed Growth through the Acquisition of Quality Tonnage: We have a diligent and patient approach to developing opportunities and are selective with respect to the quality of ships we seek to acquire. Since we commenced business in 2010 we have only acquired Japanese or Korean-built ships, but may consider others provided they meet the same standard of quality. We believe that our commitment and selectivity has been instrumental in building our reputation for quality and service excellence.

 

   

Optimizing Fuel Efficiency: The shipping industry is experiencing an evolutionary process in fuel efficiency, and we intend to remain at the forefront of these developments. Our Eco-design vessels incorporate many of the latest technological improvements, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms matched with energy efficient propellers, and decreased water resistance. Our Eco-mod vessels have improved propulsion efficiency and decreased water resistance. In addition, we are continuing to achieve further improvements through engine diagnostics and operational performance monitoring.

 

   

Commercial Independence, Flexibility and Diversification: We maintain a broad range of existing and potential time charter customers and pooling alternatives to maximize commercial flexibility and to manage cash flow visibility through charter duration and customer diversification. In particular we seek customers who value our proactive approach to fuel efficiency.

 

   

Low Cost Structure: We have established a solid foundation for growth while cost-effectively managing operating expenses and corporate overhead. We intend to grow our staff as needed and to realize further economies of scale as our fleet expands. At the core of our business philosophy is the belief that well-run companies can achieve high quality and efficiency simultaneously, through hands-on management, effective communication with employees, and constant re-evaluation of budgets and operational performance.

Product and Chemical Tanker Industry Trends

Based on information provided by Drewry Maritime Research, we believe that the following product and chemical tanker industry trends create growth opportunities:

 

   

The global shipping downturn is entering its sixth year and several sectors, including products and chemicals, are showing signs of a recovery.

 

   

Newbuilding and secondhand prices remain near historical lows. Extreme economic pressure and lack of financing availability has resulted in financial distress for many companies, forcing sales of vessels and restricting the number of companies able to engage in growth.

 

   

The outlook for product tankers is positive, with overall demand growth estimated to be 3.9% in 2013 and supply growth (net of scrapping) for mid-size product tankers (25,000 to 59,999 dwt) estimated to be 2.8% for the full year. The orderbook as a percentage of the global fleet for mid-size product tankers has declined to 12.2% from its peak of nearly 59% in 2007. Although the global economy remains weak, demand for product tanker tonnage has been bolstered by secular trends including refinery shut-downs, increasing complexity of trade and regulatory initiatives.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

The outlook for chemical tankers is also positive with demand growth estimated to be 3.6% and supply growth (net of scrapping) estimated to be 1.6% in 2013. The orderbook as a percentage of the global fleet for mid-size chemical tankers is 4.5%, a historical low. Chemical tanker demand is being driven by continued growth in emerging economies and may benefit significantly in the medium-term by an economic recovery in the OECD and shifting trade patterns caused by low-price chemical feedstock resulting from shale gas developments in North America.

 

   

Charterers’ concerns about environmental and safety standards have shifted their preference towards fuel-efficient modern tankers operated by reputable and financially sound shipping companies.

Corporate Structure

Ardmore Shipping Corporation commenced business operations through our predecessor company, Ardmore Shipping LLC, on April 15, 2010. We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013. Currently our parent company, GA Holdings LLC, owns all of our outstanding common stock and all of the outstanding equity interests of Ardmore Shipping LLC. Pursuant to an exchange agreement between us and our parent company,   the purpose of which is to exchange an existing limited liability company with a “C” corporation, at or prior to the closing of this offering, we will acquire all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Ardmore Shipping LLC in exchange for                 shares of our common stock.

We currently maintain our principal executive offices at City Gate Building 1000, Mahon, Cork, Ireland. Our telephone at this address is (+353) 21 240-9500. Upon execution of the exchange agreement described above, we will own our intermediate holding company Ardmore Shipholding Limited, incorporated in Ireland, which in turn owns each of the vessels in our Initial Fleet. We expect to own each of the vessels in the Expansion Fleet and any additional vessels which we may acquire in the future through separate wholly-owned Marshall Islands subsidiaries of Ardmore Shipholding Limited. We manage our business internally through our wholly-owned management company, ASL, which is incorporated in Ireland and is a direct subsidiary of Ardmore Shipholding Limited.

Dividend Policy

While we cannot assure you that we will continue to do so, and subject to the limitations discussed below, we currently intend to pay our stockholders quarterly dividends of $         per share, or $         per share per year. We expect to pay an initial dividend following completion of this offering of $         per share commencing in                     , 2013.

Our board of directors may review and amend our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends in the amounts stated above or elsewhere in this prospectus, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the restrictions in our credit facilities and the provisions of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”) as well as the other limitations set forth in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors.”

Credit Facilities

All of the delivered vessels in our Initial Fleet plus two of the Eco-design newbuildings to be delivered in January 2014 (Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119), have senior debt financing in place, all of which does not expire before 2018. Of the three debt facilities, two are with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. based in the Netherlands, or the ABN AMRO Facilities, and one is with DVB Bank SE based in Germany, or the DVB Bank SE Facility. The company also has a capital lease financing facility for two of the vessels with ICON Investments based in New York, USA.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The DVB Bank SE Facility is in the amount of $81.85 million and bears interest at a rate 3.75% above LIBOR. We entered into the DVB Bank SE Facility in order to finance the Ardmore Seafarer , Ardmore Seamaster and Ardmore Centurion and two of our newbuildings. The amount drawn down under this facility as of March 31, 2013 was $36.85 million. The remainder of the facility is to be drawn in line with delivery of our newbuildings.

The first ABN AMRO facility is in the amount of $40.5 million and bears interest at a rate 3.25% above LIBOR. We entered into this facility in order to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seatrader , the Ardmore Calypso and the Ardmore Capella . As of March 31, 2013, $32 million of this facility was drawn down. The remaining $8.5 million was not drawn down and is no longer available for borrowing. The second ABN AMRO facility is in the amount of $48.9 million and bears interest at a rate 3.20% above LIBOR. We entered into this facility to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure . The amount drawn down under this facility as of March 31, 2013 was $28.14 million. The remaining $20.7 million under this facility was drawn down in June 2013 to coincide with the delivery of the Ardmore Seaventure .

In addition, two of our subsidiaries are financed under separate capital lease arrangements with affiliates of ICON Investments, or the ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2.The total amount of ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2 is $31.5 million. We also have a $50 million revolving credit facility in place with Bank of Montreal, Ireland plc, or the BMO Facility, which is used for temporary financing of vessel acquisitions, instalments for vessels under construction and for temporary working capital needs. We intend to repay any amount drawn on this facility in full with the proceeds of this offering. This facility will be cancelled upon completion of this offering and repayment of any amount drawn.

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a proposed new credit facility that would, if realized, provide us initially with up to $235 million to be applied towards the unfunded expenditure on the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and the remaining amount required to purchase our Expansion Fleet that we intend to acquire, subject to the completion of this offering. For a full description of our credit facilities see “Business — Our Credit Facilities.”

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the highly cyclical tanker industry; partial dependence on spot charters; fluctuating charter values; changing economic, political and governmental conditions affecting our industry and business; material changes in applicable laws and regulations; full performance by counterparties, particularly charterers; acquisitions and dispositions; increased operating expenses; increased capital expenditures; taxes; maintaining customer relationships; maintaining sufficient liquidity; financing availability and terms; and management turnover.

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common shares. In particular, we urge you to carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares presently outstanding

                common shares

 

Common shares to be offered

                common shares

 

Over-allotment

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase, from time to time, up to an additional                 of our common shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

 

—assuming no exercise of over-allotment:

                common shares

 

 

—assuming full exercise of over-allotment:

                common shares

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of                     common shares in this offering will be approximately $         after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. This estimate is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (i) $         million (approximately) to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet; (ii) $         million (approximately) to fund a portion of the aggregate purchase price of our Expansion Fleet that we intend to acquire, subject to the completion of this offering; (iii) $         million (approximately) to pay any amount drawn on the BMO Facility; and (iv) $         million (approximately) for general corporate purposes. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Listing

We will apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ASC.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data and other operating data. The summary financial data in the table as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The summary financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the period ended December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31, 2012,
2011 and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

  2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Revenue

  $ 25,172,654        22,375,414        3,459,153      $ 7,275,085        6,778,739   

Operating expenses

         

Commissions and voyage related costs

    789,149        468,067        94,439        175,736        162,891   

Vessel operating expenses

    14,598,071        12,186,825        2,079,857        3,876,809        3,670,546   

Charterhire costs

    1,699,943        1,663,380        —          —          909,389   

Depreciation

    6,195,416        5,343,091        959,903        1,704,017        1,551,056   

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure

    441,491        —          —          348,896        —     

General and administrative expenses

    2,975,139        2,599,031        851,660        662,016        721,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,699,209        22,260,394        3,985,859        6,767,474        7,015,087   

(Loss) / profit from operations

    (1,526,555     115,020        (526,706     507,611        (236,348
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

    (2,966,014     (3,080,472     (647,441     (542,536     (996,413

Interest income

    4,713        3,608        2,723        881        828   

Loss before taxes

    (4,487,856     (2,961,844     (1,171,424     (34,044     (1,231,933
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

    (51,237     (13,426     3,424        (6,648     (7,772
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,539,093     (2,975,270     (1,168,000   $ (40,692     (1,239,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

    (45,390.93         (406.92  

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

    100            100     

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

         

Pro forma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted (1)

         

Adjusted pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (2)

         

Adjusted pro forma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted (2)

         

 

(1) Pro forma loss per share reflects the effect of the reorganization and issuance of shares to GA Holdings LLC.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
(2) Adjusted pro forma loss per share reflects (i) the effects of the reorganization and issuance of shares to GA Holdings LLC and (ii) the use of proceeds from the offering for the proposed payment of an initial dividend of $         on                 , 2013 and the repayment of the outstanding balance of the short-term revolving credit facility as at the date of this offering. The amount outstanding under the short-term revolving credit facility has been assumed to be $8.5 million, which reflects balance outstanding at March 31, 2013.

 

    At the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and
Period Ended December 31, 2010
    At the Period Ended March 31,  

BALANCE SHEET DATA

  2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,334,123        5,460,304        5,203,790      $ 6,574,965        4,486,011   

Net vessels

    157,008,968        145,760,106        94,288,390        198,143,558        148,257,414   

Total assets

    179,960,468        160,631,102        104,051,350        214,398,506        162,771,911   

Short-term revolving credit facility

    —          30,265,000        14,770,000        8,500,000        34,965,000   

Senior debt

    67,100,000        65,600,000        38,000,000        92,185,000        64,150,000   

Paid in capital

    117,073,352        65,747,599        50,790,925        117,073,352        65,747,599   

Accumulated deficit

  $ (8,682,363     (4,143,270     (1,168,000   $ (8,723,055     (5,382,975
    For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and
Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

CASHFLOW DATA

  2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 3,985,253        397,273        (2,259,892   $ 1,332,505        (183,200

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,941,514     (56,920,554     (95,260,596     (42,999,000     (3,927,262

Net cash provided by financing activities

  $ 20,830,080        56,779,795        102,724,278      $ 32,907,337        3,136,169   
    For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and
Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

TIME CHARTER EQUIVALENT DATA

  2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

MR Tankers “Eco-design”(1)

  $ —          —          —        $ 17,049        —     

MR Tankers “Eco-Mod”(1)

    13,294        13,097        12,800        13,507        13,134   

Chemical Tankers “Eco-Mod”(1)

  $ 9,108        8,878        10,459      $ 12,021        8,819   

 

(1) Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) daily rate is the gross charter rate or gross pool rate, as appropriate, per revenue day plus CVE.

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents

FLEET OPERATING DATA

     For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and
Period Ended December 31, 2010
     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012        2011        2010      2013      2012  

FLEET TCE

                    

Fleet weighted average(1)

     $ 10,911           11,100           12,597       $ 13,004         10,503   

Profit / (loss) on TC-Invest(2)

       (185        (47        (361      (125      (176

Commissions and related costs

       (337        (234        (334      (311      (252

Third party share of profit / (loss) on chartered-in vessels(3)

       (205        (254        —           13         (351
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net TCE

     $ 10,184           10,565           11,902       $ 12,581         9,724   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

                    

Vessel operating costs per day (4)

     $ 6,447           6,484           7,298       $ 6,502         6,567   

Expenditures for drydock (5)

       2,959,280           —             —           193,996         160,300   

Overhead per vessel(6)

     $ 371,892                   

HIRE

                    

On-hire utilization(7)

       99.1        99.8        99.2      98.9      98.9

 

(1) Fleet weighted average is total gross revenue for the fleet, before any profits arising or losses incurred on TC invest and share of profit arising or losses incurred on chartered-in vessels, divided by the number of revenue days.
(2) Profit / (loss) on TC-Invest relate to two separate agreements entered into by the company with two third party charterers which were supplemental to the charters of the Ardmore Seafarer and the Ardmore Seatrader , respectively, to participate in the profits or losses arising from each vessel’s employment in an MR pool managed by affiliates of the charterers, in exchange for an up-front investment to be used for working capital for the pool. The TC Invest arrangements were for the period of each time charter. The time charter for the Ardmore Seafarer expired on July 10, 2012, and the time charter for the Ardmore Seatrader expired on February 12, 2013.
(3) Third-party share of profit / (loss) on chartered-in vessels relates to an agreement whereby the profit / (loss) arising from chartering-in and employing the Hellespont Crusader and the Hellespont Commander in a chemical tanker pool was shared 75% / 25% between us and a third party charterer, respectively.
(4) Vessel operating costs per day are routine operating expenses and comprise, crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication costs and technical management fees. They do not include additional costs related to upgrading or enhancement of the vessels that are not capitalized.
(5) Drydock costs, which include costs for in-water surveys, comprise direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, and expenditures that increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s operating efficiency.
(6) Overhead per vessel is based on an operating fleet of eight ships in operation for a full year.
(7) On-hire utilization is based on revenue days divided by net operating days (i.e. operating days less drydock days).

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Some of the following risks relate principally to the tanker industry and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for dividends or the trading price of our common stock.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability, which may affect our earnings and available cash flow.

The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. The recent prolonged downturn in the tanker industry may continue and adversely affect our ability to recharter our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their charters. Moreover, the rates payable in respect of our vessels currently operating in a commercial pool, or any renewal or replacement charters that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and tanker values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil, oil products and chemicals. The factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

 

   

supply of and demand for oil, oil products and chemicals;

 

   

regional availability of refining capacity;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

the distance oil, oil products and chemicals are to be moved by sea;

 

   

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

   

environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

 

   

currency exchange rates;

 

   

weather;

 

   

competition from alternative sources of energy; and

 

   

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

   

the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

   

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

   

conversion of tankers to other uses;

 

   

the price of steel and other raw materials;

 

   

the number of vessels that are out of service; and

 

   

environmental concerns and regulations.

Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply and demand for tanker capacity. The recent global economic downturn may further reduce demand for transportation of oil products and chemicals over longer distances. As of May 2013, six of our eight delivered vessels operate on time charters, while the remaining two vessels operate in a commercial pool, which is spot-market oriented. We may seek to employ one or more of our vessels directly in the spot market upon redelivery from the current time charterers. If time charter or spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to achieve a level of charterhire sufficient for us to operate our vessels profitably.

 

13


Table of Contents

We are partially dependent on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

As of June 2013, we operate a fleet of eight vessels. Of those, two are employed in a spot market-oriented commercial pool. The earnings of these vessels is based on the spot market charter rates of the pool. We may seek to employ one of our vessels directly in the spot market upon redelivery from the current charterers. We intend to place the two vessels under construction to be delivered in early 2014 on one-year time charters or in the spot market upon delivery to us, further exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

We may employ additional vessels that we may acquire in the future in the spot charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a commercial pool that pertains to that vessel’s size class or alternatively, we may engage a third-party chartering manager to arrange spot chartering of our vessels on our behalf (“third-party spot chartering arrangement”). Although spot chartering is common in the tanker industry, the spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon tanker and oil product/chemical supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within commercial pools, depends upon, among other things, spot charter rates and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent travelling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile; there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage that may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew the charters on our vessels on the expiration or termination of our current charters, or enter into charters on vessels that we may acquire in the future, the charter rates payable under any replacement charters and vessel values will depend upon, among other things, economic conditions in the sectors in which our vessels operate at that time, changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the seaborne transportation of oil and chemical products.

Declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges.

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to the vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future charter rates, operating expenses and drydock costs. All of these items have been historically volatile.

An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value is in excess of the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows. The impairment loss is measured based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset.

An over-supply of tanker capacity may lead to reductions in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability.

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors such as demand for energy resources, oil, petroleum and chemical products, as well as strong overall global economic growth. If the capacity of new ships delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and lost, tanker capacity will increase. In addition, the newbuilding orderbook which extends to 2016 equalled approximately 10.4% of the existing world tanker fleet and the orderbook may increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates and vessel values could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and available cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2012, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea, with tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as “war risk” zones by insurers or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention or hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

The current state of the global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms and otherwise negatively impact our business.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. In recent years, operating businesses in the global economy have faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, deteriorating international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. There has been a general decline in the willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. Since 2008, lending by financial institutions worldwide remains at very low levels compared to the period preceding 2008. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been negatively affected by this decline.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, additional financing may not be available if needed by us and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to expand or meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it could impede our operations.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy continues to face a number of new challenges, including uncertainty related to the continuing discussions in the United States regarding the U.S. federal debt ceiling, mandatory reductions in federal spending, along with widespread skepticism about the implementation of any resulting agreements, continuing turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries and continuing economic weakness in the European Union. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and for our services. Such changes could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

The economies of the United States, the European Union and other parts of the world continue to experience relatively slow growth or remain in recession and exhibit weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United

 

15


Table of Contents

States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal government and state governments and European authorities continue to implement a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, severely disrupted and volatile.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these continuing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect profits.

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant expense in shipping operations for our vessels employed on the spot market and can have a significant impact on pool earnings. With respect to our vessels employed on time charter, the charterer is generally responsible for the cost and supply of fuel, however such cost may affect the charter rates we are able to negotiate for our vessels. Changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, which can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and our available cash.

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, requirements of the U.S Coast Guard and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the IMO International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damages, the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL), including designation of Emission Control Areas thereunder, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 and the International Labour Organization (ILO) Maritime Labour Convention (MLC). Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast and bilge waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes or changes to existing laws that may affect our operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with such regulatory initiatives, statutes or laws.

These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil in U.S. waters, including the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could also result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and available cash.

If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of safety and environmental protection policies setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code, we may be subject to increased liability or our existing insurance coverage may be invalidated or decreased for our affected vessels. Such failure may also result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results.

The market values of tankers have generally experienced high volatility. The market prices for tankers declined significantly from historically high levels reached in early 2008 and remain at relatively low levels. You should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry and prevailing charterhire rates, competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation, types, sizes and ages of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings. If the market value of our fleet declines, we may not be able to obtain other financing or incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. A decrease in these values could also cause us to breach certain covenants that are contained in our credit facilities and in future financing agreements that we may enter into from time to time. If the recoverable amounts of our vessels further decline and we do breach such covenants and we are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on vessels in our fleet. If we sell any vessel at any time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale may be at less than the vessel’s carrying amount on our financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “The International Products and Chemical Tanker Industry” for information concerning historical prices of tankers.

If our vessels suffer damage due to the inherent operational risks of the shipping industry, we may experience unexpected drydocking costs and delays or total loss of our vessels, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions, collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, cargo loss, latent defects, acts of God and other circumstances or events. Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels,

 

17


Table of Contents

mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, delay or rerouting. In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil and chemical products. An oil or chemical spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil or chemicals transported in tankers.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of revenues while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to travel or be towed to more distant drydocking facilities may adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further, the total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. If we are unable to adequately maintain or safeguard our vessels, we may be unable to prevent any such damage, costs, or loss which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

We operate our vessels worldwide and as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks which may reduce revenue or increase expenses.

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations. Our vessels are at risk of damage or loss because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions, collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, cargo loss, latent defects, acts of God and other circumstances or events. In addition, changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These sorts of events could interfere with shipping routes and result in market disruptions which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and transshipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and/or our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

Political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which may adversely affect our business.

We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States, and our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash may be adversely affected by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East and North Africa, including Libya, and the presence of the United States and other armed forces in those regions may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further world economic instability and uncertainty in global financial markets. As a result of the above, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally.

 

18


Table of Contents

Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets and negatively impact the U.S. and global economy. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In the past, political instability has also resulted in attacks on vessels, such as the attack on the M/T Limburg in October 2002, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. government, our reputation and the market for our common stock could be adversely affected.

Although no vessels owned or operated by us have called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan, and Syria, in the future, our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time on charterers’ instructions in violation of contractual provisions that prohibit them from doing so. Sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or “CISADA”, which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions on companies, such as ours, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products.

In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608, which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with

 

19


Table of Contents

individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations under an otherwise lawful contract or transaction with a third party which separately and subsequently becomes involved in sanctionable conduct. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers may attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our business or require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest lifted, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

A government could requisition for title or seize our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

Technological innovation could reduce our charterhire income and the value of our vessels.

The charterhire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our available cash could be adversely affected.

If labor or other interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

We, indirectly through our technical managers, employ masters, officers and crews to man our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest or any other interruption

 

20


Table of Contents

arising from incidents of whistleblowing whether proven or not, could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We have a limited history of operations on which investors may assess our performance.

We commenced business operations in April 2010. We have a limited performance record and operating history, and, therefore, limited historical financial information upon which you can evaluate our operating performance, ability to implement and achieve our business strategy or ability to pay dividends in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business strategy. Our Initial Fleet is composed of only eight vessels in operation with a relatively short operating history.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Securities Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. This election is irrevocable.

In addition, because of our emerging growth company status, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if, among other things, we have more than $1.0 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during the most recently completed fiscal year.

Because the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is not currently permitted to inspect our independent accounting firm, you may not benefit from such inspections.

Auditors of U.S. public companies are required by law to undergo periodic Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, inspections that assess their compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with performance of audits of financial statements filed with the SEC. Certain European Union countries, including Ireland, do not currently permit the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms established and operating in such European Union countries, even if they are part of major international firms. Accordingly, unlike for most U.S. public companies, the PCAOB is prevented from evaluating our auditor’s performance of audits and its quality control procedures, and, unlike shareholders of most U.S. public companies, we and our shareholders are deprived of the possible benefits of such inspections.

 

21


Table of Contents

If we do not identify suitable vessels for acquisition or successfully integrate any acquired vessels, we may not be able to grow or effectively manage our growth.

One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

   

identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;

 

   

identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning tankers for acquisitions or joint ventures;

 

   

integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations;

 

   

hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

   

identify additional new markets;

 

   

improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls; and

 

   

obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations.

Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances or debt issuances (with amortization payments). If we are unable to execute the points noted above, our financial condition may be adversely affected.

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired vessels and operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel to support such expansion. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth plans.

Delays in deliveries of the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet, Expansion Fleet or additional vessels, our decision to cancel an order for purchase of a vessel or our inability to otherwise complete the acquisitions of additional vessels for our fleet, could harm our operating results.

We expect to purchase additional vessels from time to time, including our Expansion Fleet which consists of four newbuildings and two secondhand vessels. The delivery of these vessels, plus vessels in our Initial Fleet which are currently under construction, could be delayed, not completed or cancelled, which would delay or eliminate our expected receipt of revenues from the employment of these vessels. The seller could fail to deliver these vessels to us as agreed, or we could cancel a purchase contract because the seller has not met its obligations.

If the delivery of any vessel is materially delayed or cancelled, especially if we have committed the vessel to a charter under which we become responsible for substantial liquidated damages to the customer as a result of the delay or cancellation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The delivery of the newbuildings could be delayed because of, among other things:

 

   

work stoppages or other labor disturbances or other events that disrupt the operations of the shipyard building the vessels;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

quality or other engineering problems;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

   

lack of raw materials;

 

   

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard building the vessels;

 

   

our inability to obtain requisite financing or make timely payments;

 

   

a backlog of orders at the shipyard building the vessels;

 

   

hostilities or political or economic disturbances in the countries where the vessels are being built;

 

   

weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

   

our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

   

shortages or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

   

our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals; or

 

   

a dispute with the shipyard building the vessels.

The delivery of the secondhand vessels we propose to acquire could be delayed because of, among other things, hostilities or political disturbances, non-performance of the purchase agreement with respect to the vessels by the seller, our inability to obtain requisite permits, approvals or financings or damage to or destruction of vessels while being operated by the seller prior to the delivery date.

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the number of vessels in our fleet and to maintain all our vessels, which will be dependent on additional financing.

Our business strategy is based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase of additional vessels. We currently estimate, based upon current and anticipated market conditions, our capital expenditures on the acquisition of vessels in 2013 and 2014 will be between $300 million and $400 million, which assumes that we successfully complete this offering. Please see “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

In addition, we will incur significant maintenance costs for our current and any newly-acquired vessels. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within 5 years of its delivery from a shipyard, and vessels are typically drydocked every 30 to 60 months thereafter depending on the vessel, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel to be between $500,000 and $1,000,000, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking.

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a proposed new credit facility that will provide us initially with up to $235 million. There can be no assurance we will be successful in obtaining the proposed new credit facility on acceptable terms or at all. To fund any shortfall for purchasing other vessels or drydocking costs from time to time, we may be required to incur additional borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or additional equity securities. Use of cash from operations will reduce available cash. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control.

If we cannot take delivery of the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet, or complete the purchase of our Expansion Fleet, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for corporate purposes with which you may not agree.

If we cannot take delivery of vessels on order in our Initial Fleet or complete the purchase of the Expansion Fleet that we propose to purchase and for which we currently do not have binding agreements, if the sellers fail to

 

23


Table of Contents

deliver any vessels to us as agreed, or if we cancel a purchase because a seller has not met its obligations, our management will have the discretion to apply the proceeds of this offering that we would have used to purchase those vessels to acquire other vessels. In particular, certain events may arise that could result in us not taking delivery of a vessel, such as a total loss of a vessel, a constructive total loss of a vessel, or substantial damage to a vessel prior to its delivery. We will not escrow the proceeds from the offering and will not return the proceeds to you if we do not take delivery of one or more vessels. It may take a substantial period of time before we can locate and purchase other suitable vessels. During this period, the portion of the proceeds of the offering originally planned for the acquisition of these vessels will be invested on a short-term basis and therefore will not yield returns at rates comparable to those these vessels might have earned.

Our letters of intent to build vessels for our Expansion Fleet may not result in our entry into definitive shipbuilding contracts.

Each letter of intent that we have entered into with a shipyard for the construction of the newbuilding vessels in our Expansion Fleet is intended to serve as a basis for the negotiation and execution of a definitive shipbuilding contract. Our letters of intent are generally not binding agreements and we may not enter into definitive shipbuilding contracts for the construction of those vessels. If we do not enter into definitive shipbuilding contract for those vessels, the effectuation of our growth plans may be adversely affected which could, in turn, result in an adverse effect on our expected business and results of operations.

We will not be able to take advantage of favorable opportunities in the current spot market with respect to vessels employed on medium to long-term time charters.

As of May 31, 2013, we employed six tankers under fixed rate time charter agreements with an average remaining duration of approximately five months. When our existing time charter agreements expire and upon delivery of our vessels under construction or to be ordered, we may enter into new time charter agreements for periods of one year or longer. Vessels committed to medium- and long-term time charters may not be available for spot charters during periods of increasing charterhire rates, when spot charters might be more profitable.

If we purchase and operate secondhand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of new and secondhand vessels. While we typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders of the secondhand vessels that we acquire.

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

An increase in operating or voyage costs would decrease earnings and available cash.

Under the charter agreements for six of our vessels, the charterer is responsible for voyage costs and we are responsible for the vessel operating costs. Under the commercial pool agreement for two of our vessels, the pool is responsible for the voyage expenses and we are responsible for vessel operating costs. We may seek to employ

 

24


Table of Contents

one or more of our vessels directly in the spot market upon redelivery from the current charterers by entering into a third-party spot chartering arrangement. Under a third-party spot chartering arrangement, our third-party chartering manager will contract voyages for the vessel in the spot market and we will be responsible for all cost associated with operating the vessel including operating expenses, voyage costs, bunkers, port and canal costs.

Our vessel operating costs include the costs of crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance and maintenance, repairs and spares, which depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. Increases in any of these expenses would decrease earnings and available cash.

If we are unable to operate our vessels profitably, we may be unsuccessful in competing in the highly competitive international tanker market, which would negatively affect our financial condition and our ability to expand our business.

The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of petroleum and chemical products is extremely competitive, in an industry that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil products and chemicals can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. We may be unable to compete effectively with other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies.

Our market share may decrease in the future. We may not be able to compete profitably as we expand our business into new geographic regions or provide new services. New markets may require different skills, knowledge or strategies than we use in our current markets, and the competitors in those new markets may have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do.

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our time charter agreements, on which we depend for a majority of our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

As of May 31, 2013, we employed six tankers under fixed rate long-term time charter agreements with an average remaining duration of approximately five months. When our existing time charter agreements expire and upon delivery of our vessels under construction or to be ordered, we may enter into new time charter agreements for periods of one year or longer. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a time charter agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a commercial pool managed by a pool manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class or alternatively, we may enter into a third-party spot chartering arrangement. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our charterers may terminate or default on their charters, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flow.

Our charters may terminate earlier than the dates indicated in this prospectus. The terms of our charters vary as to which events or occurrences will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter, but these generally include a total or constructive loss of the relevant vessel, the requisition for hire of the relevant vessel, the drydocking of the relevant vessel for a certain period of time or the failure of the relevant vessel to meet specified performance criteria. In addition, the ability of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under a charter will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker industry, the charter rates received for specific types of vessels and various operating expenses. The costs and delays associated with the default by a charterer under a charter of a vessel may be considerable and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash.

We cannot predict whether our charterers will, upon the expiration of their charters, re-charter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers decide not to re-charter our vessels, we may not be able to re-charter them on terms similar to our current charters or at all. In the future, we may also employ our vessels on the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by a pool manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class.

If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to re-charter all of our vessels, our available cash may be significantly reduced or eliminated.

Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses, by the establishment of any reserves and by additional factors unrelated to our profitability.

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends. The amount of dividends we will be able to pay will depend upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations. We may not, however, have sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends, as a result of insufficient levels of profit, restrictions on the payment of dividends and the decisions of our management and directors. The amount of cash we will have available for dividends may fluctuate upon, among other things:

 

   

the rates we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

   

the level of our operating costs;

 

   

the number of unscheduled off-hire days and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our vessels;

 

   

vessel acquisitions and related financings, such as restrictions in our credit facilities and in any future debt programs;

 

   

prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards, including with respect to environmental and safety matters, on the conduct of our business; and

 

   

changes in the bases of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions.

The actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends will also depend on many factors, including:

 

   

changes in our operating cash flows, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

 

   

our fleet expansion strategy and associated uses of our cash and our financing requirements;

 

   

modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our board of directors;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

 

   

restrictions under Marshall Islands law.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which may be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our credit facilities also restrict our ability to declare and pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings in excess of consideration received for the sale of stock above the par value of the stock), or while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend, and any such dividend may be discontinued at the discretion of our board of directors. As a result of these and other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record income.

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Servicing debt, including debt which we may incur in the future, would limit funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under our existing credit facilities and the credit facility we expect to enter into after completion of this offering requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the tanker industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to:

 

   

seek to raise additional capital;

 

   

refinance or restructure our debt;

 

   

sell tankers; or

 

   

reduce or delay capital investments.

However, these alternatives, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt even though the majority of the proceeds used to purchase the collateral vessels did not come from our credit facilities.

We are a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries, which are all directly and indirectly wholly owned by us, conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial

 

27


Table of Contents

obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate profits available for distribution to us and, to the extent that they are unable to generate profits, we will be unable to pay dividends to our shareholders.

We have no history operating as a publicly traded entity and will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded corporation.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a public company, and as such, we will have significant legal, accounting and other expenses in addition to our initial registration and listing expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements may continue to evolve. We and our management personnel, and other personnel, if any, will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Our compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley may require that we incur substantial accounting expenses and expend significant management efforts.

Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit the amount of cash that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto to:

 

   

pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;

 

   

sell our vessels;

 

   

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

Certain of our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants. These financial ratios and covenants include requirements that:

 

   

we maintain corporate leverage of less than 75%;

 

   

we maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents based on the number of vessels owned and chartered-in and debt service requirements. The required minimum cash balance for Ardmore as at March 31, 2013 was $4,200,000;

 

   

the aggregate fair market value of our vessels plus any additional collateral shall, depending on the facility, be no less than 125% to 150% of the debt outstanding (value maintenance covenant); and

 

   

we maintain a corporate net worth of not less than $45 million.

 

28


Table of Contents

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to you if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

We cannot assure you that we will enter into the proposed new credit facility or that if we do so that we will be able to borrow all or any of the amounts committed thereunder.

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a proposed new credit facility that will provide us initially with up to $ 235 million. We cannot assure you that we will enter into this credit facility or that if we do so that we will be able to borrow all or any of the amounts committed thereunder.

If interest rates increase, it will affect the interest rate under our credit facilities which could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

Amounts borrowed under our senior loan facilities bear interest at an annual rate ranging from 3.20% to 3.75% above LIBOR. Interest rates have recently been at historic lows and any normalization in interest rates would lead to an increase in LIBOR, which would affect the amount of interest payable on amounts that we were to drawdown from our credit facilities, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services generally does not constitute “passive income.” United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to an adverse United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based upon our operations as described herein, we do not believe that our income from our time charters should be treated as “passive income” for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, and, consequently, the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive assets. Accordingly, based on our current operations, we do not believe we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year.

There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

If the IRS were successful in asserting that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, United States shareholders would face adverse United States federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless a shareholder makes an election available under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,

 

29


Table of Contents

(which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”), excess distributions and any gain from the disposition of such shareholder’s common shares would be allocated ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of the common shares and the amounts allocated to the taxable year of the excess distribution or sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed with respect to such tax. See “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders” for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a corporation that owns or charters vessels, as we and our subsidiaries do, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Prior to this offering, we believe that we have been exempt from this tax because we are entitled to the benefits of the U.S.–Irish tax treaty, which generally contains an exemption from this tax for qualified Irish residents. After this offering, although we will no longer qualify for an exemption under the U.S.–Irish tax treaty, we and our subsidiaries intend to take the position that we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption after the offering and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, we would no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if certain “non-qualified” shareholders with a 5% or greater interest in our common shares owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding common shares for more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances on that we or any of our subsidiaries will qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code.

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for such year to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income we or our subsidiaries derive during the year which is attributable to the transport or cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would decrease our earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

If our effective tax rate increases, our business and financial results would be adversely impacted.

We have significant operations and currently generate substantially all of our taxable income in Ireland. In general, tax rates in Ireland on trading income are significantly lower than tax rates in the United States and many other developed jurisdictions. Moreover, our “relevant shipping profits” are taxed in Ireland under the “Tonnage Tax” regime. Tonnage Tax provides an alternative to charging corporation tax on certain profits of a qualifying shipping company. Rather than charging corporation tax in the normal way, tax is levied each year by reference to the tonnage of the ships operated by the qualifying company. We have received approval from the Irish Revenue Commissioners to operate a number of our ship-owning subsidiaries as qualifying shipping companies under the Tonnage Tax regime. In order to ensure a compliance with the Tonnage Tax regime, a number of conditions must continue to be satisfied. Importantly we must carry on the strategic and commercial management of our ‘qualifying ships’ from Ireland. If our operations no longer qualify for the lower and predictable tax rates available under Tonnage Tax or if the tax laws in Ireland were rescinded or changed, our

 

30


Table of Contents

effective tax rate could increase and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if U.S. or other tax authorities were to challenge successfully the manner in which we recognize profits or, more generally, the jurisdiction in which our income is subject to taxation, our effective tax rate could increase and our cash flow and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the Securities Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statements and restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

In the course of auditing our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a deficiency relating to the application of U.S. GAAP to deferred finance fees and capitalization of imputed interest on vessels under construction which they considered to be a material weakness. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We intend to take the appropriate steps to remediate this weakness and have engaged the services of an independent accounting firm to assist with non-routine complex GAAP accounting issues. However, if the remedial steps we implement and resources we employ are insufficient to address the identified material weakness, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls are discovered in the future, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations, our financial statements may contain material misstatements and our operating results may be adversely affected.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

We have entered into various contracts, as of May 2013, including charter agreements with our customers, consisting of six long-term fixed-rate charter agreements, two commercial pool agreements, and our five credit facilities (including our capital lease arrangement). Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the

 

31


Table of Contents

condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry.

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or under-insured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain due to increased premiums or reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally.

Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, which result in significant expenses to us, we may be required to make additional premium payments.

We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, the claim records of our managers, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. In addition, our protection and indemnity associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

We are incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of case law or bankruptcy law and, as a result, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of The Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction.

 

32


Table of Contents

Further, the Republic of The Marshall Islands does not have a well-developed body of bankruptcy law. As such, in the case of a bankruptcy of our Company, there may be a delay of bankruptcy proceedings and the ability of shareholders and creditors to receive recovery after a bankruptcy proceeding. Please see the section of this prospectus titled “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” beginning on page 135.

Our business depends upon key members of our senior management team who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon certain members of our senior management team. Our management team has substantial experience in the product tanker and chemical shipping industries and have worked with us since inception. Our management team is crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If the individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

It may be difficult to serve process on or enforce a United States judgment against us, our officers and our directors.

We are a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation and several of our executive offices are located outside of the United States. Some of our directors and officers and certain of the experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or any of these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which our offices are located would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING AND OUR COMMON SHARES

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. A liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop. The initial public offering price has been determined in negotiations between the representative of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The tanker industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile, and the market for common shares in this industry may be equally volatile.

The price of our common shares after this offering may be volatile.

The price of our common shares may fluctuate due to factors such as:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry;

 

   

mergers and strategic alliances in the tanker industry;

 

   

market conditions in the tanker industry;

 

   

changes in government regulation;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering, or shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts;

 

   

announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

 

   

the general state of the securities markets.

 

33


Table of Contents

The seaborne transportation industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for our common shares in this industry may be equally volatile. Consequently, you may not be able to sell the common shares at prices equal to or greater than those paid by you in this offering.

GA Holdings LLC, or GA Holdings, our sole shareholder, will beneficially own approximately         % of our total outstanding common shares upon the consummation of this offering, which may limit your ability to influence our actions.

GA Holdings is expected to beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common shares upon the consummation of this offering (         % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) and will have the power to exert considerable influence over our actions through their ability to effectively control matters requiring shareholder approval, including the determination to enter into a corporate transaction or to prevent a transaction, regardless of whether our shareholders believe that any such transaction is in their or our best interests. For example, GA Holdings could cause us to consummate a merger or acquisition that increases the amount of our indebtedness or cause us to sell all of our revenue-generating assets. We cannot assure you that the interests of GA Holdings will coincide with the interests of other shareholders. As a result, the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

Additionally, GA Holdings may invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, or companies in which GA Holdings currently invests may begin competing with us. GA Holdings may also separately pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of GA Holdings and the interests of our other shareholders, our directors who were nominated by GA Holdings may not be disinterested. GA Holdings will effectively control all of our corporate decisions so long as they continue to own a substantial number of our common shares.

Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

The market price for our common shares could decline as a result of sales by existing shareholders, including GA Holdings, of large numbers of our common shares after this offering, or as a result of the perception that such sales may occur. Sales of our common shares by these shareholders also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at the prices that we deem appropriate. Of the estimated             common shares that will be outstanding following the completion of this offering:

 

   

            shares, constituting all of the shares offered by this prospectus, will be freely tradable unless purchased by persons deemed our “affiliates,” as the term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act; and

 

   

            additional shares may be sold after the expiration of 180-day lock-up agreements that will be entered into by our executive officers and directors and our sole shareholder, subject to registration under the Securities Act, compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 or the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.

 

34


Table of Contents

These provisions include:

 

   

authorizing the board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

 

   

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote for the directors;

 

   

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $             per common share.

The initial public offering price of $             per common share exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering. Based on an initial public offering price of $             per common share, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share. This dilution results primarily because the assets which have been contributed to us, in exchange for all of our common shares, are recorded at their historical cost, and not their fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP principles. Please read “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution that you will experience upon the completion of this offering.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities without your approval, which could dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common shares.

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness or our equity incentive plan, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

Our issuance of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

   

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for dividends payable on our common shares may decrease;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of our common shares may decline.

 

35


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Our disclosure and analysis in this prospectus pertaining to our operations, cash flows and financial position, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success in developing and expanding our business, include forward-looking statements. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements.

All statements in this prospectus that are not statements of either historical or current facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:

 

   

our future operating or financial results;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions, including piracy;

 

   

our pending vessel acquisitions, our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs;

 

   

competition in the tanker industry;

 

   

statements about shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

   

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

 

   

our ability to enter into fixed-rate charters after our current charters expire and our ability to earn income in the spot market; and

 

   

our expectations of the availability of vessels to purchase, the time it may take to construct new vessels, and vessels’ useful lives.

Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully under the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our future results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

   

changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business, including market fluctuations in charter rates and charterers’ abilities to perform under existing time charters;

 

   

potential liability from future litigation and potential costs due to environmental damage and vessel collisions;

 

   

the length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on third-party managers; and

 

   

other factors discussed under the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, because they are statements about events that are not certain to occur as described or at all. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and future developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of                 common shares in this offering will be approximately $             after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. This estimate is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

 

   

$             million (approximately) to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet;

 

   

$             million (approximately) to fund a portion of the aggregate purchase price of our Expansion Fleet that we intend to acquire, subject to the completion of this offering;

 

   

$             million (approximately) to pay any amount drawn on the BMO Facility; and

 

   

$             million (approximately) for general corporate purposes.

Two of the vessels on order in the Initial Fleet, Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119, have bank financing in place with DVB Bank. The remaining vessels on order in the Initial Fleet will be funded by a portion of the proceeds of this offering and a portion of the proposed new credit facility.

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a new $235 million senior secured credit facility. We expect to incur $             million of indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and we expect to incur $             million of indebtedness to fund the remaining amount required to purchase the vessels in our Expansion Fleet that we intend to acquire, subject to the completion of this offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be successful in acquiring vessels at prices comparable to current market prices. In the event that we are not able to conclude the acquisition of the vessels proposed in the Expansion Fleet, we will use the proceeds to acquire other newbuilding re-sales, contract orders for newbuildings or acquire individual ships as they become available in the secondhand market.

We expect that there will be $             million drawn down on the BMO facility as of the date of this offering. There is no maturity date on this loan facility. The interest rate on the BMO Facility is LIBOR plus 5.00%. Repayments on the BMO Facility are due on demand with 15 days’ notice.

 

37


Table of Contents

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

While we cannot assure you that we will continue to do so, and subject to the limitations discussed below, we currently intend to pay our stockholders quarterly dividends of $             per share, or $             per share per year. We expect to pay an initial dividend following completion of this offering of $             per share in              2013.

Our board of directors may review and amend our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends in the amounts stated above or elsewhere in this prospectus, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the restrictions in our credit facilities and the provisions of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”) as well as the other limitations set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

Any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a United States Holder (as defined in “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”) will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Subject to applicable limitations, including a holding period requirement, dividends paid on our common shares to certain non-corporate United States Holders will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such United States Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange, on which our common shares will be traded); and (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which, as discussed in “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences”, we do not believe that we are or will be for any future taxable years). There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such non-corporate United States Holders, although we expect such dividends to be so eligible provided an eligible non-corporate United States Holder meets all applicable requirements. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate United States Holder.

We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. Our credit facilities have restrictions on our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries, to pay dividends in the event of a default or breach of covenants under the credit facility agreements. Under such circumstances, we or our subsidiaries may not be able to pay dividends so long as we are in default or have breached certain covenants of a particular credit facility without our lender’s consent or waiver of the default or breach. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends (i) other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or (ii) when a company is insolvent or (iii) if the payment of the dividend would render the company insolvent.

In addition, we may incur expenses or liabilities, including extraordinary expenses, decreases in revenues, including as a result of unanticipated off-hire days or loss of a vessel, or increased cash needs that could reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends. The tanker shipping charter market is cyclical and volatile. We cannot predict with accuracy the amount of cash flows our operations will generate in any given period. Factors beyond our control may affect the charter market for our vessels and our charterers’ ability to satisfy their contractual obligations to us, and we cannot assure you that dividends will actually be declared or paid in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the limitations set forth above and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at March 31, 2013, on a historical basis and as adjusted to give effect to the reorganization of Ardmore Shipping LLC (“ASLLC”) whereby GA Holdings LLC will exchange all of the shares of ASLLC for additional shares in Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“ASC”), ASLLC will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASC and GA Holdings LLC will be issued                 shares of common stock for its existing paid in capital. It is further adjusted to give effect to (i) repaying the balance of the short term revolving credit facility and (ii) the issuance of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $             per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting commissions and expenses.

 

     As of March 31, 2013
     Actual     As
Adjusted
   As Further
Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

     6,574,965        
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Current debt:

       

Short-term revolving credit facility

   $ 8,500,000        

Bank loan

     8,610,000        

Non-current debt:

       

Bank loan

     83,575,000        
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Total debt

     100,685,000        
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Equity:

       

Share capital

     100        

Additional paid-in capital

     117,073,252        

Accumulated Deficit

     (8,723,055     
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Total equity

     108,350,297        
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Total capitalization

   $ 209,035,297        
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. The net tangible book value is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities. The historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 was $            million in total and $        per share for the number of shares for the existing shareholder, GA Holdings, at the time of this offering.

As adjusted to give effect to the reorganization of Ardmore Shipping LLC (“ASLLC”) whereby GA Holdings LLC will exchange all of the shares of ASLLC for additional shares in Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“ASC”), ASLLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ASC and GA Holdings LLC will be issued                 shares of common stock for its existing paid in capital, the pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 would have been $            million in total and $        per share.

As further adjusted to give effect to the issuance of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $        per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting commissions and expenses. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted tangible book value of $        per share to GA Holdings and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $        per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and appreciation as of March 31, 2013:

 

Initial public offering price per share of common stock

   $                   

As adjusted net tangible book value per share before this offering

     

Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

   $        
     

 

Dilution per share for new investors

     
     

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as at March 31, 2013, the differences between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by GA Holdings and the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid an average price per share paid by you in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $        per share.

 

     Pro Forma  Shares
Outstanding
    Total Consideration     Average Price  
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent     Per Share  

Existing shareholder

               $                     $        

New investors

               $                     $        

As the table indicates, the total consideration by GA Holdings for its shares is approximately $ million (representing contributed assets), with an average share price of $            , which means that GA Holdings in the aggregate will have received approximately $            million more than it originally invested.

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating data. The selected financial data in the table as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The selected financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the period ended December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011
and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

   2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Revenue

   $ 25,172,654        22,375,414        3,459,153      $ 7,275,085        6,778,739   

Operating expenses

          

Commissions and voyage related costs

     789,149        468,067        94,439        175,736        162,891   

Vessel operating expenses

     14,598,071        12,186,825        2,079,857        3,876,809        3,670,546   

Charterhire costs

     1,699,943        1,663,380        —          —          909,389   

Depreciation

     6,195,416        5,343,091        959,903        1,704,017        1,551,056   

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure

     441,491        —          —          348,896        —     

General and administrative expenses

     2,975,139        2,599,031        851,660        662,016        721,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,699,209        22,260,394        3,985,859        6,767,474        7,015,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit from operations

     (1,526,555     115,020        (526,706     507,611        (236,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

     (2,966,014     (3,080,472     (647,441     (542,536     (996,413

Interest income

     4,713        3,608        2,723        881        828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (4,487,856     (2,961,844     (1,171,424     (34,044     (1,231,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     (51,237     (13,426     3,424        (6,648     (7,772

Net loss

   $ (4,539,093     (2,975,270     (1,168,000   $ (40,692     (1,239,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

     (45,390.93         (406.92  

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

     100            100     

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

          

Pro forma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted (1)

          

Adjusted pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (2)

          

Adjusted pro forma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted (2)

          

 

(1) Pro forma loss per share reflects the effect of the reorganization and issuance of shares to GA Holdings LLC.
(2)

Adjusted pro forma loss per share reflects (i) the effects of the reorganization and issuance of shares to GA Holdings LLC and (ii) the use of proceeds from the offering for the proposed payment of an initial dividend

 

41


Table of Contents
  of $         on         , 2013 and the repayment of the outstanding balance of the short-term revolving credit facility as at the date of this offering. The amount outstanding under the short-term revolving credit facility has been assumed to be $8.5 million, which reflects balance outstanding at March 31, 2013.

 

     At the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011
and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    At the Period Ended March 31,  

BALANCE SHEET DATA

   2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,334,123        5,460,304        5,203,790      $ 6,574,965        4,486,011   

Net vessels

     157,008,968        145,760,106        94,288,390        198,143,558        148,257,414   

Total assets

     179,960,468        160,631,102        104,051,350        214,398,506        162,771,911   

Short-term revolving credit facility

     —          30,265,000        14,770,000        8,500,000        34,965,000   

Senior debt

     67,100,000        65,600,000        38,000,000        92,185,000        64,150,000   

Paid in capital

     117,073,352        65,747,599        50,790,925        117,073,352        65,747,599   

Accumulated deficit

   $ (8,682,363     (4,143,270     (1,168,000   $ (8,723,055     (5,382,975
     For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011
and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

CASHFLOW DATA

   2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,985,253        397,273        (2,259,892   $ 1,332,505        (183,200

Net cash used in investing activities

     (14,941,514     (56,920,554     (95,260,596     (42,999,000     (3,927,262

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 20,830,080        56,779,795        102,724,278      $ 32,907,337        3,136,169   
     For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011
and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

TIME CHARTER EQUIVALENT
DATA

   2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

MR Tankers “Eco-design”(1)

   $ —          —          —        $ 17,049        —     

MR Tankers “Eco-Mod”(1)

     13,294        13,097        12,800        13,507        13,134   

Chemical Tankers “Eco-Mod”(1)

   $ 9,108        8,878        10,459      $ 12,021        8,819   

 

(1)    Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) daily rate is the gross charter rate or gross pool rate, as appropriate, per revenue day plus CVE.

        

     For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011
and Period Ended December 31, 2010
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

FLEET OPERATING DATA

   2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

FLEET TCE

          

Fleet weighted average (1)

   $ 10,911        11,100        12,597      $ 13,004        10,503   

Profit / (loss) on TC-Invest (2)

     (185     (47     (361     (125     (176

Commissions and related costs

     (337     (234     (334     (311     (252

Third party share of profit / (loss) on chartered-in vessels (3)

     (205     (254     —          13        (351
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net TCE

   $ 10,184        10,565        11,902      $ 12,581        9,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

          

Vessel operating costs per day (4)

   $ 6,447        6,484        7,298      $ 6,502        6,567   

Expenditures for drydock (5)

     2,959,280        —          —          193,996        160,300   

Overhead per vessel (6)

   $ 371,892           

HIRE

          

On-hire utilization (7)

     99.1     99.8     99.2     98.9     98.9

 

42


Table of Contents
(1) Fleet weighted average is total gross revenue for the fleet, before any profits arising or losses incurred on TC invest and share of profit arising or losses incurred on chartered-in vessels, divided by the number of revenue days.
(2) Profit / (loss) on TC-Invest relate to two separate agreements entered into by the company with two third party charterers which were supplemental to the charters of the Ardmore Seafarer and the Ardmore Seatrader , respectively, to participate in the profits or losses arising from each vessel’s employment in an MR pool managed by affiliates of the charterers, in exchange for an up-front investment to be used for working capital for the pool. The TC Invest arrangements were for the period of each time charter. The time charter for the Ardmore Seafarer expired on July 10, 2012, and the time charter for the Ardmore Seatrader expired on February 12, 2013.
(3) Third-party share of profit / (loss) on chartered-in vessels relates to an agreement whereby the profit / (loss) arising from chartering-in and employing the Hellespont Crusader and the Hellespont Commander in a chemical tanker pool was shared 75% / 25% between us and a third party charterer, respectively.
(4) Vessel operating costs per day are routine operating expenses and comprise, crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication costs and technical management fees. They do not include additional costs related to upgrading or enhancement of the vessels that are not capitalized.
(5) Drydock costs, which include costs for in-water surveys, comprise direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, and expenditures that increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s operating efficiency.
(6) Overhead per vessel is based on an operating fleet of eight ships in operation for a full year.
(7) On-hire utilization is based on revenue days divided by net operating days (i.e. operating days less drydock days).

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,
2012, 2011 and Period Ended
December 31, 2010
    For the three Months
Ended March 31,
 

RECONCILIATION OF NET TCE

  2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Revenue

    25,172,654        22,375,414        3,459,153        7,275,085        6,778,739   

Commissions and voyage related costs

    (789,149     (468,067     (94,439     (175,736     (162,891
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) Earnings

    24,383,505        21,907,347        3,364,714        7,099,349        6,615,848   

Revenue Days

    2,394        2,074        283        564        680   

Net TCE (after rounding)

    10,184        10,565        11,902        12,581        9,724   

 

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA

Ardmore Shipping Corporation was incorporated on May 14, 2013 and has no vessel operating history. The following financial information as of May 14, 2013 has been derived from the audited financial statements of Ardmore Shipping Corporation which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information provided below should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.”

 

     May 14,
2013
 

TOTAL ASSETS

  
  

 

 

 
   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  
  

 

 

 
     —     
  

 

 

 

Equity

  

Share capital ($0.01 par value, 500 shares authorised, issued and outstanding)

     5   

Additional paid in capital

     495   

Receivable from shareholder

     (500 )
  

 

 

 

Total equity

     —     
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following presentation of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information, as well as our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also carefully read the following discussion with “Risk Factors,” “The International Product and Chemical Tanker Industry,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Selected Financial and Other Data.” The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, along with the consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated.

OVERVIEW

We are Ardmore Shipping Corporation, a company incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We provide seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with our modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers. Our fleet consists of 12 vessels including eight in operation and four on order with deliveries expected to begin in January 2014, which together we refer to as our Initial Fleet. In addition, we have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             , options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels, which together we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately $             million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, together with approximately $235 million which we expect will be available to us under our proposed new credit facility, to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and a portion of the amount required to purchase our Expansion Fleet. After giving effect to the purchase of our Expansion Fleet, we will have a total fleet of 24 vessels and we expect that 83% of our fleet will consist of MR product tankers based on cargo capacity.

We commenced business operations in April 2010 with the goal of building an enduring product and chemical tanker company that emphasizes service excellence, innovation, and operational efficiency through our focus on high quality, fuel-efficient vessels. We are led by a team of experienced senior managers who have previously held senior management positions with highly regarded public shipping companies and financial institutions. Our principal offices are located in Cork, Ireland, a location that we believe affords us many advantages, including an EU-approved tonnage tax system, close proximity to London and other European shipping centers and supportive assistance from Irish government agencies such as the Irish Maritime Development Office, or IMDO, and the National Maritime College of Ireland, or NMCI.

We are strategically focused on modern, fuel-efficient mid-size product and chemical tankers. According to Drewry Maritime Research, as of June 2013, mid-size tankers comprise 59% and 39% of the world’s deepsea seaborne transport capacity for products and chemicals, respectively, as measured by deadweight tonnage. There is significant overlap between the clean petroleum product, or CPP, and chemical sectors as 58% of MR product tankers are classed as IMO 3, enabling them to carry selective chemicals and vegetable oils, and many mid-size chemical tankers (such as ours) carry CPP cargoes on a routine basis. We actively pursue opportunities to exploit this overlap in order to enhance earnings, and also seek to engage in more complex CPP trades, such as multi-grade and multi-port loading and discharging operations, where our knowledge of chemical operations is beneficial to our CPP customers.

Our fuel-efficient operations are designed to enhance our investment returns and provide value-added service to our customers. We believe we are on the forefront of fuel efficiency and emissions reduction trends and are well-positioned to capitalize on these developments by engaging in the construction of Eco-design

 

45


Table of Contents

vessels, modifying ships to improve fuel efficiency, and equipping our fleet with engine diagnostic and ship performance management systems to optimize voyage performance. As a result, our modified vessels, or Eco-mod, achieve lower fuel consumption and, in some cases, achieve performance close to that of new Eco-design vessels. All of the newbuildings in our Expansion Fleet will be Eco-design and we intend to make Eco-mod improvements to the secondhand vessels in our Expansion Fleet. Our acquisition strategy is to build our fleet with Eco-design newbuildings and modern secondhand vessels that can be upgraded to Eco-mod.

We have no related-party transactions concerning our vessel operations. Our wholly-owned subsidiary Ardmore Shipping Limited, or ASL, carries out our management functions. ASL currently has a staff of 11 employees based in Cork, Ireland and provides corporate and accounting services and commercial management. Technical management of our vessels is performed by a combination of ASL and our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team is directly responsible for insurance and for overseeing significant operational functions of our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team also supervises the construction of our newbuildings in close coordination with our third-party on-site supervision team. We have a resolute focus on both high-quality service and efficient operations, and we believe that our corporate overhead and operating expenses are among the lowest of our peers.

We are commercially independent as we have no blanket employment arrangements with third-party or related-party commercial managers. We market our services directly to a broad range of customers, including oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, chemical companies, and a range of pooling service providers. We monitor the market for our vessels and may change our chartering strategy to take advantage of changing market conditions.

We believe that the market for mid-size product and chemical tankers is in the early stages of a recovery from cyclical lows, resulting from strong underlying demand growth driven by both cyclical and secular trends, as well as a reduction in the supply overhang due to reduced ordering activity and an extended period of fleet growth at a rate below that of demand growth. The Company was formed at a historically low point in the shipping cycle which our management believes represented an opportunity to build our fleet and business with low cost asset base. Shipping is a capital and operationally intensive business and the challenges in the global economy and shipping market continued throughout 2011 and 2012. While this has afforded an extended opportunity to acquire additional vessels, we have incurred losses in the periods ended December 31, 2010 through to December 31, 2012 as a result of company set-up costs, challenging shipping markets and ongoing investments in our fleet. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the market recovery with a modern, fuel-efficient fleet, access to capital for growth, a diverse and high quality customer base, an emphasis on service excellence in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment, and a relative cost advantage in assets, operations and corporate overhead.

OUR CHARTERS

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their petroleum or chemical products using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

 

   

Time charter, whereby vessels we operate and are responsible for crewing and for paying other operating expenses, such as repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.

 

   

Commercial Pools, whereby our vessels are pooled together with a group of other similar vessels for economies of scale and where the earnings are pooled and distributed to the vessel owners according to a prearranged agreement.

 

46


Table of Contents
   

Third-Party Spot Chartering Arrangement , whereby in the event that we choose to operate our vessels directly in the spot market, ASL will engage the services of a third-party charterer and freight trader to arrange for spot employment for our vessels. Under a third-party spot chartering arrangement, our third-party chartering manager will contract voyages for the vessel in the spot market and we will be responsible for all costs associated with operating the vessel including operating expenses, voyage costs, bunkers, port and canal costs, etc.

 

   

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these types of charters and contracts.

 

     Time Charter    Commercial Pool    Spot Chartering
Arrangement

Typical contract length

   1 – 5 years    Indefinite    Indefinite

Hire rate basis (1)

   Daily    Varies (Daily Rate Reported)    N/A

Voyage expenses (2)

   Charterer pays    Pool pays    We pay

Vessel operating costs (3)

   We pay    We pay    We pay

Off-hire (4)

   We pay    We pay    We pay

 

(1) “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
(2) Defined herein under “Glossary of Shipping Terms.”
(3) Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”
(4) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydocking.

IMPORTANT FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL TERMS AND CONCEPTS

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

Vessel revenues. Vessel revenues primarily include revenues from time charters, pool revenues and income from spot employment where the vessels are employed under a third party spot chartering arrangement. Vessel revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Vessel revenues are also affected by the mix of business between vessels on time charter and vessels in pools. Revenues from vessels in pools or employed in the spot market are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates.

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses are all expenses related to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. These expenses are subtracted from shipping revenues to calculate Time Charter Equivalent Rates.

Vessel operating costs . We are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees. The largest components of our vessel operating costs are generally crews and repairs and maintenance. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydockings. Please read “Drydocking” below. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Drydocking . We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, each vessel is drydocked every 30 to 60 months.

Depreciation . Depreciation expense typically consists of charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of the vessels and charges relating to the depreciation of upgrades to vessels, which are depreciated over the shorter of the vessel’s remaining useful life or the life of the renewal or upgrade.

 

47


Table of Contents

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure. Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure relates to the amortization of drydocking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled drydocking.

Time Charter Equivalent Rates . Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rates are a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars per day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days in the period. In the case of time charters or pool employment the TCE will generally equal the charter rate or daily pool rate.

Revenue Days . Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period generally associated with repairs or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when a vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to show changes in net voyage revenues between periods.

Operating Days . Operating days are the number of days our vessels are in operation during the year. Where a vessel is under our ownership for a full year, operating days will generally equal calendar days. Days when a vessel is in drydock are included in the calculation of operating days as we incur operating expenses while in drydock.

Commercial Pools . To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other ship owners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each ship owner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and Contracts of Affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

FACTORS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER WHEN EVALUATING OUR RESULTS

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the highly cyclical tanker industry; partial dependence on spot charters; fluctuating charter values; changing economic, political and governmental conditions affecting our industry and business; material changes in applicable laws and regulations; full performance by counterparties, particularly charterers; acquisitions and dispositions; increased operating expenses; increased capital expenditures; taxes; maintaining customer relationships; maintaining sufficient liquidity; financing availability and terms; and management turnover.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues and TCE revenues are generally equivalent because our vessels are primarily employed on time charter contracts or in a pool. When a vessel is on time charter, the customer pays us the contract revenue, and the customer is responsible for all of the voyage expenses. When a vessel is in a pool, the pool pays us the vessel’s allocated earnings within the pool, which we record as revenue, and the pool is also responsible for the voyage expenses. The vessel’s allocated earnings in the pool are reduced to reflect the commercial management fee charged by the pool manager.

Shipowners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of their vessels upon actual and anticipated TCE rates, and industry analysts typically measure rates in terms of TCE rates. This is because under time

 

48


Table of Contents

charters the customer typically pays the voyage expenses, while under voyage charters, also known as spot market charters, the shipowner usually pays the voyage expenses. Accordingly, the discussion of revenue below focuses on TCE rates where applicable.

The following tables separately present our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013 AND MARCH 31, 2012

 

     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
             

INCOME STATEMENT

   2013     2012     Variance     Variance (%)  

Revenue

   $ 7,275,085        6,778,739        496,346        7.3

Operating expenses

        

Commissions and voyage related costs

     175,736        162,891        (12,845     -7.9

Vessel operating expenses

     3,876,809        3,670,546        (206,263     -5.6

Charterhire costs

     —          909,389        909,389        100.0

Depreciation

     1,704,017        1,551,056        (152,961     -9.9

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure

     348,896        —          (348,896     -100.0

General and administrative expenses

     662,016        721,205        59,189        8.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,767,474        7,015,087        247,613        3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

     507,611        (236,348     743,959        -314.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

     (542,536     (996,413     453,877        -45.6

Interest income

     881        828        53        6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (34,044     (1,231,933     1,197,889        -97.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     (6,648     (7,772     1,124        -14.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (40,692     (1,239,705     1,199,013        -96.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue . Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $7.3 million, an increase of $0.5 million, or 7.3%, from $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Time charter revenue was $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $0.6 million, or 11.9%, from $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase primarily relates to additional revenue of $0.5 million attributable to the Ardmore Seavaliant, which was delivered to us on February 27, 2013. Pool revenue on owned vessels was $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $0.7 million, or 49.4%, from $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We chartered-in two vessels, the Hellespont Crusader and the Hellespont Commander , commencing on May 12, 2011 and July 17, 2011, respectively. These vessels were redelivered to the owner on May 29, 2012 and June 23, 2012, respectively. These chartered-in vessels contributed $0.7 million of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Commissions and voyage related costs . Commissions and voyage related costs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.18 million as compared to $0.16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Pool administration fees decreased as a result of 142 less chartering days for the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to redelivery of the two chartered-in vessels on May 29, 2012 and June 23, 2012.

Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating expenses were $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $0.2 million, or 5.6%, from $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. These costs are primarily comprised of crew, technical, lube oil, and insurance expenses. The operating expenses are based on the number of operating days in the year. Vessel operating expenses can vary from period

 

49


Table of Contents

to period due to the timing of delivery of certain stores, supplies or other operating activities. The increase in vessel operating expenses is primarily as a result of operating expenses for the Ardmore Seavaliant, which was delivered to us on February 27, 2013. Operating days for our owned vessels were 572 days for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 546 for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Charterhire costs . Charterhire costs for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $0.9 million. We redelivered our chartered-in vessels on May 29, 2012 and June 23, 2012. Charterhire costs of $0 were incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Depreciation . Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $1.7 million as compared to $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase is due to depreciation charges for the Ardmore Seavaliant , which was delivered to us on February 27, 2013, plus additional depreciation costs arising on upgrade costs capitalized in the latter half of 2012. Our vessels are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 25 years on a straight line basis to their residual value (scrap value). The rate used to calculate the residual value is $300 per lightweight ton. Upgrades are depreciated on a straight line basis over the shorter of the life of the upgrade or the remaining life of the vessel.

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure. Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.3 million from $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Drydock expenditures are amortized on a straight line basis to the next scheduled drydocking.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.7 million flat from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The majority of our general and administrative expenses are incurred in Euro and are subject to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. We do not expect the impact of any fluctuations in foreign currency to have a material impact on our financial results.

Interest expense . Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.5 million, as compared to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Interest expense on senior loan debt was $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, flat from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Amortized deferred finance fees for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.1 million, flat from $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Interest on our short term revolving credit facility with BMO was $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Interest on drawdowns under this facility in the three months ended March 31, 2013 was capitalized as all drawdowns were used to finance vessels under construction. This facility will be cancelled upon completion of this offering.

We attribute capitalized interest to vessels under construction (“imputed interest”) in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Imputed interest was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase is due to large capitalized costs in relation to the newbuilds in the three months ended March 31, 2013, resulting in higher attributable capitalized interest which reduces the interest expense in the statement of comprehensive income.

Interest income . Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $881, an increase of $53 or 6.4%, from $828 for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase is due to increased interest earned on our cash balances for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Income tax . Income tax for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $6,648, a decrease of $1,124, or 14.5%, from $7,772 for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decrease is primarily due to savings on tonnage tax due to our re-delivery of chartered-in vessels on May 29, 2012 and June 23, 2012, which was offset by additional tonnage tax arising on the Ardmore Seavaliant which was delivered to us on February 27, 2013.

 

50


Table of Contents

Net loss . Net loss was $0.04 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $1.20 million from a net loss of $1.24 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
             

INCOME STATEMENT

   2012     2011     Variance     Variance (%)  

Revenue

   $ 25,172,654        22,375,414        2,797,240        12.5

Operating expenses

        

Commissions and voyage related costs

     789,149        468,067        (321,082     -68.6

Vessel operating expenses

     14,598,071        12,186,825        (2,411,246     -19.8

Charterhire costs

     1,699,943        1,663,380        (36,563     -2.2

Depreciation

     6,195,416        5,343,091        (852,325     -16.0

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure

     441,491        —          (441,491     -100.0

General and administrative expenses

     2,975,139        2,599,031        (376,108     -14.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,699,209        22,260,394        (4,438,815     -19.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit from operations

     (1,526,555     115,020        (1,641,575     -1427.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

     (2,966,014     (3,080,472     114,458        -3.7

Interest income

     4,713        3,608        1,105        30.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (4,487,856     (2,961,844     (1,526,012     51.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     (51,237     (13,426     (37,811     281.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,539,093     (2,975,270     (1,563,823     52.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $25.2 million, an increase of $2.8 million or 12.5% from $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Ardmore Calypso and Ardmore Capella were delivered to Ardmore on June 11, 2011 and July 1, 2011, respectively. As these vessels were trading for a full year in 2012, this resulted in an increase in revenue days of 315 days. Chartering days for our chartered-in vessels was 265 for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 5 days, or 2.0%, from 260 days for the year ended December 31, 2011. Time charter revenue was $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $3.2 million, or 21.7% from $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Pool revenue was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $0.4 million as compared to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is due to redelivery of chartered in vessels (the Hellespont Crusader and the Hellespont Commander ) that were delivered to us on May 12, 2011, and July 17, 2011, respectively.

Commissions and voyage related costs . Commissions and voyage related costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.8 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 68.6%, from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenue days for the year ended December 31, 2012 were 2,394 days as compared to 2,074 days for the year ended December 31, 2011 an increase in hire days of 321 days, or 15.5%. Voyage costs include bunker costs associated with drydockings which were not capitalized.

Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating costs were $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $2.4 million, or 19.8%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. These costs primarily comprise crew, technical, lube oil, and insurance expenses. The operating expenses are based on the number of operating days in the year. Operating days for our owned vessels were 2,196 days for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 1,817 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Charterhire costs . Charterhire costs were $1.70 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.04 million, or 2.2%, from $1.66 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We redelivered two

 

51


Table of Contents

chartered-in vessels in 2012 (the Hellespont Crusader and the Hellespont Commander ). Chartering days were 265 days for the year ended 2012 as compared to 260 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Depreciation . Depreciation charges were $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.9 million, or 16.0%, from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2012, on vessels which were acquired during 2011, was $1.6 million, an increase of $0.8 million from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Upgrades are depreciated on a straight line basis over the shorter of the life of the upgrade or the remaining life of the vessel. Our vessels are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 25 years on a straight line basis to their residual value (scrap value). The rate used to calculate the residual value is $300 per lightweight ton.

Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure . Amortization of deferred drydock expenditure for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.4 million, an increase of $0.4 million from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The capitalized costs of drydocking are depreciated on a straight line basis to the next scheduled drydocking.

General and administrative expenses . Total general and administrative expenses were $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.4 million, or 14.5%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Total personnel costs were $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. A significant portion of our general and administrative costs are incurred in Euros. These expenses are susceptible to foreign currency movements between US$ and Euros. However, we do not expect the impact of any fluctuations in foreign currency to have a material impact on us.

Interest expense . Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.0 million as compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Interest costs on senior debt were $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.5 million, or 24.6%, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Interest costs on our revolving credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.5 million as compared to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Amortized deferred finance fees for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.3 million, flat from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our weighted average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 on senior debt was 4.1%, an increase of 0.3% as compared to 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We capitalize interest costs that are attributable to amounts advanced for vessels under construction. Where a loan is directly attributable to vessels under construction, we capitalize this interest in full. Where we have not financed the advances for vessels under construction with a loan, we attribute capitalized interest to these amounts based on the weighted average interest rate for the period (“imputed capitalized interest”). Total imputed capitalized interest was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.5 million from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest income . Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4,713, an increase of $1,105, or 30.6%, from $3,608 for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is due to increased interest earned on our cash balances for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax . Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $51,237, an increase of $37,811, or 281.6%, from $13,426 for the year ended December 31, 2011. A valuation allowance for deferred tax of $24,341 was provided for in the year ended December 31, 2012, a $40,440 increase from the deferred tax asset of $16,099 recognized in the year ended December 31, 2011. A further decrease in income tax was realized due to timing of our chartered-in activities. This was offset by an increase in tax arising from a larger fleet as a result of deliveries of the Ardmore Calypso and the Ardmore Capella on June 11, 2011 and July 1, 2011, respectively.

Net loss . Net loss was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to a net loss of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

52


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Our primary source of funds for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs is the cash flows generated from our vessel operations. Six of our vessels are on time charter arrangements and two are employed in commercial pools. We intend to place our vessels under construction on one-year time charters or in the spot market upon delivery to us, commencing in early 2014. Time charters provide contracted revenue that reduces the volatility (rates can fluctuate within months) and seasonality (rates are generally stronger in first and fourth quarters of the year) from vessels that operate in the spot market. Two of our vessels are employed in a third party commercial pool for chemical tankers. The Pool reduces volatility because it aggregates the revenues and expenses of all pool participants and distributes net earnings to the participants based on an agreed upon formula.

The company also has a $50 million revolving credit facility with Bank of Montreal, Ireland, or the BMO Facility. This facility is primarily used for temporary financing of vessel acquisitions, installments for vessels under construction and for temporary working capital needs. At May 31, 2013 the full amount of this facility remains undrawn. We intend to repay any amount drawn on this facility in full with the proceeds of this offering. The BMO Facility will be cancelled upon completion of this offering.

We believe the cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our existing liquidity needs for the next 12 months.

As of March 31, 2013, our cash balance was $6.6 million, which is an $8.7 million decrease from our cash balance of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2012. This is primarily due to installment payments of $41.3 million paid in respect of vessels under construction. The cost of these installment payments was partially offset by senior debt drawdowns in respect of these vessels.

Our long term liquidity needs are met through our long term debt obligations.

Existing Senior Debt Facilities

All of the delivered vessels in our Initial Fleet plus two of the Eco-design newbuildings delivering in January 2014 (Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119), have senior debt financing in place, all of which do not expire until 2018. Of the three debt facilities, two are with ABN AMRO Bank NV based in the Netherlands, and one is with DVB Bank SE based in Germany. The company also has a capital lease financing facility for two of the vessels with ICON Investments based in New York, USA.

In September 2012, five of our subsidiaries entered into an $81.85 million facility with DVB Bank SE (the “DVB Facility”). The amount drawn down under this facility as of March 31, 2013 is $36.85 million. Amounts drawn down were used to finance the Ardmore Seafarer , Ardmore Seamaster and Ardmore Centurion . The remaining $45 million of the facility will be used to finance the acquisition of Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119, which are currently under construction and scheduled to deliver in early 2014. The DVB Facility bears interest at a rate 3.75% above LIBOR and it is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seafarer , the Ardmore Seamaster and the Ardmore Centurion . The DVB Facility will also be secured by a first preferred mortgage over Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119 upon delivery of those vessels and drawdown of the remaining amount of the facility.

In March 2011, three of our subsidiaries entered into a $40.5 million facility, with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seatrader , the Ardmore Calypso and the Ardmore Capella , or the First ABN AMRO Facility. $32 million of this facility was drawn down in three separate tranches to coincide with delivery of vessel acquisitions. The remaining $8.5 million was not drawn down and is no longer available for borrowing. The tranches drawn down were for $12 million, or Tranche 1, $10 million, or Tranche 2, and $10

 

53


Table of Contents

million, or Tranche 3, respectively. Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 were repaid in April 2013. The facility bears interest at a rate 3.25 % above LIBOR and is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seatrader .

In August 2011, two of our subsidiaries entered into a $48.9 million facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., or the Second ABN AMRO Facility. This facility was used to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure . The amount drawn down under this facility as of March 31, 2013 is $28.14 million. The remaining $20.7 million of the Second ABN AMRO Facility was drawn down in June 2013 to coincide with the delivery of the Ardmore Seaventure . The Second ABN AMRO Facility bears interest at a rate 3.20% above LIBOR and is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure .

Two of our subsidiaries are financed under separate capital lease arrangements with affiliates of ICON Investments, or ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2. The capital leases were for an amount of $15.75 million each and the total amount of ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2 is $31.5 million. The capital lease arrangements were entered into in April 2013.

Agreements related to long-term debt obligations stated above include certain covenants. The financial covenants include:

 

   

corporate leverage of less than 75%;

 

   

minimum cash and cash equivalents based on the number of vessels owned and chartered-in and debt service requirements. The required minimum cash balance for Ardmore as at March 31, 2013 was $4,200,000;

 

   

the aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels plus any additional collateral shall, depending on the facility, be no less than 125% to 150% of the debt outstanding (value maintenance covenant); and

 

   

net worth of not less than $45 million.

The long-term debt obligations do not impose a restriction on dividends, distributions, or returns of capital unless an event of default has occurred, is continuing or will result from such payment. Ardmore is fully compliant with all of its loan covenants at March 31, 2013.

Proposed New Facility

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a proposed new credit facility (the “Proposed New Facility”) that would provide us initially with up to $235 million. Any borrowings under this credit facility or similar credit facility are intended to partially finance unfunded expenditures of our Initial Fleet and acquisitions under our Expansion Fleet.

We plan on using the net proceeds from this offering, after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, to purchase vessels that meet our strategic goals, and we may also use the Proposed New Facility and other debt facilities to finance any purchase of vessels. Since we operate in a capital intensive industry, we will be limited in our ability to purchase vessels if we are not able to issue equity or use debt financing.

 

54


Table of Contents

CASHFLOW DATA FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013 AND MARCH 31, 2012

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

CASHFLOW DATA

   2012     2011     2013     2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,985,253        397,273      $ 1,332,505        (183,200

Net cash used in investing activities

     (14,941,514     (56,920,554     (42,999,000     (3,927,262

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 20,830,080        56,779,795      $ 32,907,337        3,136,169   

Cash provided by operating activities

Cash flow provided by operating activities was $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to an outflow of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net profit (after adding back depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items) was a $2.1 million inflow for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to a $0.4 million inflow for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Changes in operating assets and liabilities accounted for a $0.6 million outflow for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to a $0.4 million outflow for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Payments for drydock were $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, flat from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Cash flow provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $4.0 million as compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net profit (after adding back depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items) was an inflow of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to an inflow of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Changes in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2012 accounted for an inflow of $4.6 million as compared to a $2.3 million outflow for the year ended December 31, 2011. Drydock payments of $3.0 million were made for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Cash used by investing activities

The net cash used in investing activities was $43.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Investments for vessels, vessel equipment and vessels under construction were $43.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The net cash used in investing activities was $14.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Investment in vessels, vessel equipment and vessels under construction was $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition, $0.05 million was spent on other assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This expenditure primarily relates to expenditure on IT infrastructure and further office fit out.

Cash provided by financing activities

The net cash provided by financing activities was $32.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. No equity contributions were received during these periods and all movements relate to debt facilities (both senior debt and the revolving credit facility). Debt drawn down for the three months ended March 31, 2013 relates to amounts drawn down in respect of installment payments for vessels under construction and delivery of the Ardmore Seavaliant , which was delivered to us on February 27, 2013.

 

55


Table of Contents

The net cash provided by financing activities was $20.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Drawdowns in the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $38.7 million as compared to $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Repayments of senior debt for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $37.2 million as compared to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our short term revolving credit facility of $30.3 million was repaid in the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to drawdowns on this facility of $15.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. Additional paid in capital received from our primary shareholder was $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We also incurred costs of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 in relation to deferred finance charges for fees associated with the DVB Facility signed in September 2012, along with commitment fees payable in respect of other financing committed for vessels under construction. Amounts incurred for deferred finance charges amounted to a $1.3 million outflow for vessels under construction for the year ended December 31, 2011.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Drydock

Three of our vessels underwent drydock during 2012. Our current drydocking schedule is as follows:

 

As at March 31, 2013

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  

Vessel Drydock Schedule (no. of vessels)

     0         2         4         0         3         2   

We will continue to try and ensure dockings are staggered across the fleet. As our fleet matures and expands, our drydock expenses are likely to increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations and society classification survey costs are a component of our vessel operating costs.

Newbuildings

We currently have four vessels on order in our Initial Fleet. We have financing in place for the first two vessels ( SPP Hull S-5118 and SPP Hull S-5119 ) under the DVB Facility. We have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in              options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels, which together we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. After giving effect to the purchase of our Expansion Fleet, we will have a total fleet of 24 vessels and we expect that 83% of our fleet will consist of MR product tankers based on cargo capacity.

Upgrades

We intend to continue our investment program for vessel upgrades where possible to maintain operational efficiency, optimum commercial performance and preservation of asset value.

Dividends

We have not paid a dividend to our shareholders to date.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table sets forth our total obligations on vessel finance and newbuild commitments.

 

As at March 31, 2013

   2013      FY 2014 -
2016
     FY 2017 -
2019
     FY
    2020+    
     TOTAL  

Vessels under construction

     37,000,000         44,400,000         —           —           81,400,000   

Debt

     6,765,000         44,450,000         40,970,000         —           92,185,000   

Interest costs (1)

     2,502,870         7,616,055         2,337,713         —           12,456,638   

Loan commitment fees

     956,245         31,579         —           —           987,824   

Office space

     52,880         164,514         —           —           217,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     47,276,995         96,662,148         43,307,713         —           187,246,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents
(1) The interest expense on our loans is variable and based on LIBOR. The amounts in the above schedule were calculated using an interest swap rate of 0.4% plus a margin of 3.80% which is the weighted average margin on our senior loan facilities.

RESTRICTED STOCK

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to issue shares of restricted stock to our executive officers. Based on an initial public offering price of $ per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the value of the restricted stock is $            . The vesting schedule of the restricted stock is (i) of the shares vest on the anniversary date, (ii) of the shares vest on the anniversary date, and (iii) of the shares vest on the anniversary date. The expense for the restricted stock will be recognized over the vesting periods for each third. If the restricted stock is granted in 2013, the estimated expense is:

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2013, $        ;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2014, $        ;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2015, $        ;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2016, $        ;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2017, $        ; and

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2018, $            .

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of March 31, 2013, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

Operational risk

We are exposed to operating costs risk arising from various vessel operations. The key areas of operating risk include drydock, repair costs, insurance and piracy. Ardmore’s risk management includes various strategies for technical management of drydock and repairs coordinated with a focus on measuring cost and quality. Our young fleet helps to minimize the risk. Given the potential for accidents and other incidents that may occur in vessel operations, the fleet is insured against various types of risk. Finally, we have established a set of countermeasures in order to minimize the risk of piracy attacks during voyages, particularly through the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of Africa, to make the navigation safer for sea staff and to protect our assets.

Foreign exchange risk

The majority of our transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. Dollars, our functional currency. We incur certain general and operating expenses in other currencies (primarily Euro, Singapore Dollar, Pounds Sterling) and as a result there is a transactional risk to us that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of our cash flows. Such risk may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We believe these adverse effects to be immaterial and have not entered into any derivative contracts for either transaction or translation risk during the year.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our margins,

 

57


Table of Contents

results of operations and our ability to repay debt. Lower interest rates lower the returns on cash investments. We regularly monitor our interest rate exposure and will enter into swap arrangements to hedge our exposure where it is considered economically advantageous to do so. Our approach is to maintain hedges by matching floating-rate debt associated with our vessels to spot market rates through pool employment and participation in time charter earnings with our charterers.

Credit risk

There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that substantially all of the amounts are held with Nordea Bank as at December 31, 2012. While we believe this risk of loss is low, we will keep this under review and will revise our policy for managing cash and cash equivalents if considered advantageous and prudent to do so.

We limit our credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. We generally do not require collateral for our trade accounts receivable.

Occasionally, we have multiple vessels employed by one charterer which may be considered a credit risk. We perform on-going evaluations of these charterers for credit risk.

Liquidity risk

The principal objective in relation to liquidity is to ensure that we have access, at minimum cost, to sufficient liquidity to enable us to meet our obligations as they become due and to provide adequately for contingencies. Our policy is to manage our liquidity by strict forecasting of cash flows arising from time charter revenue, pool revenue, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative overhead and servicing of debt.

Inflation

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

In the application of our accounting policies, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The significant judgments and estimates are as follows:

Revenue recognition. If a time charter agreement exists, the rate is fixed or determinable, service is provided and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, we recognize revenues over the term of the time charter. We do not recognize revenue during days the vessel is offhire. Where the time charter contains a profit or loss sharing arrangement, the profit or loss is recognized based on amounts earned or incurred as of the reporting date.

Revenues and voyage expenses of our vessels operating in pool arrangements are pooled with the revenues and voyage expenses of other pool participants. The resulting net pool revenues, calculated on the time charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. The formula used to allocate net pool revenues vary among different pools but generally allocates revenues to pool participants on the basis of the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighted adjustments made to reflect the vessel’s differing capacities and performance capabilities. We account for our vessels share of net pool revenue on the allocated time charter equivalent on a monthly basis. Net pool revenues due from the pool are included in trade receivables.

 

58


Table of Contents

Depreciation. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The useful life of our vessels is estimated at 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less estimated residual scrap value. Residual scrap value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by the estimated scrap value per ton. The estimated scrap value is reviewed each year.

Vessel impairment. Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such indicators are present, a vessel to be held and used is tested for recoverability by comparing the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition to its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value is in excess of the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows. The impairment loss is measured based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset.

Net operating cash flows are determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues net of commissions, operating expenses, scheduled drydockings, expected offhire and scrap values. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Specifically, in estimating future charter rates, management takes into consideration rates currently in effect for existing time charters and estimated daily time charter equivalent rates for each vessel class for the unfixed days over the estimated remaining lives of each of the vessels. The estimated daily time charter equivalent rates used for unfixed days are based on a combination of internally forecasted rates that are consistent with forecasts provided to senior management and Board of Directors, and the trailing 10-year historical average one-year time charter rates, based on average rates published by maritime researchers. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical, and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management believes the use of estimates based on the combination of internally forecasted rates and 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable. Estimated outflows for operating expenses and drydocking requirements are based on historical and budgeted costs and are adjusted for assumed inflation. Utilization is based on historical levels achieved and estimates of a residual value are consistent with scrap rates used in management’s evaluation of scrap value.

Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current low levels or whether they will improve by a significant degree. If charter rates were to remain at depressed levels, future assessments of vessel impairment would be adversely affected.

In recent years, the market values of vessels have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many of the charter-free market value, or basic market value, of various vessel classes. As a result, our vessels may have declined below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we did not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our impairment accounting policy. This is due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

Our estimates of basic market value assume that our vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and, if inspected, would be certified in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on the estimated market values for our vessels that we have received from independent ship brokers, reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values and news and industry reports of similar vessel sales. Vessel values are highly volatile and as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.

The table set forth below indicates the carrying value of each of our owned vessels as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. At these balance sheets dates, Ardmore was not holding any of the vessels listed in the table below as held for sale. We believe that the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by those vessels, which have experienced a decline in charter-free market value below such vessels’ carrying value, over

 

59


Table of Contents

their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying values as of December 31, 2012, and accordingly, have not recorded an impairment charge.

 

                         Carrying Value as at (1)  
       Built        DWT        March 31, 2013        December 31, 2012  

Ardmore Seafarer

       2004           45,744           23,471,388           23,815,239   

Ardmore Seamaster

       2004           45,840           23,260,096           23,676,818   

Ardmore Seatrader

       2002           47,141           21,692,486           22,075,898   

Ardmore Centurion

       2005           29,006           19,396,403           19,561,767   

Ardmore Calypso

       2010           17,589           19,520,428           19,676,603   

Ardmore Capella

       2010           17,567           19,064,969           19,190,083   

Ardmore Seavaliant

       2013           49,999           39,304,706           —     
              

 

 

      

 

 

 
                 165,710,476           127,996,408   
              

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Carrying value includes drydock, upgrades, capitalized interest, supervision fees and other newbuilding predelivery costs of $5.7 million and $3.9 million as at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, each vessel’s carrying value exceeds the basic charter-free market value. We estimate that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value by $17.9 million as at March 31, 2013 and $16.5 million as at December 31, 2012. We did not impair any vessels due to our impairment accounting policy as future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed these vessels’ carrying amounts. In addition to carrying out our impairment analysis, we performed sensitivity analysis for a 10% reduction in forecasted vessel utilization and a 10% reduction in time charter rates and in each scenario the future undiscounted cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value of our vessels.

Contingencies. Claims, suits and complaints arise in the ordinary course of our business. We provide for contingent liabilities when (i) it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Financial instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the consolidated balance sheet for those financial instruments are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the short-term revolving credit facility and long-term debt approximate the recorded values due to the variable interest rates payable.

 

60


Table of Contents

THE INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS AND CHEMICAL TANKER INDUSTRY

The information and data contained in this offer document relating to the international tanker industry has been provided by Drewry Maritime Research (Drewry), and is taken from Drewry’s database and other sources. Drewry has advised that: (i) some information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database. The Company believes that all third-party data provided in this section, “The International Products and Chemical Tanker Industry” is reliable.

Overview

The maritime shipping industry is fundamental to international trade as the only practicable and cost effective means of transporting large volumes of many essential commodities and finished goods. The products tanker industry plays a vital link in the global energy supply chain while the chemical tanker industry is a prominent part of the global chemical industry for a number of reasons ranging from local stock imbalances, a lack of local production of a particular chemical and emerging trends in the location of petrochemical plants. Tanker markets are highly competitive, with ship charterhire rates sensitive to changes in demand for and supply of capacity, and are consequently cyclical and volatile. Tankers make up approximately one third of the world’s merchant fleet by tonnage, including product tankers, which carry refined and unrefined petroleum products and chemical tankers which carry organic and inorganic chemicals plus vegetable oils.

In broad terms, demand for commodities traded by sea is principally affected by world and regional economic conditions as well as other factors such as changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, and changes in the regional prices of raw materials and products. Demand for seaborne transportation is a product of the physical quantity of the cargo (measured, depending on the cargo in terms of tonnes, barrels, cubic metrics or standard container size) together with the distance the cargo is carried. Demand cycles move broadly in line with developments in the global economy, with demand for oil and chemical shipping slowing significantly in the period immediately after the onset of the global economic downturn in late 2008 before recovering gradually over recent years. A total of 3.2 billion tonnes of crude oil, oil products and chemicals were moved by sea in 2012. Over the past ten years, the oil products (i.e. refined oil products) trade has grown at an average rate of 4.8%, over four times the growth rate of the crude oil trade at 0.9%, while seaborne trade in chemicals grew at approximately 4.7%. Over the past five years, the growth rates have been -1.1% for crude oil, 4.3% for oil products, and 3.0% for chemicals, albeit the growth of oil products was boosted by strong U.S. oil products imports in the mid-2000s. Current estimates for trade growth in 2013 are 3.9% for oil products trade growth and 3.6% for chemical trade growth. Recent trends in world seaborne tanker trades are summarized in the table below.

 

61


Table of Contents

World Seaborne Tanker Trades

 

Year    Crude Oil    Oil Products    Chemicals    Total    Global GDP
       Million
Tonnes
  

%

y-o-y

   Million
Tonnes
  

%

y-o-y

   Million
Tonnes
   %
y-o-y
   Million
Tonnes
  

%

y-o-y

  

%

y-o-y

2001

   1,818    3.1%    570    2.7%    114    3.0%    2,502    3.0%    2.3%

2002

   1,828    0.5%    567    -0.5%    122    7.0%    2,516    0.6%    2.9%

2003

   1,937    6.0%    611    7.7%    129    5.9%    2,677    6.4%    3.7%

2004

   2,043    5.5%    637    4.2%    139    8.0%    2,819    5.3%    5.0%

2005

   2,076    1.6%    696    9.4%    152    9.4%    2,924    3.7%    4.6%

2006

   2,086    0.5%    740    6.3%    161    5.4%    2,987    2.1%    5.3%

2007

   2,102    0.8%    738    -0.3%    166    3.3%    3,006    0.6%    5.4%

2008

   2,111    0.4%    793    7.5%    169    2.0%    3,073    2.2%    2.8%

2009

   2,025    -4.1%    834    5.1%    172    2.0%    3,031    -1.4%    -0.6%

2010

   2,066    2.0%    883    5.9%    178    3.2%    3,126    3.1%    5.2%

2011

   2,075    0.5%    902    2.2%    188    5.7%    3,165    1.2%    4.0%

2012 (e)

   2,095    1.0%    910    0.9%    192    2.3%    3,197    1.0%    3.2%

CAGR (2007-2012)

   -1.1%         4.3%         3.0%         1.0%          

CAGR (2002-2012)

   0.9%         4.8%         4.7%         2.6%          

(e) = provisional estimates

Source: Drewry

Supply is determined by the size of the existing fleet as measured by cargo carrying capacity. It is influenced by a variety of factors, primarily the size of the existing fleet by number and ship size, the rate of deliveries of newbuildings, scrapping, and other operating efficiency factors (for example, port congestion and vessels speed) affecting the number of ships available for charter. There are a total of 5,826 tankers sized above 10,000 dwt, with an aggregate capacity of 501 million dwt. Product tankers and chemical tankers constitute 30% of this fleet in tonnage terms but 66% in numeric terms. Product tanker and chemical tanker supply grew strongly over the period 2006 to 2011 although the orderbook has now reduced to a relatively low percentage of the fleet (12.2%) for the products tanker fleet and 4.5% for chemical tanker fleet and fleet growth has been limited over the past twelve months to between 1% and 2%, as illustrated below. Nevertheless, shipbuilding capacity remains relatively high and there is a risk of further new ordering putting delivery pressure on rates in future years and prolonging the shipping market downturn.

 

62


Table of Contents

World Tanker Fleet (1) and Orderbook Development : May 2013

 

Start Year   Crude Tanker     Product Tanker   Chemical Tanker   Total
  million DWT   % y-o-y     million DWT   % y-o-y   million DWT   % y-o-y   million DWT   % y-o-y
       

2005

  233.8     4.0%      65.7   11.0%   15.9     7.5%   317.5   5.6%

2006

  249.4     6.7%      71.8     9.2%   17.7   11.1%   341.0   7.4%

2007

  260.2     4.3%      78.8     9.9%   19.3     9.0%   360.5   5.7%

2008

  271.1     4.2%      87.2   10.6%   21.2     9.9%   381.7   5.9%

2009

  277.3     2.3%      99.0   13.6%   24.0   13.4%   402.4   5.4%

2010

  292.5     5.5%      110.3   11.4%   26.5   10.6%   431.5   7.2%

2011

  302.2     3.3%      116.3     5.4%   28.2     6.2%   448.7   4.0%

2012

  322.5     6.7%      120.8     3.9%   29.5     4.8%   474.9   5.8%

2013

  337.5     4.6%      123.0     1.8%   30.1     2.0%   492.6   3.7%

CAGR (2008-2013)

  4.5%           7.1%       7.3%       5.2%    

Fleet (May-2013)

  343.9      124.7   30.4   501.0

Orderbook (May-2013)

  35.3      15.2   1.4   52.0

% Fleet

  10.3%      12.2%   4.5%   10.4%

Source: Drewry

 

  (1) Within the context of this report the product tanker fleet is classified as any non-specialised tanker between 10,000 deadweight tonnes (“DWT”) and 59,999 DWT, as well as coated and other “product-capable” vessels over 59,999 DWT. IMO Type 3 tankers are included in this classification, as are IMO 2 vessels above 30,000 dwt with an average tank size of greater than 3,000 cubic metres. The chemical tanker fleet includes bulk and parcel chemical tankers only. There is also a small fleet of tankers specialised for particular commodities (e.g., orange juice, asphalt & bitumen, etc) which are included in the total tanker fleet, in addition to the sub-categories above.

The existing supply/demand balance for sea transportation capacity is the primary factor in determining charter rates. Product tanker and chemical charter rates have been generally depressed in the period after the financial crisis as a result of the global economic slowdown and a high volume of deliveries causing surplus capacity in the market but have started to show some improvements. There is also a secondhand market for ships, with vessels changing hands between owners. Although it varies between different sectors, the secondhand sale and purchase market is relatively liquid for product tankers, with vessels changing hands between owners on a regular basis. Secondhand prices are generally influenced by potential earnings and as a result by trends in the supply of and demand for capacity. Most secondhand values are currently less than a half of their levels of the market peak in 2008.

Following a very difficult 2009 and 2010, product tanker spot charter rates have improved gradually in recent years. In the first four months of 2013, clean products tanker spot earnings averaged $16,180/day, compared to an average of $8,190/day in 2009. Timecharter earnings have been subject to less volatility, remaining in the range of $12,500 to $14,500/day since the start of 2010. From a long term perspective, the ten year average for clean product spot earnings is $21,346/day while the twenty year average is $16,797/day. Spot earnings reached a high of $49,273/day and a low of $3,490/day over the last ten years. Subject to world economic development, the short term prospects for the product tanker sector look better than the crude sector, with a smaller orderbook and better trade growth prospects. However there has been an upswing in new ordering activity over the past 12 months involving designs with possible improved fuel consumption for delivery in 2014 and 2015.

The chemical tanker market has experienced significant surplus capacity since the economic downturn in 2008. This over-capacity was partly as a result of speculative newbuilding orders during the boom period prior to

 

63


Table of Contents

2008, sometimes involving owners with relatively little experience in operating chemical tankers. During the period from 2008 to 2010, the fleet grew at historically high levels at the same time as trade growth stalled. High numbers of newbuildings continued to deliver in 2011 but there were marginal improvements in freight and charter rates as seaborne demand recovered. Over the past twelve months the market has remained generally over supplied, but with trade growth recovering to historical averages, fleet growth slowing significantly and a small orderbook in place, there is upside to the medium term outlook. In the short term the outlook is more challenging and prospects remain vulnerable to economic conditions, particularly in the Eurozone. Secondhand values are now less than half of their 2008 levels and there have been a number of chemical tanker owners experiencing financial difficulties. While there is buying interest, values may remain under pressure in the short term.

Over recent years, firm bunker prices, slow steaming and generally low freight rates have increased interest in “eco-designs”. Shipyards are marketing designs that potentially offer significant fuel consumption savings and speed flexibility which has generated interest and ordering activity. The exact commercial advantage of this new generation of vessels is still uncertain. There has also been an increased interest it retro-fit solutions and a growing requirement to meet various regulatory issues, including emissions (NO x , SO x , Carbon) and the introduction of Ballast Water Treatment (BWT) systems.

Charter Market

The charter market is highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on the offered charter rate, the location and technical specification of the vessel and the reputation of the vessel and its manager. Typically, the agreed terms are based on standard industry charter parties prepared to streamline the negotiation and documentation processes. The most common types of employment structures for a tanker are:

 

   

Spot market : The vessel earns income for each individual voyage and the owner pays for bunkers and port charges. Earnings are dependent on prevailing market conditions, which can be highly volatile. Idle time between voyages is possible depending on the availability of cargo and position of the vessel.

 

   

Contract of affreightment : Contracts of affreightment are agreements by vessel owners to carry quantities of a specific cargo on a particular route or routes over a given period of time using ships chosen by the vessel owners within specified restrictions. Contracts of affreightment function as a long-term series of spot charters, except that the owner is not required to use a specific vessel to transport the cargo, but instead may use any vessel in its fleet.

 

   

Time charter : A time charter is a contract for the hire of a vessel for a certain period of time, with the vessel owner being responsible for providing the crew and paying operating costs, while the charterer is responsible for fuel and other voyage costs. A time charter is comparable to an operating lease. Some time charters also have profit sharing arrangements, the details of which vary from charter to charter.

 

   

Bareboat charter : The ship owner charters the vessel to another company (the charterer) for a pre-agreed period and daily rate. The charterer is responsible for operating the vessel and for payment of the charter rates, irrespective of the condition of the vessel. A bareboat charter is comparable to a finance lease / capital lease.

 

   

Pool employment : The vessel is part of a fleet of similar vessels, brought together by their owners in order to exploit efficiencies and benefit from a profit sharing mechanism. The operator of the pool sources different cargo shipment contracts and directs the vessels in an efficient way to service these contractual obligations. Pools can benefit from profit and loss sharing effects and the benefits of potentially less idle time through coordination of vessel movements, but vessels sailing in a pool will also be vulnerable to adverse market conditions.

The type of employment arrangement is determined by customer requirements for operational involvement and range of services, along with current market conditions.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Product Tanker Industry

Introduction

Oil has been the world’s primary energy source for a number of decades. In 2012, oil accounted for around one third of world energy consumption. Daily oil demand increased from approximately 74.7 million barrels per day (“bpd”) in 1998 to 86.5 million bpd in 2008. Demand fell to 85.5 million bpd in 2009 following the global economic recession, but returned to growth in the subsequent years reaching 89.8 million bpd in 2012. Global oil demand is projected to increase marginally in 2013, before returning to firmer growth in 2014. Proven oil reserves totaled 1,653 billion barrels at the beginning of 2012, approximately 50 times larger than 2011 production levels (according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2012) . Proven reserves tend to be located in regions far from major consuming countries, which contribute to demand for shipping. One reversal of this tendency in the recent past has been the development of tight or shale oil reserves in the U.S.

While crude oil tankers transport crude oil from points of production to points of consumption, typically oil refineries in consuming countries, product tankers can carry both refined and unrefined petroleum products, including crude oil, as well as fuel oil and vacuum gas oil (often referred to as ‘dirty products’) and gas oil, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene and naphtha (often referred to as ‘clean products’). Product tankers make up 42% of the total tanker fleet (above 10,000 dwt) in numbers terms, and are therefore a key part of the global tanker trade.

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Within the context of this report, product tankers sized between 10,000 and 25,000 DWT are known as “Short-range” or SR tankers; product tankers between 25,000 to 59,999 DWT are known as “Medium-range” or MR tankers and vessels between 60,000 DWT and 120,000 DWT are referred to as “Long-range” or LR tankers. MR tankers carry the majority of the global trade of refined petroleum products transported at sea as their smaller size allows the greatest flexibility in trade routes and port access. The MR fleet can be divided into MR2, typically sized 40,000 dwt to 59,999 dwt and MR1, typically sized 25,000 dwt to 39,999 dwt and also sometimes referred to as “Handys.”

Oil Tanker Demand

Demand for oil tankers is dictated by world oil demand and trade, which is influenced by many factors including economic activity, geographic changes in oil production and consumption, oil prices, the availability of

 

65


Table of Contents

transport alternatives (such as pipelines) and inventory policies of nations and oil trading companies. Tanker demand is a product of (a) the amount of cargo transported in tankers, multiplied by (b) the distance which cargo is transported. The distance is determined by seaborne trading and distribution patterns.

Oil demand growth and the changing location of supply have altered the structure of the tanker market. Between 2003 and 2008, more than half of new crude oil production was located in the Middle East and Africa. These two regions still produced approximately 35% of global supply in 2012. However, in recent years, U.S. and Canadian crude oil production has increased, from 10.2 million bpd in 2008 to 12.9 million bpd in 2012 as a result of the development of shale oil deposits. This has reduced U.S. seaborne crude import demand, but is resulting in greater oil product volumes becoming available for export from the U.S. Gulf in particular.

Demand cycles in the oil tanker industry move broadly in line with developments in the global economy. Between 2003 and 2008, seaborne crude trade and seaborne products trade grew strongly. However, following the financial downturn, total oil demand growth slowed markedly, while global seaborne crude oil trade declined, as shown in the graph below. More positively, seaborne oil products trade firmed between 2008 and 2012. Recent trends include the contraction of U.S. seaborne crude imports and continued growth in non-OECD crude imports.

World Oil Consumption and Seaborne Oil Trades

(Percent change year on year)

 

LOGO

(e) = estimate

Source: Drewry

In terms of tonne-mile demand, a notable shift in the patterns of world refining over the last five years has been the shift towards crude oil producing regions growing their refinery capacity, just as poor margins cause closures in the developed world’s major consumers of products, notably in Europe and on the U.S. East Coast.

In particular, in recent years there has been a trend towards increased oil product imports into South American, African and Asia Pacific countries (excluding China and India, countries whose oil imports growth primarily relates to crude rather than products). Increased exports from the U.S. have been a significant trend, with the largest proportion going to satisfy growing South America demand for the consumption of oil products. Other U.S. exports have been moving transatlantic into Europe, where local refinery shutdowns have supported import demand.

 

66


Table of Contents

Regional Refinery Capacity

(changes in capacity y-o-y : million bpd)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Elsewhere, the large export-oriented refinery at Jamnagar on the west coast of India has already provided additional shipment volumes of around 0.6m bpd since its start-up in 2009. Several refineries in the Arabian Gulf are due online in the coming years, including those at Jubail (Q3 2013, 0.4 million bpd capacity), Yanbu (Q3 2014, 0.4 million bpd) and Jizan (planned for 2016, potentially 0.4 million bpd) in Saudi Arabia and at Ruwais (2014, 0.4 million bpd expansion project) and Fujairah (2016, 0.2 million bpd) in the UAE. It is already apparent that the closures of refining capacity in the developed world are prompting longer haul imports to cater for product demand, for instance on routes such as West Coast India to the U.S. eastern seaboard. Any concerted global economic recovery in combination with these new start-ups in the Arabian Gulf could prompt further growth in long-haul imports from this region. Furthermore, the Yanbu and Jizan projects in particular are expected to produce significant amounts of low-sulphur fuels, which will become increasingly in demand in the tightening regulatory environment. These developments may benefit a mixture of LR and MR sized vessels.

Oil Product Imports—Major Growth Regions

(Million bpd)

LOGO

Source: Drewry

 

67


Table of Contents

Refinery closures close to consuming regions elsewhere in the world could also help to support product import demand. For example, in Australia, where trade from Singapore is expected to become increasingly important to compensate for the conversion of local producing refineries into storage depots. This would be part of a general increase in intra-Asian trade which is already boosting product tanker demand, something which may be further supported by expected closures in Japan (a result of new government standards).

This type of growth is generally of benefit to “MR” sized tankers, the workhorses of medium-haul products trades, in addition to their mainstay trades such as gasoline movements across the Atlantic from Europe into the U.S. MR2 vessels offer the flexibility of being sufficiently small to enable access to a diverse range of ports and are also popular with oil traders given this flexibility and ability to deal with the most common parcel sizes.

Nevertheless, there are some areas of demand which are less positive: growing U.S. oil production has reduced demand on, for instance, the trade from the Caribbean to the U.S. East Coast. A number of refineries in the Caribbean have been forced to close in light of poor refining margins. However, this is being compensated for by the growth in developing Asian and South American requirements.

Oil Product Exports—Major Growth Regions

(Million bpd)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Much of the increase in South American import requirement is being catered for by growing exports from the U.S. The adjacent graph shows how U.S. exports of products have grown in recent years. Moderating domestic oil demand has combined with greater availability of crude feedstock (due to increased U.S. domestic crude oil production from tight oil and offshore) to make larger-scale exports feasible, particularly of middle distillates from the U.S. Gulf. In light of the projected growth in U.S. crude oil production, and strong demand growth in South America combined with increasing long-haul flows to Asia, this is a trend which seems likely to continue.

Largely as a result of the growth in trade routes due to refinery developments, product tonne-miles are projected to increase by 3.9% year-on-year in 2013, following growth of 3.2% over the past five years, 5.3% over the past ten years and 4.1% over the last twenty years. The growth rate of oil products trade has exceeded that of crude oil in eight of the last ten years, and is projected to do so again in 2013. Growth is also more consistent and less volatile than crude oil trade. Continued growth at these historical levels is feasible but will be subject to global economic development and a continuation of the trade and refinery trends of recent years.

 

68


Table of Contents

Oil Tanker Supply

The global oil tanker fleet is generally divided into six major categories of vessels, based on carrying capacity. In order to benefit from economies of scale, tanker charterers transporting crude oil will typically charter the largest possible vessel, taking into consideration port and canal size restrictions and optimal cargo sizes. The major types of crude and products tankers are shown in the following table.

Crude and Product Tanker Vessel Types

 

     
Class of Tanker   Cargo Capacity (DWT)    Typical Use

Ultra Large Crude

Carriers (“ULCCs”)

  > 320,000    Long-haul crude oil transportations from the Middle East Gulf to Northern Europe (via the Cape of Good Hope), to the Far East and to the U.S. Gulf.

Very Large Crude

Carriers (“VLCCs”)

  200,000-319,999   

Suezmax

  120,000-199,999    Medium-haul crude oil transportations from the Middle East and West Africa to the United States and Europe.

Aframax

  80,000-119,999    Short- to medium-haul crude oil and refined petroleum products transportations from the North Sea or West Africa to Europe or the East Coast of the United States, from the Middle East Gulf to the Pacific Rim and on regional trade routes in the North Sea, the Caribbean, the Mediterranean and the Indo-Pacific Basin.

Panamax

  60,000-79,999    Short- to medium-haul crude oil and refined petroleum products transportations worldwide, mostly on regional trade routes.

MR2

  40,000-59,999    Flexible vessels involved in medium-haul petroleum products trades both in the Atlantic Basin and the growing intra-Asian/Middle East/ISC trades.

MR1

  25,000-39,999   

SR

  10,000-24,999    Short-haul of mostly refined petroleum products worldwide, usually on local or regional trade routes.

                Source: Drewry

The world tanker fleet (of 10,000 DWT and above) expanded from 277.6 million DWT at the beginning of 1999 to 492.6 million DWT at the start of 2013. As of May 2013, the fleet stood at 5,826 ships of 501.4 million DWT. Within this, ships can be considered to be one of four types: crude oil tankers (1,875 vessels), oil products tankers (2,446 vessels), chemical tankers (considered separately; 1,438 vessels) and specialised tankers (67 vessels). The breakdown of the crude, products and chemical components of the fleet is illustrated in the table below.

 

69


Table of Contents

The World Tanker Fleet (1) : May 2013

 

Class of Tanker   Size (DWT)   Fleet   

% share of

DWT

  

Average Age

(Years)

   % 20+ yrs*
    Number    million DWT         

UL/VLCC

  200,000+   621    190.3    37.9%    7.6    2%

Suezmax

  120,000-199,999   490    75.8    15.1%    7.7    3%

Aframax (Uncoated)

  80,000-119,999   666    71.2    14.2%    9.0    6%

Panamax (Uncoated)

  60,000-79,999   98    6.8    1.4%    11.2    12%

Crude Tankers

      1,875    344.0    69%    8.3    4%

Aframax (Coated, LR2)

  80,000-119,999   246    26.5    5.3%    7.0    5%

Panamax (Coated, LR1)

  60,000-79,999   319    23.3    4.7%    6.2    2%

MRs

  25,000-59,999*   1,629    71.4    14.2%    9.1    10%

Product Tankers 25,000 dwt +

  2,194    121.2    24%    8.4    8%

SRs

  10,000-24,999   252    3.8    0.8%    18.1    40%

Chemical Tankers

  10,000 dwt+   1,438    30.4    6.1%    8.1    6%

Specialised Tankers

  10,000 dwt+   67    2.0    0.4%    13.5    16%

Total

  10,000 dwt+   5,826    501.4    100.0%    8.8    8%

 

(1) Fleet definitions as before; % 20 yrs plus is based on the number of ships

Source: Drewry

The 2,446 product tankers make up 42% of the fleet in numeric terms and are operationally critical to the oil tanker market. MRs are considered the “workhorses” of the fleet. The overall tanker fleet has expanded at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.2% over the past five years, with the product tanker fleet growing by a CAGR of 7.1% per year. However, growth in the product tanker fleet slowed to 1.8% in 2012, the lowest growth rate since 2003. Fleet growth comprises new vessels delivered less vessels scrapped (there are occasionally other changes, such as losses, or conversions to/from other vessel types).

Newbuilding demand is affected by prices in relation to current and anticipated charter market conditions. The orderbook indicates the number of known confirmed shipbuilding contracts and is indicative of how global vessel supply will develop in the next few years. As of May 2013, the world tanker orderbook for all vessels above 10,000 DWT was 52.0 million DWT. The orderbook as a percentage of the existing fleet for all tankers above 10,000 DWT) was 10.4%, having declined from a high of 49% in 2008. The equivalent numbers for the product fleet were 12.2% compared to 59% in 2007 whilst for the MR1/2 product tanker subset, the orderbook is 14.7% of the fleet, down from just over 50% in 2007.

In recent years the orderbook has been affected by the non-delivery of vessels. Current estimates suggest that in 2012, approximately 35% of scheduled vessels across the entire tanker orderbook scheduled for delivery in 2012 did not deliver during the year. The equivalent figure for the product tanker fleet specifically is 37%, but with MR-sized tonnage the figure has been higher. Some of the non-delivery was as a result of delays, either through mutual agreement or through shipyard problems, whilst some was due to vessel cancellations. Slippage and non-delivery is likely to remain an issue going forward and will continue to moderate fleet growth.

Conversely, further newbuild contracting could increase future supply. For example, the size of the MR product tanker orderbook has grown from 187 at the start of 2012 to 215 vessels by late May 2013, following 95 contracts and 81 deliveries. However, in the short term shipbuilding capacity could be a constraining factor to supply growth, with limited availability reported in major MR building shipyards for the next few years. Many of the traditional builders of MR-sized product tankers have filled their orderbooks into the medium term as a result of recent ordering activity. The more limited availability of bank finance from traditional European lenders has also been a constraining factor to newbuilding ordering to a certain extent.

 

70


Table of Contents

World Crude Oil and Product Tanker Orderbook (1) : May 2013

 

Class of Tanker   Size (DWT)   Orderbook   Orderbook Delivery Schedule (No.  ships)
    Number   million DWT   % Fleet*   2013   2014   2015   2016

UL/VLCC

  200,000+   66   20.9   11.0%   30   30   6  

Suezmax

  120,000-199,999   62   9.6   12.6%   33   14   10   5

Aframax (Uncoated)

  80,000-119,999   39   4.3   6.0%   16   16   7  

Panamax (Uncoated)

  60,000-79,999   7   0.5   7.7%   6   1        

Crude Tankers

      174   35.3   10.3%   85   61   23   5

Aframax (Coated, LR2)

  80,000-119,999   26   2.9   11.1%   3   14   8   1

Panamax (Coated, LR1)

  60,000-79,999   23   1.7   7.2%   11   8       4

MRs

  25,000-59,999*   215   10.5   14.7%   70   111   28   6

Product Tankers 25,000 dwt +

  264   15.1   12.5%   84   133   36   11

SRs

  10,000-24,999   5   0.1   2.2%   5            

Chemical Tankers

  10,000 dwt+   57   1.4   4.5%   40   10   3   4

Specialised Tankers

  10,000 dwt+   5   0.1   4.8%   4   1        

Total

  10,000 dwt+   505   52.0   10.4%   218   205   62   20

 

(1) Fleet definitions as before

Source: Drewry

The level of scrapping activity is a function primarily of the age profile of the fleet, scrap prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions, as well as operating, repair and survey costs. Tanker demolition (above 10,000 DWT) stood at 3.0 million DWT in 2006, its lowest level since 1991. However, the onset of the recession saw an increase in scrapping, with tanker demolition averaging 7.7 million DWT per annum between 2007 and 2011. This reflected the downturn in the freight market, making demolition more attractive for some owners. In 2012, a total of 131 vessels of a combined 11.6 million DWT were sold for scrap (2.4% of the fleet at the start of 2013 in deadweight terms), of which 57 (3.0 million dwt) were product tankers. 9% of the MR1/2 products fleet (in deadweight terms, representing 166 ships) is now over twenty years old.

On the basis of current trends in delivery and demolition, it is expected that the overall products fleet will grow by 2.8% in 2013, with higher growth in the MR1/2 sector (25,000-59,999 dwt). Recent developments in the fleet are shown below:

Crude & Product Tanker Fleet) (1) Development

(Million dwt—start of year)

 

LOGO

(1) Fleet definitions as before.

Source: Drewry

 

71


Table of Contents

The overall comparison between supply growth and demand growth can be seen in the graph below:

Product Tanker Supply and Demand

(Percent change year on year)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

The Product Tanker Market

Between 2003 and 2007, the differential between demand and supply for tankers remained narrow and rates were generally very firm. Following the recession, tanker demand slowed, coinciding with substantial tonnage entering the fleet, driving earnings down. Although crude demand was relatively resilient in 2009 and 2010, helping crude tanker rates to remain steady while product tanker rates remained weak. This situation was reversed in 2011 and 2012, with crude tanker demand softening while product tanker demand firmed. Furthermore, downward pressure was exerted on the crude tanker sector, as crude tankers ordered before the recession and in 2009 continued to be delivered into the fleet. The following graph shows the historical development of benchmark timecharter rates and average MR spot earnings based on a range of the most commonly-traded routes.

Three of our MR product tankers (the Ardmore Seafarer , the Ardmore Seamaster and the Ardmore Seatrader ) were delivered to us between July 2010 and December 2010 and have been employed in the time charter market from delivery for periods of between one and three years. The time charter rates have improved since 2010 which led to an improvement in the revenues for our MR product tankers as the old time charters expired and the new time charters were negotiated. In addition to the time charterers, we entered into two TC Invest arrangements for the Ardmore Seafarer and the Ardmore Seatrader which allowed us to participate in the profits / (losses) arising on the vessels employment in the charterers pool. This arrangement gave us exposure to the spot market which experienced a number of low points during this period which had a negative impact on our revenues. Our two Eco-design vessels (the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure ) were delivered to us in February and June 2013. These vessels are employed on one year time charters at improved rates to our other MR product tankers indicating that the market is improving. We believe that the charter market for MR product tankers is improving and we believe that there is reasonable expectation that rates will continue to improve over the next few years in line with expected global economic growth.

 

72


Table of Contents

MR Tanker Freight Rates—Spot and Timecharter

(US$ Per Day)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Oil tanker asset values have also fluctuated over time, and there is a relationship between changes in asset values and the charter market. Newbuilding prices increased significantly between 2003 and 2007 primarily as a result of increased tanker demand. Current newbuilding prices are significantly below the peaks reported at the height of the market in 2008. Contracting activity in 2011 and 2012 was limited due to low freight rates, the poor market outlook and difficulties in securing financing.

The secondhand sale and purchase market has traditionally been relatively liquid, with tankers changing hands between owners on a regular basis. Secondhand prices peaked over the summer of 2008 and have since declined. The following graph shows the long term historical development of newbuild, five year old and ten year old secondhand asset prices.

MR Tankers Asset Prices

(US$ Millions)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Turning to the product tanker charter market, over the first four months of May 2013, clean product tanker spot earnings averaged $16,180/day, compared to a ten year average of $21,346/day and a spot market high of $49,273/day in January 2006.

 

73


Table of Contents

The estimated five year timecharter rate for an MR was $15,500/day in May 2013, whilst the benchmark one year timecharter rate was $14,500/day. It should be noted that these rates are based on a standard “MR” built circa 2010, and there is some evidence that more-recently built vessels constructed to particularly fuel-efficient “Eco” specifications are currently able to achieve an additional premium on these levels of up to 10%. The market high for the one year timecharter rate was reached in November 2005 at $30,500/day.

Five year old MR prices are currently estimated at $25 million while those for fifteen year old vessels are estimated at $10 million. These figures compare to levels above $50 million for a newbuild and 5 year old during mid-2007 to early 2008. The following table summarises the trend in freight rates and asset prices for MR tankers.

MR Product Tankers: Timecharter and Asset Value Summary

 

     

Spot

Earnings

 

    Timecharter (US$/day)   Asset Prices (US$ million)
    1 Year   3 Year   Newbuild   5 Year Old
2001     20,347      18,870   17,115   28.8   24.5
2002     11,644      13,325   13,428   26.4   20.4
2003     17,562      14,720   13,773   29.4   25.7
2004     27,756      18,994   16,592   36.5   33.6
2005     28,853      26,029   21,841   43.2   44.2
2006     25,542      27,000   22,298   45.8   46.7
2007     23,669      25,904   23,288   49.6   50.4
2008     21,168      23,481   22,322   51.7   49.1
2009     9,071      15,231   15,870   40.0   28.2
2010     10,560      13,160   14,175   35.5   27.0
2011     10,545      13,668   14,538   35.6   29.0
2012     10,505      13,514   14,389   34.0   24.9
May-2013     14,289      14,450   14,850   33.5   25.0
5 Year Avg (1)     12,363      15,801   16,251   39.4   31.6
5 Year Peak     29,490      25,000   23,500   53.5   54.0
5 Year Trough     4,146      11,500   12,500   28.0   22.0
10 Year Avg (2)     18,525      19,158   17,899   40.1   35.9
10 Year Peak     42,693      32,000   24,000   53.5   54.0
10 Year Trough     4,146      11,500   12,500   28.0   22.0
20 Year Avg (3)     15,660      16,922   16,599   35.0   29.2
20 Year Peak     42,693      32,000   24,000   53.5   54.0
20 Year Trough     4,146      10,750   11,750   25.5   19.8

(1) 2008-2012: (2) 2003-2012: 1993-2012 except Timecharter rates which are based on a 19 year average

Source: Drewry

The Chemical Tanker Industry

Introduction

The world chemical industry is one of the largest and most diversified industries in the world with more than 1,000 large and medium-sized companies manufacturing over 70,000 different product lines. Although most specialist chemicals are used locally, world trade is becoming an increasingly prominent part of the global chemical industry for a number of reasons ranging from local stock imbalances to a lack of local production of a particular chemical. In broad terms, seaborne trade growth in chemicals has tracked trends in economic activity and globalization.

 

74


Table of Contents

The seaborne transportation of chemicals is technically and logistically complex compared to the transportation of crude oil and oil products, with cargoes ranging from hazardous and noxious chemicals to products such as edible oils and fats. Consequently, the chemical tanker sector comprises a broad array of specially constructed small and medium sized tankers designed to carry chemical products in various stages of production. Chemicals are generally transported in “parcels” of 2,000 tonnes to 6,000 tonnes. If chemical tankers of this size were used, freight costs over large distances would be prohibitively high. The alternative is to ship the cargo in a larger “parcel tanker” designed to carry many small parcels within a single ship and over the last 30 years a sophisticated transport system has developed to handle small bulk parcels.

In broad terms, there are four major categories of chemicals traded by sea:

 

   

Organic chemicals : Primarily olefins and aromatics. Organic chemicals account for approximately 50% of chemical tanker cargoes. The U.S. is the largest exporter, accounting for 25% of exports. The major chemicals in this area are specialised products of oil refineries, and are intermediary steps in chemical processes which produce plastics for use in the manufacturing industries, or artificial fibres (for example, paraxylene is an intermediate step in the production of polyester).

 

   

Inorganic chemicals : These encompass chemicals derived from a mineral base such as caustic soda, phosphoric and sulphuric acids amongst other acids. These inorganic chemicals are used in industrial chemical processes which require the presence of a strong acid or alkali (in the case of caustic soda). In total, their movement accounts for around 15-20% of seaborne chemical tanker trade.

 

   

Vegetable oils and animal fats : These are primarily edible oils, such as soybean oil or palm oil. These oils and fats are used as surfactants, either industrially or in the production of soaps and other cleaning products. These account for approximately 30% of total chemical tanker employment.

 

   

Other Cargos – principally Molasses, and Biofuels/Ethanol : This is becoming an increasingly important trade for chemical tankers as various countries implement requirements for blending into motor fuels.

Given the industrial usage of the chemicals described above, in producing products for the global manufacturing industries, demand for these chemicals, and as a result demand for the seaborne transport of them, is well-correlated with the fortunes of global GDP.

 

75


Table of Contents

Chemical Tanker Demand

The seaborne trade in chemicals is characterized by a wide range of individual cargos and a relatively regionalized structure compared to the crude and products tanker industry. Given this geographical complexity and the diversity of cargoes involved, estimating the overall seaborne trade in chemicals is difficult and varies greatly depending on how they are categorised.

World Seaborne Chemical Trades

(Million Tonnes)

 

LOGO

(e)= provisional estimate

Source: Drewry

The U.S. is the largest exporter of organic chemicals, accounting for approximately 25% of all exports. The four organic chemicals most frequently traded by sea are methanol, styrene, benzene and P-xylene. The inorganic chemical trade accounts for approximately 15-20% of total seaborne chemical carrier employment. They are not geographically traded as widely as the organic chemicals are. They also present several transport problems: not only are they very dense, they are also highly corrosive. They must consequently be carried in tanks coated with stainless steel, rubber or acid proof paints. The seaborne trade in vegetable oils and animal fats accounts for approximately 30% of total chemical carrier employment. Palm oil accounts for about half of this, with the next top two commodities in this sector traded by sea being soybean oil and sunflower seed oil.

From a regional perspective, activity is focused on three main geographical areas. Europe is a mature, established producing region, contributing over one quarter of total production. Much of Europe’s production serves domestic requirements. This manifests itself in increased demand for short-sea services, rather than deep-sea service. North American (predominantly the U.S.) manufacturers produce approximately one fifth of the major chemical products in the world. Although the majority of the United States’ production is for domestic use, particularly where gasoline additives are involved, the country produces levels above domestic requirements, which results in significant export volumes.

A large proportion of the United States’ organic chemical exports go to South East Asia. Conversely, more than half of their organic chemical imports originate from Latin America. Asia-Pacific produces, in aggregate, about one-half of chemicals globally per year. In the more developed countries such as Japan, production is supported largely by domestic chemical feedstock requirements, although much output goes to exports (mostly intra-Asian). China and Southeast Asian production is similar in structure, although chemical manufacturing here is in an earlier, faster-growing stage of development. There is also a sizeable market for imports from the Middle East, North America, Europe and Australia, which increases demand for seaborne trade.

 

76


Table of Contents

One potentially significant factor which could affect the chemicals industry is the development of shale gas production in the U.S. This is pushing down the price of ethane, the favoured feedstock for petrochemicals producers, and so reducing the cost of the whole chemical production chain in the U.S. Ethylene cracker utilization has improved, and given new start-ups planned, chemical industry sources have suggested that there could be an increase in ethylene production levels of up to 35% by mid-decade. Ethylene is a precursor for many of the organic chemicals shipped by sea, so increased production of it could well result in increased availability of downstream chemical products for export from the U.S.

World GDP and Seaborne Chemical Trade

(Annual growth rates)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

According to preliminary statistics, the global seaborne chemical trade is estimated to have totaled just over 192 million tonnes in 2012, up by approximately 2.3% on 2011. Trade has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 3.0% over the last five years but this includes a reduction in trade in 2008 and relatively sluggish growth in 2009 and 2010 following the onset of the global economic downturn.

The longer term growth rate has averaged closer to 4.2% and, subject to global economic development this is the expectation for 2013. Moving forward, the volume of chemicals moved by sea will be influenced by world economic development given the strong correlation between GDP and industrial production growth and seaborne trade in chemicals.

Chemical Tanker Supply

Chemical tankers are characterised mainly by cargo systems which are technically more sophisticated than those found in conventional oil and product tankers. Since chemical tankers are often required to carry many products which are typically hazardous and easily contaminated, cargo segregation and containment is important.

The IMO regulates the carriage of chemicals by sea, dividing potentially dangerous cargoes into three categories, typically referred to as IMO Type 1, 2 and 3. IMO conventions govern the requirements for particular tanks to be classified as each grading, which the pertinent features of each tank being the internal volume and its proximity to the sides and bottom of the vessel’s hull.

Since January 2007, chemical tanker cargoes have been reclassified under a new system set out in the revised 2004 Amendments to MARPOL Annex II for the Control of Noxious Liquid Substances (NLS) Carried in Bulk and the International Bulk Chemical (IBC) Code. The code applies to all chemical tankers irrespective of size, and to all ships carrying non-oil liquids or NLS. The effect of the reclassification has been to tighten the regulations regarding simple oil products tankers carrying specialised chemical cargoes. Chemical parcels are now rated X, Y, Z and OS (“other substances,” which are deemed harmless). The result is a new system with just

 

77


Table of Contents

eight harmless (OS) substances; coal slurry, clay slurry, water, apple juice, dextrose solution, glucose solution, molasses and kaolin slurry. Every other X, Y and Z cargo is assigned an IMO vessel type for its safe carriage. There are 18 cargoes the carriage of which is restricted to IMO Type 1 classified vessels. The majority of cargoes (category Y) require IMO Type 2 vessels, including vegetable oils and palm oils. One concession to the IBC code regulations is an allowance that IMO Type 3 tankers may carry edible oils, an exemption introduced because of the tendency for such cargoes to be shipping in large bulk parcels. This often requires ships of up to ‘MR’ size, and at the point of the regulatory change, there were very few such large tankers with IMO Type 2 graded tanks. Despite this exemption, these vessels are not ‘true’ chemical tankers in the general sense of the word, and are not able to carry other IMO 2 cargoes.

The following schematic shows the overall structure of the chemical tanker market.

 

LOGO

If the tanker fleet is split by IMO Type grading there are 2.2 million dwt of IMO Type 1, 40.8 million dwt of IMO Type 2 and 33.0 million dwt of IMO Type 3. Over the past ten years however, the majority of medium range (MR) product tankers have also been built with IMO 3 capability and while these vessels can occasionally trade in chemicals, they generally do not do so, with the exception of bulk edible oil cargoes. As well as defining the chemical tanker fleet in terms of their IMO type, it is also possible to separate them according to their degree of tank segregation and tank size as detailed below. Therefore the classification as detailed below better reflects the size of the chemical fleet, albeit there is “swing” tonnage and some interchange ability.

 

   

Chemical parcel tankers: Over 75% of the tanks are segregated with an average tank size less than 3,000 cbm and/or stainless steel tanks. A typical parcel tanker might be 20,000 dwt and have twenty fully segregated tanks which are stainless steel.

 

   

Chemical bulk tankers : Vessels with a lower level of segregations to tanks (below 75%) and an average tank size below 3,000 cbm and not stainless. In addition this category also includes all other tankers below 30,000 dwt with IMO grade 2 (those vessels above 30,000 dwt with larger than 3,000 bm tanks are included in the product tanker fleet). A typical chemical bulk tanker might be 17,000 dwt with 16 tanks but 8 segregations and be IMO 2.

The following table shows the chemical fleet split by this segmentation.

 

78


Table of Contents

World Chemical Tanker Fleet (1) by Ship Type : May 2013

 

Type   Size (DWT)   Fleet   Average Age   Avg. Tanks   Avg. Segs   % Stainless   % 20+yrs   % 25+yrs
    Number   m DWT            

Parcel

      1,008   21.6   8.1   20   20   55%   5%   3%
    30,000+   218   8.5   10.0   27   27   55%   11%   6%
    10,000-29,999   790   13.1   7.6   18   18   55%   4%   2%

Bulk

      430   8.8   7.9   13   7   0%   8%   3%
    30,000+   67   3.0   8.9   16   11   0%   7%   3%
    10,000-29,999   363   5.8   7.7   13   6   0%   8%   4%

Total

      1,438   30.4   8.1   18   16   39%   6%   3%

Fleet definitions as before

Source: Drewry

Chemical tanker fleet growth averaged more than 7% per year during the period 2008 to 2013 to reach 1,438 vessels of 30.4 million DWT in May 2013. This generated significant surplus capacity, especially following the 2008 economic slowdown. However, fleet growth fell to 1.0% in 2012 and the orderbook has fallen to 5.0% of the fleet.

World Chemical Tanker Orderbook (1) by Ship Type: May 2013

 

Type   Size (DWT)   Orderbook   Orderbook Delivery Schedule (No. ships)
    Number   million DWT   % Fleet       2013           2014           2015           2016    

Parcel

      42   1.1   5%   25   10   3   4
    30,000+   17   0.6   8%   9   1   3   4
    10,000-29,999   25   0.5   4%   16   9    

Bulk

      15   0.2   3%   15   0   0   0
    30,000+   0   0.0   0%          
    10,000-29,999   15   0.2   4%   15        

Total

      57   1.4   5%   40   10   3   4

(1) Fleet definitions as before

Source: Drewry

With an orderbook of 5% of the fleet in the chemical parcel sector and 3% in the chemical bulk fleet, fleet growth is expected to remain at moderate levels over the next few years.

 

79


Table of Contents

Chemical Tanker Fleet Development by Ship Type

(Million dwt—start of year)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

Ownership of the fleet is relatively consolidated around a few big players. Whilst more than 400 companies own vessels within the segment, 37% of the deadweight capacity is owned by the top 20 companies, despite the fact that the one of the companies in the top 20 only owns nine ships.

At any point in time, the level of scrapping activity is affected by, among other factors, current and expected charter rate conditions, scrap prices, the age profile of the fleet, the levels of secondhand values in relation to scrap values, as well as operating, repair and survey costs and the impact of regulations. In 2012 there were approximately 17 parcel and bulk ships demolished with an average age of 25 years. 2.9% of the parcel fleet (29 ships) and 3.5% of the bulk fleet (representing 15 ships) is currently over 25 years of age.

Chemical tanker newbuilding activity has been relatively restrained since the downturn, with just 12 chemical parcel and one chemical bulk tanker contracts placed over the four years 2009-2012 immediately post-downturn. Chemical tankers are relatively complex vessel types to build and this increases the barriers to entry for shipyards and the pool of yards that owners are willing to consider is small. One of the major builder countries of chemical tankers is Japan, where yards have a relatively high cost base.

Chemical Tanker Supply and Trade Growth

(Percent change year on year)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

 

80


Table of Contents

The Chemical Tanker Market

Chemical tanker charter rates and vessel values for all chemical tankers are influenced by the supply of, and demand for, chemical cargo carrying tanker capacity. The demand for tanker capacity is primarily determined by demand for chemicals and also by the distance that the chemicals are to be moved by sea. Demand for chemicals is affected by, among other things, general economic conditions (including increases and decreases in industrial production and transportation), chemical prices, feedstock costs and chemical production capacity. The supply of chemical tanker capacity, measured by the amount of suitable tonnage available to carry chemicals, is determined by the size of the existing fleet, the number of newbuilding chemical tankers on order, the scrapping of older tankers and the number of tankers in storage, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for commission (collectively, “laid-up”).

The chemical tanker market is a niche, mainly industrial shipping sector in which over half of all business is conducted through Contracts of Affreightment (“COAs”). Timecharters make up approximately 5% and spot cargoes cover the rest. Spot cargoes are paid for on a lump sum or U.S. dollar per tonne basis. These factors make it difficult to produce an analysis of the whole market. Following a general firming in rates throughout 2010 and 2011 after the collapse in 2009, freight rates on most major trade lanes declined during 2012 as market sentiment eroded. Although there was a recovery at the end of 2012, it is important to note that although rates remain relatively higher than the lows recorded in late 2008 and 2009, owners’ returns are currently being eroded by the higher bunker price environment. This makes the current rate levels notably weaker than they might first appear in terms of the historical context.

Two of our chemical tankers ( the Ardmore Calypso and the Ardmore Capella ) were delivered to us mid-2011 and have been employed to date in commercial chemical pools. The Ardmore Centurion was delivered to us in December 2010 and has been employed in commercial chemical pools from December 2010 to December 2011 and under time charters with profit sharing arrangements from December 2011 to date. As pool TCE rates are derived from the spot market, we were exposed to the volatility in spot market. The rates for chemical tankers were low in 2010 and 2011 which had a negative impact on our revenues. However, the rates improved in late 2012 indicating the market is improving. We believe that there is reasonable expectation that rates will continue to improve over the next few years in line with expected global economic growth.

Chemical Tanker Spot Rates

(5,000 mt parcels—Easy chemicals—US$/Tonne)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

 

81


Table of Contents

In terms of timecharter rates (in a timecharter the charterer is responsible for bunker costs), levels have declined by around 40% since early 2008. However rates have been fairly flat since 2010 at these depressed levels. For example, it is estimated that at the start of May 2013, a 20,000 DWT stainless steel vessel would achieve a one year charter rate of approximately $13,500/day, after a small improvement during the second quarter. Rates for smaller IMO 2 vessels are also assessed to have firmed very slightly in recent months, to around $8,500/day.

As in other shipping sectors, chemical tanker sale and purchase values show a relationship to the charter market and newbuilding prices. Newbuilding prices are influenced by shipyard capacity and increased steel prices; secondhand vessel values may vary because of the country of construction and the level of outfitting of such vessels. Although there has been a relatively high level of activity in recent years, chemical vessels can be difficult to market to buyers due to complexity of operations in the chemical and they may not always achieve their initial newbuilding premium. Newbuilding price trends in the chemical tanker sector are more difficult to track than MRs due to the lower volume of ordering and variation in specification, however prices are generally 30% to 40% lower than at the market peak in early 2008. Similarly, in the secondhand market, asset values have fallen by nearly 50% since 2008. Recent developments in the asset prices of five year old chemical tankers are illustrated in the following graph.

Chemical Tankers—Indicative Secondhand Prices

(US$ Million)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

 

82


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are Ardmore Shipping Corporation, a company incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We provide seaborne transportation of petroleum products and chemicals worldwide to oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, and chemical companies, with our modern, fuel-efficient fleet of mid-size product and chemical tankers. Our fleet consists of 12 vessels including eight in operation and four on order with deliveries expected to begin in January 2014, which together we refer to as our Initial Fleet. In addition, we have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             , options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels, which together we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately $             million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $             per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, together with approximately $235 million which we expect will be available to us under our proposed new credit facility, to fund a portion of the expenditure for the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and a portion of the amount required to purchase our Expansion Fleet. After giving effect to the purchase of our Expansion Fleet, we will have a total fleet of 24 vessels and we expect that 83% of our fleet will consist of MR product tankers based on cargo capacity.

We commenced business operations in April 2010 with the goal of building an enduring product and chemical tanker company that emphasizes service excellence, innovation, and operational efficiency through our focus on high quality, fuel-efficient vessels. We are led by a team of experienced senior managers who have previously held senior management positions with highly regarded public shipping companies and financial institutions. Our principal offices are located in Cork, Ireland, a location that we believe affords us many advantages, including an EU-approved tonnage tax system, close proximity to London and other European shipping centers and supportive assistance from Irish government agencies such as the Irish Maritime Development Office, or IMDO, and the National Maritime College of Ireland, or NMCI.

We are strategically focused on modern, fuel-efficient mid-size product and chemical tankers. According to Drewry Maritime Research, as of June 2013, mid-size tankers comprise 59% and 39% of the world’s deepsea seaborne transport capacity for products and chemicals, respectively, as measured by deadweight tonnage. There is significant overlap between the clean petroleum product, or CPP, and chemical sectors as 58% of MR product tankers are classed as IMO 3, enabling them to carry selective chemicals and vegetable oils, and many mid-size chemical tankers (such as ours) carry CPP cargoes on a routine basis. We actively pursue opportunities to exploit this overlap in order to enhance earnings, and also seek to engage in more complex CPP trades, such as multi-grade and multi-port loading and discharging operations, where our knowledge of chemical operations is beneficial to our CPP customers.

Our fuel-efficient operations are designed to enhance our investment returns and provide value-added service to our customers. We believe we are on the forefront of fuel efficiency and emissions reduction trends and are well-positioned to capitalize on these developments by engaging in the construction of Eco-design vessels, modifying ships to improve fuel efficiency, and equipping our fleet with engine diagnostic and ship performance management systems to optimize voyage performance. As a result, our modified vessels, or Eco-mod, achieve lower fuel consumption and, in some cases, achieve performance close to that of new Eco-design vessels. All of the newbuildings in our Expansion Fleet will be Eco-design and we intend to make Eco-mod improvements to the secondhand vessels in our Expansion Fleet. Our acquisition strategy is to build our fleet with Eco-design newbuildings and modern secondhand vessels that can be upgraded to Eco-mod.

We have no related-party transactions concerning our vessel operations. Our wholly-owned subsidiary Ardmore Shipping Limited, or ASL, carries out our management functions. ASL currently has a staff of 11 employees based in Cork, Ireland and provides corporate and accounting services and commercial management. Technical management of our vessels is performed by a combination of ASL and our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team is directly responsible for insurance and for overseeing significant

 

83


Table of Contents

operational functions of our third-party technical managers. ASL’s operations team also supervises the construction of our newbuildings in close coordination with our third-party on-site supervision team. We have a resolute focus on both high-quality service and efficient operations, and we believe that our corporate overhead and operating expenses are among the lowest of our peers.

We are commercially independent as we have no blanket employment arrangements with third-party or related-party commercial managers. We market our services directly to a broad range of customers, including oil majors, national oil companies, oil and chemical traders, chemical companies, and a range of pooling service providers. We monitor the market for our vessels and may change our chartering strategy to take advantage of changing market conditions.

We believe that the market for mid-size product and chemical tankers is in the early stages of a recovery from cyclical lows, resulting from strong underlying demand growth driven by both cyclical and secular trends, as well as a reduction in the supply overhang due to reduced ordering activity and an extended period of fleet growth at a rate below that of demand growth. The Company was formed at a historically low point in the shipping cycle which our management believes represented an opportunity to build our fleet and business with low cost asset base. Shipping is a capital and operationally intensive business and the challenges in the global economy and shipping market continued throughout 2011 and 2012. While this has afforded an extended opportunity to acquire additional vessels, we have incurred losses in the periods ended December 31, 2010 through to December 31, 2012 as a result of company set-up costs, challenging shipping markets and ongoing investments in our fleet. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the market recovery with a modern, fuel-efficient fleet, access to capital for growth, a diverse and high quality customer base, an emphasis on service excellence in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment, and a relative cost advantage in assets, operations and corporate overhead.

The Initial Fleet

Our Initial Fleet consists of 12 vessels, comprised of five MR product tankers (two Eco-design and three Eco-mod) and three Eco-mod chemical tankers in operation, plus four Eco-design MR product tanker newbuildings with deliveries expected to begin starting in January 2014. Please see “Glossary of Shipping Terms” on page 136 of this prospectus for definitions of terms used below. The average age of our Initial Fleet in operation is five years, and the average age of our fleet following delivery of the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and vessels in our Expansion Fleet in will be less than          years.

 

                                      Charter
Rate in
    Charter     Eco
Specification
 

Vessel name

  Type   Dwt     IMO     Delivery     Built     Flag     ($)/day(1)     Expires    

IN OPERATION

                 

Ardmore Seavaliant (2)

  Product     49,999        3        Feb-13        Korea        MI        15,378        Feb-14        Eco-Design   

Ardmore Seaventure (3)

  Product     49,999        3        Jun-13        Korea        MI        15,873        Jun-14        Eco-Design   

Ardmore Seamaster (4)

  Product     45,840        —          Sept-04        Japan        MI        14,224        Oct-13        Eco-Mod   

Ardmore Seafarer (5)

  Product     45,744        —          Aug-04        Japan        MI        13,233        Jul-13        Eco-Mod   

Ardmore Seatrader (6)

  Product     47,141        —          Dec-02        Japan        MI        13,549        Dec-13        Eco-Mod   

Ardmore Centurion (7)

  Chemical     29,006        2        Nov-05        Korea        MI        11,331        Jun-13        Eco-Mod   

Ardmore Calypso (8)

  Chemical     17,589        2        Jan-10        Korea        MI        Pool        Indefinite        Eco-Mod   

Ardmore Capella (9)

  Chemical     17,567        2        Jan-10        Korea        MI        Pool        Indefinite        Eco-Mod   

ON ORDER

                 

SPP Hull S-5118(10)

  Product     49,999        3        Jan-14        Korea        MI        TBD        TBD        Eco-Design   

SPP Hull S-5119(10)

  Product     49,999        3        Jan-14        Korea        MI        TBD        TBD        Eco-Design   

MR NB #1(11)

  Product     49,999        3        TBD        TBD        TBD        TBD        TBD        Eco-Design   

MR NB #2(11)

  Product     49,999        3        TBD        TBD        TBD        TBD        TBD        Eco-Design   

Total Vessels

  12     502,881                 

 

 

84


Table of Contents
(1) This table shows gross charter rates, averaged over the duration, as applicable, plus CVE income (see Glossary of Shipping Terms for definitions) and does not include commissions payable by us at a rate of 1.25% to 2.5%, where applicable.
(2) On charter for one year at a rate of $17,000 per day for the first 60 days plus $15,000 per day thereafter, expiring in February 2014. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(3) On charter for one year at a rate of $19,500 per day for the first 60 days plus $15,100 per day thereafter, expiring in June 2014. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(4) On charter for three years at a rate of $14,175 per day, expiring October 2013. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(5) On charter for one year at a rate of $13,200 per day, expiring July 2013. CVE income is $1,000 per month.
(6) On charter for ten months at a rate of $13,500 per day, expiring in December 2013 with an option to extend for a further eight months at a rate of $14,250 per day. CVE income is $1,500 per month.
(7) On charter for six months at a rate of $11,282 per day, expiring in June 2013 and with a charterer’s option to extend for a further six months at a rate of $12,308 per day, excluding a commission at a rate of 2.5%. CVE income is $1,500 per month. The charter includes a profit share agreement based on the vessel’s performance in a third party pool.
(8) Employed in a third party commercial pool for chemical tankers.
(9) Employed in a third party commercial pool for chemical tankers.
(10) SPP Shipbuilding Hull S-5118 / S-5119 are due to deliver from SPP shipyard in January 2014 and it is envisioned they will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(11) MR NB #1 and MR NB #2 are subject to execution of a definitive contract and expected to begin delivering from                 where it is envisioned they will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.

Our chartering policy is to maintain a broad range of operating and potential time charter customers and pooling alternatives in order to maximize commercial flexibility and to provide a risk management tool depending on prevailing market conditions and outlook. In particular, we seek customers who place value on our proactive approach to fuel efficiency.

The proceeds of this offering, together with the proposed new credit facility, will be used to finance any unfunded expenditure for vessels on order in the Initial Fleet plus acquisition of vessels in the Expansion Fleet. Of the vessels on order in the Initial Fleet, Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119 have bank financing in place with DVB Bank. We expect that the Expansion Fleet plus unfunded vessels on order in the Initial Fleet, will be funded by the new credit facility and proceeds of this offering in the ratio of approximately 58% and 42% respectively.

The Expansion Fleet

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to acquire an additional twelve vessels in line with our strategy which we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. We have letters of intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             , options for an additional four vessels, and intend to acquire two more secondhand vessels, which together we refer to as our Expansion Fleet. We are currently in detailed negotiations with regards to the vessels in the Expansion Fleet but do not have binding agreements in place. The Expansion Fleet’s vessels are expected to be employed under one year time charters or in the spot market. Ten of the vessels in the Expansion Fleet are expected to be Eco-Design and the two additional MR product tankers are expected to be approximately five years of age each, approximately 46,000 dwt and suitable for upgrading to Eco-Mod.

 

85


Table of Contents

Vessel Name

 

Status

 

Type

 

Dwt

 

IMO

 

Delivery

 

Built

 

Flag

 

Eco Specification

NB #3(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #4(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #5(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #6(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #7(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #8(1)

  LOI   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #9(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #10(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #11(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

NB #12(2)

  Option   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD   Eco-Design

MR Secondhand(3)

  N/A   Product   46,000   TBD   TBD   Japan/Korea   TBD   Upgrade – Eco-Mod

MR Secondhand(3)

  N/A   Product   46,000   TBD   TBD   Japan/Korea   TBD   Upgrade – Eco-Mod

Total Vessels

    12            

 

(1) We have Letters of Intent for six vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             . It is envisioned these ships will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(2) We have options for four vessels with deliveries expected to begin in             . It is envisioned these ships will be deployed on a one year time charter or in the spot market.
(3) We intend to acquire two high quality modern MR product tankers of approximately five years of age each in the secondhand market and each approximately 46,000 dwt, that are suitable for upgrading to Eco-Mod.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will enable us to maximize returns and capitalize on growth opportunities in the product and chemical tanker sectors, including:

 

   

Experienced Management Team with an Established Track Record: Our Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Gurnee, has 32 years of experience in the maritime industry and was part of the senior management team that guided Teekay Corporation’s turnaround in the 1990s and laid the foundation for its future growth with a series of public bond issues and its initial public offering. He also served as President of Nedship International (now part of DVB Bank), and in other key management roles, including as CEO of the container and chemical tanker company Industrial Shipping Enterprises and Chief Operating Officer of the chemical tanker operator MT Maritime Management Company. Our Chairman, Reginald Jones, was formerly the global head of transportation investment banking at Goldman Sachs where he led numerous shipping mergers and acquisitions and capital markets transactions, including the initial public offering of Teekay Corporation, the acquisition of tanker company Bona Shipping by Teekay, the sale of SeaLand to AP Moller Maersk, and offerings by OSG, OMI Corp and Knightsbridge Tankers. Our Chief Operating Officer, Mark Cameron, has held a wide range of operational and strategic management positions within Teekay, AP Moller Maersk and Safmarine over a 20 year onshore career. Additionally he served 11 years at sea and achieved the rank of Chief Engineer. Our Chief Financial Officer, Paul Tivnan, was formerly with Ernst & Young, most recently as a Senior Manager in its financial services tax practice specializing in international tax structuring for banking and financial institutions. Our senior management team has 103 cumulative years of experience in maritime and related activities.

 

   

Attractive, Fuel-Efficient Fleet: We have assembled a modern, high quality fleet of Eco-design or Eco-mod Japanese and Korean-built tankers. The continued focus on fuel-efficient Eco-design vessels as seen from the profile of the Expansion Fleet represents a direct extension of this strategy. The average age of our fleet following the completion of this offering and inclusion of vessels on order under letters of intent and options to be exercised, is expected to be less than       years, at the end of when all vessels are expected to be delivered.

 

86


Table of Contents
   

Focus on Service Excellence and Innovation: Since inception, we have focused on service excellence through high-quality operations and innovation relating to fuel efficiency improvements, including the acquisition of Eco-design newbuildings and performing Eco-mod improvements to acquired secondhand vessels. Central to our approach is accurate speed and consumption measurement and continuous operational improvement. We believe that as a result, we have been able to negotiate favorable time charter rates and benefit directly in spot trading and via pool arrangements. Furthermore, we apply our operational experience and expertise in chemical tanker operations to complex CPP trades to support our customers’ needs.

 

   

Low Cost Operation: We believe our overhead cost per vessel, and operating expenses per vessel, are among the lowest of our industry peers. We have achieved this by purchasing high quality secondhand vessels, building ships in modern, reputable shipyards, operating from Ireland and remaining focused on two closely related business sectors. We have further achieved low operating expenses per vessel by using our operations management team to closely supervise and augment our third-party technical managers, who themselves enjoy scale benefits with managed fleets of in excess of 150 vessels each.

 

   

Financial Flexibility: We have capitalized the business in a financially conservative manner and as a consequence have been able to raise debt capital to fund growth during a severe shipping downturn which has led to the reorganization or bankruptcy of many leading shipping companies and prevented many other operators from taking advantage of attractive investment opportunities. Our current and prospective lenders have expressed a strong interest in facilitating our fleet growth as seen by the indicative term sheet supplied by our relationship banks.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to consolidate our position as a market leader in modern, fuel-efficient mid-size product and chemical tankers by engaging in well-timed growth and utilizing our operational expertise and quality-focused approach to provide value-added services to our customers. The key elements of our business strategy include:

 

   

Focus on Modern, Mid-Size Product and Chemical Tankers: According to Drewry Maritime Research, the median size of the global fleet for product tankers and chemical tankers is 46,832 dwt and 17,589 dwt, respectively, which is close in size to our Initial Fleet, the average size of which is 48,747 dwt and 21,387 dwt for product tankers and chemical tankers, respectively. As such, we have developed our strategic focus around mainstream sizes that are readily employed and actively traded worldwide in broad and deep markets. Additionally, as a result of the overlap we have identified between the product and chemical sectors, we believe that our strategy will enable us to take advantage of opportunities, both operationally and strategically, while also providing investment diversification.

 

   

Well-Timed Growth through the Acquisition of Quality Tonnage: We have a diligent and patient approach to developing opportunities and are selective with respect to the quality of ships we seek to acquire. Since we commenced business in 2010 we have only acquired Japanese or Korean-built ships, but may consider others provided they meet the same standard of quality. We believe that our commitment and selectivity has been instrumental in building our reputation for quality and service excellence.

 

   

Optimizing Fuel Efficiency: The shipping industry is experiencing an evolutionary process in fuel efficiency, and we intend to remain at the forefront of these developments. Our Eco-design vessels incorporate many of the latest technological improvements, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms matched with energy efficient propellers, and decreased water resistance. Our Eco-mod vessels have improved propulsion efficiency and decreased water resistance. In addition, we are continuing to achieve further improvements through engine diagnostics and operational performance monitoring.

 

   

Commercial Independence, Flexibility and Diversification: We maintain a broad range of existing and potential time charter customers and pooling alternatives to maximize commercial flexibility and

 

87


Table of Contents
 

to manage cash flow visibility through charter duration and customer diversification. In particular we seek customers who value our proactive approach to fuel efficiency.

 

   

Low Cost Structure: We have established a solid foundation for growth while cost-effectively managing operating expenses and corporate overhead. We intend to grow our staff as needed and to realize further economies of scale as our fleet expands. At the core of our business philosophy is the belief that well-run companies can achieve high quality and efficiency simultaneously, through hands-on management, effective communication with employees, and constant re-evaluation of budgets and operational performance.

Corporate Officers, Staff and Seafarers

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth in the section titled “Management.”

We employ a full time staff of 11 at ASL in the port city of Cork, Ireland. While we operate globally, we have chosen Cork as our operating office, a location offering many advantages. Ireland not only affords a stable fiscal environment through the Irish Tonnage Tax regime, but also a convenient location on the doorstep of Europe with easy access to London, Rotterdam, and other major European cities important to shipping. Moreover, Ireland has a dedicated, well-educated labor force; is an interesting and welcoming community for international staff to move to; has an excellent transport and communications infrastructure; and boasts strong government support and knowledge for the maritime sector, including a first-class national maritime college.

We engage the services of two, third-party ship management companies, Thome Ship Management and Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement to provide technical management and crewing for our vessels, who are supervised by our in-house operations department comprising the Chief Operating Officer, Director of Chartering and Business Development, Director of Technical Services, Marine Superintendent and Cargo Superintendent. We play a central role in the selection and retention of all officers through our HR strategy, comprising all key elements from attraction, selection, recruitment and retention. We currently employ, through our third-party technical managers, approximately four hundred seafarers, comprising one hundred and thirty officers and cadets and two hundred and seventy crew.

Our commercial management is managed in-house in the case of fixed time charters and by third-party commercial pool managers in the case where we operate our vessels in the spot market. Commercial pools provide many benefits for vessels operating in the spot market including the ability to generate higher returns due to the economies of scale derived by operating a larger fleet.

Our Customers

Our customers include national, regional, and international companies and our fleet is employed through a mixture of time charters, time charters with profit participation and direct pool employment. We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allow us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels. A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment.

Below is a brief description of our current customers:

 

   

Itochu Enex , a global diversified business which includes petroleum product trading. Itochu Enex’s Industrial Material segment is engaged in the sale of energy, materials, asphalt and cements, the manufacture, sale and distribution of high-pressure gas and liquefied natural gas, as well as the production, supply and sale of electrical power, steam and water.

 

   

Cargill International S.A , an international producer and marketer of food, agricultural, financial and industrial products and services.

 

   

Koch Shipping Inc. , Koch Supply & Trading’s marine logistics company.

 

88


Table of Contents
   

Nordic Womar Pte , a tanker pool operating company, specializing in oil and chemical tanker tonnage up to 30,000 dwt.

 

   

Dampskibsselskabet Norden A/S , an independent shipping company incorporated in Denmark and operating in the dry cargo and tanker segment worldwide.

 

   

Navig8 is a fully integrated provider of shipping management services and independent pool and commercial management company.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as our reputation. Ownership of tanker vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private shipowners. It is likely that we will face substantial competition for charter business from a number of experienced companies. Many of these competitors may have significantly greater financial resources than we do.

Our Credit Facilities

All of the delivered vessels in our Initial Fleet plus the two Eco-design newbuildings delivering in January 2014 (Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119), have senior debt financing in place, all of which do not expire until 2018. Of the three debt facilities, two are with ABN AMRO Bank NV based in the Netherlands, and one with DVB Bank SE based in Germany. The company also has a capital lease financing facility for two of the vessels with ICON Investments based in New York, USA.

In September 2012, five of our subsidiaries, entered into an $81.85 million facility with DVB Bank SE (the “DVB Facility”). The amount drawn down under this facility as of March 31, 2013 is $36.85 million. Amounts drawn down were used to finance the Ardmore Seafarer, Ardmore Seamaster and Ardmore Centurion . The remaining $45 million of the facility will be used to finance the acquisition of Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119, which are currently under construction and scheduled to deliver in early 2014. The DVB Facility bears interest at a rate 3.75% above LIBOR and it is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seafarer , the Ardmore Seamaster and the Ardmore Centurion . The DVB Facility will also be secured by a first preferred mortgage over Hull S-5118 and Hull S-5119 upon delivery of those vessels and drawdown of the remaining amount of the facility.

In March 2011 three of our subsidiaries, entered into a $40.5 million facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seatrader , the Ardmore Calypso and the Ardmore Capella , or the First ABN AMRO Facility. $32 million of this facility was drawn down in three separate tranches to coincide with delivery of vessel acquisitions. The remaining $8.5 million was not drawn down and is no longer available for borrowing. The tranches drawn down were for $12 million, or Tranche 1, $10 million, or Tranche 2, and $10 million, or Tranche 3, respectively. Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 were repaid in April 2013. The facility bears interest at a rate 3.25 % above LIBOR and is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seatrader .

In August 2011, two of our subsidiaries entered into a $48.9 million facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., or the Second ABN AMRO Facility. This facility was used to finance the acquisition of the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure . The amount drawn down under this facility to as of March 31, 2013 is $28.14 million. The remaining $20.7 million of the Second ABN AMRO Facility was drawn down in June 2013 to coincide with the delivery of the Ardmore Seaventure . The Second ABN AMRO Facility bears interest at a rate 3.20% above LIBOR and is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over the Ardmore Seavaliant and the Ardmore Seaventure .

 

89


Table of Contents

Two of our subsidiaries are financed under separate capital lease arrangements with affiliates of ICON Investments, or ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2. The capital leases were for an amount of $15.75 million each and the total amount of ICON Capital Leases 1 and 2 is $31.5 million. The capital lease arrangements were entered into in April 2013.

The company also has a $50 million revolving credit facility with Bank of Montreal, Ireland, or the BMO Facility. This facility is primarily used for temporary financing of vessel acquisitions, installments for vessels under construction and for temporary working capital needs. At May 31, 2013 the full amount of this facility remains undrawn. We intend to repay any amount drawn on this facility in full with the proceeds of this offering. The BMO Facility will be cancelled upon completion of this offering.

We have received non-binding indicative terms from our relationship banks for a proposed new credit facility that would, if realized, provide us initially with up to $235 million to be applied towards the unfunded expenditure on the vessels on order in our Initial Fleet and the remaining amount required to purchase our Expansion Fleet that we intend to acquire, subject to the completion of this offering.

Agreements related to long-term debt obligations stated above include certain covenants. The financial covenants include:

 

   

corporate leverage of less than 75%;

 

   

minimum cash and cash equivalents based on the number of vessels owned and chartered-in and debt service requirements. The required minimum cash balance for Ardmore as at March 31, 2013 was $4,200,000;

 

   

the aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels plus any additional collateral shall, depending on the facility, be no less than 125% to 150% of the debt outstanding (value maintenance covenant); and

 

   

net worth of not less than $45 million.

The long-term debt obligations do not impose a restriction on dividend, distribution, return of capital unless an event of default has occurred, is continuing or will result from such payment. Ardmore is fully compliant with all of its loan covenants at March 31, 2013.

Properties

We own no properties other than our vessels. We have entered into a lease with a third party for our office space at City Gate Building 1000, Mahon, Cork, Ireland. The lease commenced on June 1, 2011 and is for a period of ten years with a break option at the end of year five. The amount of rent payable to the third party landlord, in respect of this lease, is approximately $70,506 per annum.

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government laws and regulations significantly affect the ownership and operation of our tankers. We are subject to international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our tankers to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These organizations include the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent, classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry), labor organizations (including but not limited to the International Transport Workers’ Federation), charterers, terminal operators and oil companies. Some of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and approvals for the operation of our tankers. Our failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of the vessels in our fleet, or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

 

90


Table of Contents

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, financial institutions, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the tanker industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to stricter environmental standards and these stardards are set to increase in stringency in the short to medium term. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, and procedural compliance together with continuous training of our officers and crews to maintain compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly strict requirements. We cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our tankers. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation, regulation or other requirements that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, which has been updated through various amendments. MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms.

Air Emissions

In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from ships. Effective May 2005 and as subsequently revised, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide and particulate matter emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile organic compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions known as Emission Control Areas, or ECAs. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. In October 2008, the IMO adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone-depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI will reduce air pollution from vessels by, among other things, (i) implementing a progressive reduction of sulfur oxide emissions from ships by reducing the global sulfur fuel cap initially to 3.50%, effective January 1, 2012, then progressively to 0.50%, effective globally from January 1, 2020, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018; and (ii) establishing new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The United States ratified the Annex VI amendments in October 2008, and the EPA, promulgated equivalent emissions standards in late 2009.

The United States and Canada have requested IMO to designate the area extending 200 nautical miles from the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts of the U.S. and Canada and the Hawaiian Islands as ECAs under the MARPOL Annex VI amendments, which would subject ocean-going vessels in these areas to stringent emissions controls and cause us to incur additional costs. The North American ECA came into force on August 1, 2012. The North American ECA includes areas subject to the exclusive sovereignty of the United States and extends up to 200 nautical miles from the coasts of the United States, which area includes parts of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. Consequently, the sulfur limit in marine fuel is capped at 1%. These capped amounts will then decrease progressively until they reach 0.5% by January 1, 2020 for non-ECA areas and 0.1% by January 1, 2015 for ECA areas, including the North American ECA. Effective January 1, 2014, the United States Caribbean Sea will be designated an ECA.

 

91


Table of Contents

In July 2011, further amendments to MARPOL Annex VI were adopted in part to address greenhouse gas emissions. These amendments add a new chapter, chapter 4, which addresses energy efficiency for ships. It makes the Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI), for new ships mandatory, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP) apply to all ships. These measures entered into force on January 1, 2013.

If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or operational changes or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or LL, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL standards.

The IMO Legal Committee also adopted the 1996 Protocol to the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (LLMC), which specifies limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against ship-owners. The limits of liability are periodically amended to adjust to inflation. Amendments to the LLMC, which were adopted in April 2012, are expected to go into effect on June 8, 2015.

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under SOLAS. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of safety and environmental protection policies setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that has been developed for our vessels for compliance with the ISM Code.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators also obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. Our technical managers have obtained documents of compliance for its offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the ISM Code. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, as the case may be.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory nations to such conventions. For example, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, or the CLC, although the United States is not a party. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable, subject to certain affirmative defenses, for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil. The limits on liability outlined in the 1992 Protocol

 

92


Table of Contents

use the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights, or SDR. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s personal fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s personal act or omission or by intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading with states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to that of the CLC. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention, which became effective on November 21, 2008, requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance or other financial security for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

The IMO International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances, or “HNS” by Sea, when it enters into force, will provide for compensation to be paid out to victims of accidents involving HNS, such as chemicals. HNS are defined by reference to lists of substances included in various IMO Conventions and Codes and include oils, other liquid substances defined as noxious or dangerous, liquefied gases, liquid substances with a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C, dangerous, hazardous and harmful materials and substances carried in packaged form, solid bulk materials defined as possessing chemical hazards, and certain residues left by the previous carriage of HNS. This Convention introduces strict liability for the shipowner and a system of compulsory insurance and insurance certificates. This Convention is still awaiting the requisite number of signatories in order to enter into force.

In addition, IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or BWM, in February 2004. BWM’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. BWM will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force. Upon entry into force of the BWM Convention, mid-ocean ballast exchange would be mandatory. If, in addition to mid-ocean ballast exchange, ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase significantly for ocean carriers.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Regulations

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S. territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

 

93


Table of Contents

Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

   

natural resources damage and related assessment costs;

 

   

economic loss resulting from real and personal property damage;

 

   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; and

 

   

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation), and our fleet is entirely composed of vessels of this size class. CERCLA, which applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo or residue and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other vessel. These OPA and CERCLA limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.

OPA and the U.S. Coast Guard also require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential liability under OPA and CERCLA. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, self-insurance or a guaranty. We comply with the U.S. Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

We have and expect to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage or if our insurance were to not respond, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal and remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water, bilge water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. Effective February 6, 2009, EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit authorizing ballast water and bilge water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The Vessel General Permit imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. On March 28, 2013, the EPA issued the 2013 Vessel General Permit to authorize discharges incidental to the normal discharge operations of commercial vessels. The 2013 Vessel General Permit has an effective date of December 19, 2013, following which a revised permit will be issued.

 

94


Table of Contents

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, and in 2009 the U.S. Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or UNFCCC, which we refer to as the Kyoto Protocol, entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. In July 2011, however, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships, which entered into force in January 2013. Currently operating ships are required to develop Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile apply to new ships. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs.

International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, which sets emission reduction targets through 2012, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels, if such emissions were not regulated through the IMO or the UNFCCC by December 31, 2011. Various options are still under discussion in the European Union about potential ways to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, including for example, monitoring, reporting and verification requirements as a potential first step. In the United States, the EPA has issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has proposed regulations governing the emission of greenhouse gases from motor vehicles and stationary sources. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships and has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including the climate change initiatives that are being considered in the U.S. Congress. In addition, the IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, including market-based instruments. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the European Union, United States, IMO or other countries where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

95


Table of Contents

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

 

   

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

   

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

   

the development of vessel security plans;

 

   

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

   

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including, the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

   

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels that have on board, as of July 1, 2004, a valid ISSC attesting to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code.

Inspection by classification societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in-class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of International Association of Classification Standards (IACS) and complies, as appointed, with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

96


Table of Contents

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

   

Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

   

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

   

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Vessels have their underwater parts inspected every 30 to 36 months. Depending on the vessel’s classification status and constructed notation and other factors, this inspection can often be done afloat with minimal disruption to the vessel’s commercial deployment. However, vessels are required to be drydocked, meaning physically removed from the water, for inspection and related repairs at least once every five years from delivery. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a condition of class or recommendation which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in-class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All our vessels are certified as being “in-class” by American Bureau of Shipping and Lloyds Register. A harmonization of Commonized Structural rules that align with the IMO goals standard that go into force in 2016, was released for industry review and is expected to be adopted in Winter 2013. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the scheduled date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering them for voyages. We believe that our well-maintained, high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor

 

97


Table of Contents

strikes and acts of God. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which in certain circumstances imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel owners and operators trading in the United States market. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured against, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Marine and War Risks Insurance

We have in force marine and war risks insurance for all of our vessels. Our marine hull and machinery insurance covers risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from collision, fire, grounding, engine breakdown and other insured named perils up to an agreed amount per vessel. Our war risks insurance covers the risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from confiscation, seizure, capture, vandalism, sabotage, and other war-related named perils. We have also arranged coverage for increased value for each vessel. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover amounts in excess of those recoverable under the hull and machinery policy in order to compensate for additional costs associated with replacement of the loss of the vessel. Each vessel is covered up to at least its fair market value at the time of the insurance attachment and subject to a fixed deductible per each single accident or occurrence, but excluding actual or constructive total loss.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, and covers our third party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “clubs.” Subject to the “capping” discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited.

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. We are a member of a P&I Club that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, or the International Group. The P&I Clubs that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Although the P&I Clubs compete with each other for business, they have found it beneficial to pool their larger risks under the auspices of the International Group. This pooling is regulated by a contractual agreement which defines the risks that are to be pooled and exactly how these risks are to be shared by the participating P&I Clubs. The pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $9 million up to approximately $7.5 billion as of May 19, 2013. We are subject to calls payable to the associations based on its claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Clubs comprising the International Group.

Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be

 

98


Table of Contents

covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers who will serve upon the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the amended and restated articles of incorporation and by laws, which we intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors and will be elected annually and each director elected will hold office for a three-year term or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. The initial term of office of each director will be as follows:             will serve for a term expiring at the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders,             will serve for a term expiring at the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, and             will serve for a term expiring at the 2016 annual meeting of the shareholders. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address for each director and executive officer is the address of our principal executive office which is Ardmore Shipping Ltd. City Gate Building 1000, Mahon, Cork, Ireland.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Mr. Reginald Jones    53    Chairman and Director
Mr. Anthony Gurnee    53    Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Mr. Brian Dunne    47    Director
Mr. Niall McComiskey    32    Director
Mr. Mark Cameron    46    Chief Operating Officer
Mr. Paul Tivnan    33    Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
      Director
      Director
      Director

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

Reginald Jones has agreed to serve as our Chairman and Director as of the closing of this offering. Mr. Jones has been the Chairman of Ardmore Shipping LLC since 2010. Mr. Jones is a co-founder and Managing Partner of Greenbriar Equity Group LLC. Prior to founding Greenbriar in 1999, Mr. Jones spent thirteen years at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he was a Managing Director and Group Head of global transportation investment banking. During his time there, Mr. Jones managed a number of the firm’s largest corporate clients and led the execution of significant transactions related to mergers and acquisitions, equity and debt financings, leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, and principal investments. Prior to Goldman Sachs, he worked as a consultant at Bain & Company. Mr. Jones earned a BA from Williams College and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Anthony Gurnee is our Chief Executive Officer, President, founder and director. Mr. Gurnee was the founder and has been the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Ardmore Shipping LLC since 2010. Between 2006 and 2008, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Industrial Shipping Enterprises, Inc., a containership and chemical tanker company, and Chief Operating Officer of MTM Group (now Chembulk), an operator of chemical tankers. From 1992 to 1997, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Shipping Corporation, where he led the company’s financial restructuring and initial public offering. Mr. Gurnee began his career as a shipping banker with Citicorp, and he served for six years as a surface line officer in the US Navy, including a tour with naval intelligence. He is a graduate of the US Naval Academy and earned an MBA at Columbia Business School, is a CFA charter holder, and a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Brian Dunne is a director of the Company. Mr. Dunne has served as a director of Ardmore Shipholding Limited since June 2010. Mr. Dunne was the Chief Financial Officer of ACE Aviation Holdings Inc. (ACE) from

 

100


Table of Contents

2005 until 2012 and was the President of the company in 2011 and 2012. ACE was the parent holding company of the reorganized Air Canada and a number of other entities including Aeroplan LP (now AIMIA Inc.) and Air Canada Jazz (now Chorus Aviation Inc.). Mr. Dunne was also a director of Air Canada from its initial public offering in 2006 until 2008. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Dunne was Chief Financial Officer and a director of Aer Lingus Group plc. He started his career at Arthur Andersen in 1987 and became a partner in 1998. Mr. Dunne is a non-executive director or Chairman of a number of private companies including subsidiaries of Aviva plc in Ireland and Rainmaker Business Technologies Limited. Mr. Dunne is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a post graduate diploma in Professional Accounting from University College Dublin.

Niall McComiskey has agreed to serve as a director as of the closing of this offering. Mr. McComiskey was appointed as a director of Ardmore Shipping LLC in March 2011. Mr. McComiskey is also a director at Greenbriar Equity Group LLC. Prior to joining Greenbriar, Mr. McComiskey was a Vice President at HSH Nordbank AG from 2004 to 2006 where he led many of the firm’s investment activities in the transportation sector. Previously, Mr. McComiskey worked in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group at Deutsche Bank AG. Mr. McComiskey holds a BA in economics from Yale University. He also serves as a director of Grakon International, Inc.

Mark Cameron has agreed to serve as our Chief Operating Officer as of the closing of this offering. Mr. Cameron joined Ardmore Shipping LLC as Chief Operating Officer and was appointed an alternate director in June 2010. From 2008 to 2010 Mr. Cameron served as Vice President, Strategy and Planning for Teekay Marine Services, Teekay Corporation’s internal ship management function. Mr. Cameron spent eleven years at sea rising to the rank of Chief Engineer with Safmarine and later AP Moller, including time served onboard bulk carriers, salvage tugs, tankers, general cargo, reefer and container ships. Mr. Cameron has held number of senior management roles ashore specializing in integrating acquisitions covering all facets of ship management, as well as sale & purchase, newbuilding supervision, personnel management, procurement, fleet management and technical supervision.

Paul Tivnan is our Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Tivnan joined Ardmore Shipping LLC in June 2010. He was employed at Ernst & Young from 2002 and was Senior Manager in their Financial Services Tax Advisory Services department from 2009 to 2010. He was also a participant in Ernst & Young’s Accelerated Leadership Program from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Tivnan is a graduate of Dublin City University, holds a BA in Accounting and Finance and an MBS in Accounting. He is an Associate of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland, an Associate of the Irish Taxation Institute and a member of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Board of Directors and Committees

Our board of directors currently consists of three directors. Upon the completion of this offering our board of directors will consist of seven directors,             of whom will be determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Prior to the listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, we will establish an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee, each of which will include our independent directors, who are Messrs.                 . The Audit Committee will, among other things, review our external financial reporting, engage our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities, procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. We will also form a Compensation Committee that will oversee our equity incentive plan and recommend director and senior employee compensation. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws.

 

101


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

We paid $712,000 in compensation to members of our senior executive officers in 2012. We expect to pay aggregate compensation to our senior executive officers in 2013 of approximately $            . Each of our non-employee directors will receive annual cash compensation in the aggregate amount of             annually, plus an additional fee of                 for each committee on which a director serves plus an additional fee of                 for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman, per year, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director. Our officers and directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plan which is described below under “—Equity Incentive Plan.” We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it will generally be beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect to have a meaningful component of our compensation package for our directors and management consist of equity interests in the Company in order to provide them on an on-going basis with a meaningful percentage of ownership in the Company.

Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to adopt an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the plan, under which directors, officers, employees,                     may be eligible to receive incentive stock options, or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We plan to reserve a total of                 common shares for issuance under the plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the plan and it is not expected that any additional common shares will be reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan prior to the third anniversary of the closing of this offering. The plan is administered by our compensation committee. We may issue a total of                 restricted shares or stock options under the plan to our executive officers following the completion of this offering which will vest in three equal installments on the                 , and                 anniversaries, respectively, of the grant date. We may issue                     restricted shares, or stock options to our independent directors.

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase

 

102


Table of Contents

any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire         years from the date the plan is adopted.

Employment Agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into employment agreements with each of our executives. We expect that these employment agreements will be in effect for a period of up to         years, and will automatically renew for the same successive employment periods unless terminated in accordance with the terms of such agreements. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executives will be prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information.

 

103


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common shares, and the beneficial ownership of each of our directors and executive officers and of all of our directors and executive officers as a group as of the date of this prospectus. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each common share held.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules. In computing percentage ownership of each person, common shares subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, are deemed to be beneficially owned by that person. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The percentage of beneficial ownership upon consummation of this offering is based on                 common shares outstanding immediately after this offering, or                 assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full, which number is calculated after giving effect to the issuance and sale of                 common shares in this offering, or                 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment opinion is exercised in full.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
     Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering (1)
Assuming No Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option
     Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
Assuming Exercise in
Full of Over-Allotment
Option
 

Identity of person or group

    Number       Percentage         Number       Percentage         Number       Percentage   
GA Holdings LLC (1)(2)     500       100      %               %               %   

All directors and executive officers as a group

    *       *                     

 

(1) Does not include                 shares of restricted common stock, representing approximately     % of our issued and outstanding shares following the completion of this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, that we expect to issue to our executive officers following the completion of this offering pursuant to the                 Equity Incentive Plan, and                 shares of restricted stock in the aggregate that we intend to issue to our directors upon the completion of this offering.
(2) Approximately 98.6% of the limited liability company interests in GA Holdings LLC are owned by private investment funds managed by Greenbriar Equity Group, LLC or its affiliates. Such entities and their control persons, Joel S. Beckman, Reginald L. Jones, III and Gerald Greenwald, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of the company held by GA Holdings LLC.
* Less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

104


Table of Contents

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We paid Greenbriar Equity Group LLC $350,000 for the fiscal year ended 2012 and $175,000 for the fiscal year ended 2011, for consulting services provided to us. Greenbriar Equity Group LLC manages Greenbriar Equity Fund II L.P., which is an owner of GA Holdings, our current sole shareholder. This amount is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated financial statements.

We also received a cash advance from our sole shareholder GA Holdings LLC, in the amount of $600,000 which is payable on demand.

There are no other transactions or relationships with officers, employees or affiliated companies that warrant disclosure.

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                 common shares outstanding, or                 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, only the                 shares sold in this offering, or                 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares acquired by one of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Immediately after the closing of this offering, the existing shareholder, directors and executive officers of our company will continue to own     % of our common shares, or     % of our common shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, which were acquired in private transactions not involving a public offering, and these shares will therefore be treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. The restricted securities held by our existing shareholder, directors, and executive officers will be subject to the underwriters’ lock-up agreement, as described below. Restricted securities may not be resold except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from those registration requirements, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person or persons who is an affiliate, or whose shares are aggregated and who owns shares that were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate at least six months ago, would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of our then outstanding common shares, which would be approximately                 common shares immediately after this offering; or                 common shares assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in our common shares on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of registered securities associations during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

A person or persons whose shares are aggregated, and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale, may sell restricted securities in reliance on Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the limitations described above, subject to our compliance with Exchange Act reporting obligations for at least three months before the sale, and provided that six months have expired since the date on which the same restricted securities were acquired from us or one of our affiliates, and provided further that such sales comply with the public information provision of Rule 144 (until the securities have been held for one year). As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending         days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

 

106


Table of Contents

Whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

As a result of these lock-up agreements and rules of the Securities Act, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, as mentioned above, as follows:

 

Date

  

Number of Shares

Eligible for Sale (1)

  

Comment

Date of prospectus    None    Shares not locked up and eligible for sale freely or under Rule 144
180 days from date of prospectus(2)       Lock-up released; shares eligible for sale under Rule 144

 

(1) Excludes an aggregate of                 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our executive officers and                 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our independent directors pursuant to the                 Equity Incentive Plan following the closing of this offering.
(2) Assumes that the lock-up period will not be waived in accordance with the terms of the lock-up agreement and that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of common shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, including common shares issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee stock option or employee stock award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares.

 

107


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Please see our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

PURPOSE

Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation our authorized capital stock consists of         million common shares, par value $         per share, of which                 shares are issued and outstanding, and         million preferred shares, par value $         per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

Common shares

Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock, which we may issue in the future.

Preferred shares

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series;

 

   

the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is                 .

LISTING

We will apply to list our common shares for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ASC.”

 

108


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote. There is no provision for cumulative voting.

Our amended and restated bylaws require our board of directors to consist of at least one member. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of                 members. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the vote of a majority of our entire board of directors.

Directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each shall serve for a three year term and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his term of office. Our board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of the board of directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Under our amended and restated bylaws, annual meetings of shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Republic of The Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called at any time by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or an officer of the Company who is also a director. Our board of directors may set a record date         between         and         days before the date of any meeting to determine the shareholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting. One or more shareholders representing at least one-third of the total voting rights of our total issued and outstanding shares present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of the meeting.

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements

 

109


Table of Contents

and court costs) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and this insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (i) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (ii) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank check preferred stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to                 million shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management.

Election and removal of directors

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Limited Actions by Stockholders

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that, unless otherwise prescribed by law, only a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or an officer of the Company who is also a director may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

 

110


Table of Contents

Advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than days nor more than days prior to the one year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Classified board of directors

As described above, our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms. Accordingly, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third-party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for two years.

Business combinations

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” we have included these provisions in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested shareholder. Interested shareholders generally include:

 

   

any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within three years before the date on which the person’s status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

 

   

certain mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding stock;

 

   

certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any stock of ours to the interested shareholder;

 

   

any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into any class or series of stock, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

 

   

any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

 

111


Table of Contents

These provisions of our articles of incorporation do not apply to a business combination if:

 

   

before a person became an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

 

   

at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interest shareholder;

 

   

the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of this initial public offering;

 

   

a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

   

the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our articles of incorporation which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

  (i) a merger or consolidation of us (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of our shareholders is required);

 

  (ii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of us or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

 

  (iii) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

 

112


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of The Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in the United States. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings

Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.

   May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
May be held within or without the Marshall Islands.    May be held within or without Delaware.
Notice:    Notice:
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.    Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.
A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.    Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Shareholders’ Voting Rights

Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.    Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

114


Table of Contents

Merger or Consolidation

Any two or more domestic corporations may merge into a single corporation if approved by the board and if authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a shareholder meeting.    Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by shareholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.
Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting.    Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.
Any domestic corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the shareholders of any corporation.    Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of shareholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called shareholder meeting.
Any mortgage, pledge of or creation of a security interest in all or any part of the corporate property may be authorized without the vote or consent of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of incorporation.    Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of shareholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

Directors

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
The number of board members may be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.    The number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.    If the number of directors is fixed by the certificate of incorporation, a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment of the certificate.
Removal:    Removal:
Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.    Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.
If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.    In the case of a classified board, shareholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

115


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal

Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of a dissenting shareholder under the BCA to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares is not available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the Record Date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of the shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. The right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his or her shares shall not be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the shareholders of the surviving corporation.    Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is offered for consideration is (i) listed on a national securities exchange or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders..
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:   
Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or   
Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or   
Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or   
Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.   

Shareholder’s Derivative Actions

An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.    In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.

 

116


Table of Contents
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.    Other requirements regarding derivative suits have been created by judicial decision, including that a shareholder may not bring a derivative suit unless he or she first demands that the corporation sue on its own behalf and that demand is refused (unless it is shown that such demand would have been futile).
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.   
Reasonable expenses including attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful.   
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of less than $50,000.   

 

117


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material Irish, Marshall Islands and United States federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a United States Holder and a Non-United States Holder, each as defined below, with respect to the common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning our common shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons who are investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities or currencies, United States Holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our shares of common stock, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who purchase common shares in connection with this offering and hold the common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or non-United States law of the ownership of common shares.

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, the following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and of our common shares to our shareholders. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders.

Irish Tax Considerations

The following are the material corporate tax consequences to us of our activities in Ireland and to Irish Holders and Non-Irish Holders, each as defined below, of the common shares. This summary is based on Irish taxation laws currently in force, regulations promulgated thereunder, proposals to amend any of the foregoing publicly announced prior to the date hereof, and the currently published administrative practices of the Irish Revenue Commissioners, all as of the date hereof. Taxation laws are subject to change, from time to time, and no representation is or can be made as to whether such laws will change, or what impact, if any, such changes will have on the statements contained in this summary. No assurance is or can be given that legislative or judicial changes, or changes in administrative practice, will not modify or change the statements expressed herein. We have assumed for the purposes of this summary that any proposed changes to the taxation laws will be enacted in the form proposed. Holders of the common shares are advised to consult with their own tax advisers with respect of the application of Irish taxation laws to their particular circumstances in relation to the purchase, ownership or disposition of the common shares.

This summary is of a general nature only. It does not constitute tax or legal advice and does not discuss all aspects of Irish taxation that may be relevant to our activities or to Irish Holders and Non-Irish Holders. The summary generally only applies to Irish and Non-Irish Holders that legally and beneficially hold their common shares as capital assets and does not address special classes of holders including, but not limited to, dealers in securities, insurance companies, pension schemes, employee share ownership trusts, collective investment undertakings, investment undertakings, charities, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions and close companies, each of which may be subject to special rules not discussed below. For the purposes of this summary, “Ireland” means the Republic of Ireland.

Irish Tax Considerations Applicable to Irish Holders

For the purposes of this discussion, an “Irish Holder” means a holder of common shares that (i) beneficially owns the common shares; (ii) in the case of individual holders, are resident, ordinarily resident and domiciled in

 

118


Table of Contents

Ireland under Irish taxation laws; (iii) in the case of holders that are companies, are resident in Ireland under Irish taxation laws; and (iv) are not also resident in any other country under any double taxation agreement entered into by Ireland.

Taxation of Dividends

Individual Irish Holders will be subject to income tax on the gross amount of any dividend (the amount of the dividend received plus any Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) withheld), at their marginal rate of tax (currently either 20 percent or 41 percent depending on the individual’s circumstances). Individual Irish Holders may be able to claim a credit against their resulting income tax liability in respect of any DWT withheld.

Individual Irish Holders may, depending on their circumstances, also be subject to the universal social charge at rates of up to 7 percent and pay related social insurance contribution of rates up to 4 percent in respect of their dividend income. Individual Irish Holders must account for all Irish taxes on a self-assessment basis.

Corporate Irish Holders will be subject to corporation tax on the gross amount of any dividend received at the rate of 25 percent. Where the Corporate Irish Holders is a company for whom the dividends are a trading receipt, the gross amounts of any dividend will form part of its taxable income for self-assessment purposes subject to corporation tax at the rate of 12.5 percent. Corporate Irish Holders may be able to claim a credit against their resulting corporation tax liability in respect of any DWT withheld.

Disposals of Common Shares

Irish Holders that acquire common shares will be considered, for Irish tax purposes, to have acquired their common shares at a base cost equal to the Euro equivalent amount paid for the common shares. On subsequent dispositions, common shares acquired at an earlier time will be deemed, for Irish tax purposes, to be disposed of on a “first in first out” basis before common shares acquired at a later time.

Irish Holders that dispose of their common shares will be subject to capital gains tax (“CGT”) to the extent that the Euro equivalent of the proceeds realized from such disposition exceeds the Euro equivalent of the base cost of the common shares disposed of and any incidental expenses. The current rate of CGT is 33 percent. An annual exemption allows individuals to realise chargeable gains of up to €1,270 in each tax year without giving rise to CGT. This exemption may not be transferred between spouses.

Irish Holders that realize a loss on the disposition of common shares will generally be entitled to offset such allowable losses against capital gains realized from other sources in determining their capital gains tax liability in a year. Allowable losses which remain unrelieved in a year may generally be carried forward indefinitely for Irish capital gains tax purposes and applied against capital gains in future years.

Capital Acquisitions Tax

A gift or inheritance of common shares by Irish Holders may fall within the charge to Irish capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”). CAT may apply to gifts or inheritances of Irish situate assets or where either the person from whom the gift or inheritance is taken is Irish domiciled, resident or ordinarily resident or the person taking the gift or inheritance is Irish resident or ordinarily resident.

CAT is currently chargeable at a rate of 33 percent on the value of gifts or inheritances above specified tax free thresholds. Different classes of tax free thresholds apply depending upon the relationship between the donor and the recipient. These tax free thresholds are also affected by the value of previous gifts or inheritances received. Gifts or inheritances between spouses are not subject to Irish CAT.

Stamp Duty

No Irish stamp duty (or other Irish transfer tax) will apply to the issue of common shares to Irish Holders or upon the disposition of common shares by Irish Holders. If an Irish Holder receives a distribution in specie of certain assets, a charge to Irish stamp duty could potentially arise.

 

119


Table of Contents

Irish Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-Irish Holders

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-Irish Holder” means a holder of common shares that (i) beneficially owns the common shares; (ii) in the case of individual holders, are neither resident, ordinarily resident or domiciled in Ireland under Irish taxation laws; (iii) in the case of holders that are companies, are neither resident in Ireland under Irish taxation laws nor carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch or agency; and (iv) are not carrying on a trade in Ireland through a ‘permanent establishment’ as defined under any double taxation agreement entered into by Ireland.

Under current Irish taxation law, Non-Irish Holders are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Irish withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends, from common shares.

Irish Tax Considerations Applicable to Ardmore’s Irish Subsidiaries

The following is a brief overview of the material tax considerations relevant to our activities in Ireland. For the purposes of this discussion, Ardmore’s “Irish Subsidiaries” means our intermediate holding company Ardmore Shipholding Limited, an Irish incorporated and resident company, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries resident in Ireland for tax purposes. These wholly-owned subsidiaries include Ardmore Shipping Limited, our management company, and the separate vessel subsidiaries.

Taxation in Ireland—General

Companies that are resident in Ireland for tax purposes are subject to Irish corporation tax on their worldwide income and gains. The current rates of Irish corporation tax are 12.5 percent for certain trading income, 25 percent for all other income and 33 percent for capital gains. These rates may be reduced or eliminated depending on the nature of the income and gains and the activities of the recipient company.

Taxation of Dividends

Should Irish Subsidiaries pay dividends, such dividends will generally be subject to DWT in Ireland at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20 percent). Where DWT applies, we will be responsible for withholding such tax at source.

Should an Irish Subsidiary pay a dividend to another Irish Subsidiary an automatic exemption from DWT will apply and so the dividend will be paid gross. The Irish Subsidiary recipient will not be subject to tax in respect of such dividends received.

Should an Irish Subsidiary pay a dividend to an Ardmore company, that is not an Irish Subsidiary, the recipient company should be entitled to claim an exemption from DWT as a “qualifying non-resident person.” A qualifying non-resident person for these purposes includes a non-Irish resident company which is a 75% or greater subsidiary of a company the principal class of shares of which are substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange in a relevant territory. A “relevant territory” means a Member State of the European Union or a jurisdiction with which Ireland has a Double Taxation Treaty.

The term “substantially and regularly traded” is not defined in Irish Tax legislation, however, for the purposes of qualifying for exemption from DWT the Irish Revenue Commissioners have stated that they will accept that a company’s shares are “substantially and regularly traded” where the shares are traded on a regular basis each year in more than de minimus quantities.

The common shares, which constitute the Company’s sole class of issued and outstanding stock will, after this offering, be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE. It is anticipated that the common shares will therefore be substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange and so any dividends paid by Irish Subsidiaries should be exempt from DWT.

 

120


Table of Contents

Disposals of Shares—Irish Subsidiaries

A holder of common shares in an Irish Subsidiary will not be subject to CGT on a disposal of such common shares provided that such holder (i) is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland at the time of the disposal and provided that the common shares do not derive the greater part of their value from Irish land, minerals or mineral rights, and (ii) does not hold the Shares through or for the purposes of a trade carried on by an Irish branch or agency.

An Irish Subsidiary which itself is the holder of common shares in another company, including an Irish Subsidiary, will not be subject to CGT on a disposal of such common shares under the substantial shareholding exemption provided that (i) at the time of the disposal the Irish Subsidiary held a minimum of 5 percent of the common shares in the company being disposed of for a continuous period of at least 12 months ending not more than two years before the date of disposal, (ii) the company being disposed of is resident for tax purposes in a Member State of the European Union or a jurisdiction with which Ireland has a Double Taxation Treaty, and (iii) the company being disposed of is a ‘trading’ company (under Irish tax rules) or when viewed as part of a group taken with the Irish Subsidiary and any other 5% subsidiaries, that group is mainly carrying on ‘trading’ activities.

Tonnage Tax

A number of the Irish Subsidiaries currently operate under what is known as Ireland’s “Tonnage Tax Regime.” Tonnage Tax provides an alternative to charging corporation tax on certain profits of a qualifying shipping company. Rather than charging corporation tax in the normal way, tax is levied each year by reference to the tonnage of the ships operated by the qualifying company. Tonnage Tax is specifically legislated for under the Irish tax code. It is elective and requires a ten year commitment to remain within the regime. Completion of a detailed application process and approval from the Irish Revenue Commissioners is required before Tonnage Tax can be adopted.

A “qualifying company” for Tonnage Tax purposes is one which (i) is within the charge to Irish corporation tax, (ii) operates qualifying ships, and (iii) caries on the strategic and commercial management of those ships from Ireland. A “qualifying ship” for these purposes means a self-propelled seagoing vessel of 100 tons or more gross tonnage and which is certified for navigation at sea by the competent authorities of any country or territory. It does not include a vessel of “an excluded kind” examples of which include fishing and fish factory vessels, recreational vessels, oil tankers and dredgers.

Tonnage tax is not itself a tax, rather it is an alternative method by which certain qualifying shipping companies may calculate their shipping related profits for Irish corporation tax purposes. The shipping related profits, once calculated using the tonnage tax method, are subject to the 12.5% rate of corporation tax. The profits are calculated by reference to the tonnage of the ships used in a company’s shipping trade. The “tonnage” profits replace for tax purposes the income and gains arising to the shipping company from certain specific activities.

The tonnage tax profit is calculated on the basis of a specified notional daily profit per ship depending on the net tonnage of the ship. This notional profit per ship is then multiplied by the number of days the ship was operated in the accounting period by the qualifying company. This calculation provides the profit per ship. Where the company operates more than one qualifying ship, the profits per ship are aggregated to arrive at the total tonnage tax profits. The 12.5 percent corporation tax rate is then applied to this notional total tonnage tax profit. Therefore corporation tax is not subsequently applied to the company’s relevant shipping profits (which may include significant chartering income and gains from the disposal of qualifying ships). Losses accruing to the company in respect of its tonnage tax activities may not be set off against other taxable profits subject to corporation tax.

 

121


Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our United States counsel, the following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and to United States Holders and Non-United States Holders, each as defined below, of the common shares. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in this prospectus and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. References in the following discussion to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” are to Ardmore Shipping Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General

We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our income from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time charter basis, from participation in a pool or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, all of which we refer to as “shipping income.”

Unless we qualify from an exemption from United States federal income taxation under either an applicable tax treaty or the rules of Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, as discussed below, a foreign corporation such as the Company will be subject to United States federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States, to which we refer as “United States source shipping income.” For United States federal income tax purposes, “United States source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between United States ports is considered to be 100% derived from United States sources. However, we are not permitted by United States law to engage in the transportation of cargoes that produces 100% United States source shipping income.

Prior to this offering, we believe that we have been exempt from the United States federal income taxation with respect to our United States shipping income because we are entitled to the benefits of the U.S.–Irish tax treaty, which generally contains an exemption from this tax for qualified Irish residents. After this offering, we will no longer qualify for an exemption under the U.S.–Irish tax treaty, and, unless we qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883, our gross United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below.

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

Under Section 883 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from United States federal income taxation of its United States source shipping income if:

 

  (1) it is organized in a “qualified foreign country” which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the United States in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and

 

122


Table of Contents
  (2) one of the following tests is met:

 

  (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, to which we refer as the “50% Ownership Test”; or

 

  (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”

The Republic of The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our United States source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

After this offering, we anticipate that we will satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test but, as discussed below, this is a factual determination made on an annual basis. We do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test after this offering.

Publicly-Traded Test

The Treasury Regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Company’s common shares, which constitute its sole class of issued and outstanding stock will, after this offering, be “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE.

Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “listing threshold.” Since, after this offering, all our common shares will be listed on the NYSE, we expect to satisfy the listing threshold.

The Treasury Regulations also require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of stock traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading frequency test”; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading volume” test. We anticipate that we will satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is expected to be the case with our common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding stock, to which we refer as the “5% Override Rule.”

 

123


Table of Contents

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, qualified shareholders (as defined for purposes of Section 883) own sufficient number of shares to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

We anticipate that after the offering is completed, we will be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and will not be subject to the 5% Override Rule. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for Section 883 exemption for a particular taxable year if “non-qualified” 5% Shareholders were to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under these circumstances, we would be subject to the 5% Override Rule and we would not qualify for the Section 883 exemption unless we could establish that our shareholding during the taxable year was such that non-qualified 5% Shareholders did not own 50% or more of our common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under the Treasury Regulations, we would have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. Given the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances in regards of our or our subsidiaries’ qualification for the Section 883 exemption.

Taxation in Absence of Section 883 Exemption

If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, or the “4% gross basis tax regime,” to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being United States source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.

To the extent our United States source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” United States source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to United States federal income tax, currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our United States trade or business.

Our United States source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

 

   

we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of United States source shipping income; and

 

   

substantially all of our United States source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

 

124


Table of Contents

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our United States source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business.

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of common shares and is an individual United States citizen or resident, a United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds the common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding the common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in its common shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, United States Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will generally constitute “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

Subject to applicable limitations, including a holding period requirement, dividends paid on our common shares to certain non-corporate United States Holders will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such United States Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE, on which our common shares will be traded); and (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which, as discussed below, we do not believe that we are or will be for any future taxable years).

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such non-corporate United States Holders, although, as described above, we expect such dividends to be so eligible provided an eligible non-corporate United States Holder meets all applicable requirements. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate United States Holder.

 

125


Table of Contents

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in a common share—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by certain non-corporate United States Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate United States Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a United States Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a United States Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either

 

   

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

 

   

at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Based on our current and anticipated operations, we do not believe that we are currently a PFIC or will be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. Our belief is based principally on the position that the gross income we derive from our time chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the United States Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an

 

126


Table of Contents

alternative to making a QEF election, a United States Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. A United States holder of shares in a PFIC will be required to file an annual information return containing information regarding the PFIC as required by applicable Treasury Regulations.

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a United States Holder makes a timely QEF election, which United States Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report for United States federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of certain non-corporate United States Holders would be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect any income included under the QEF election. Distributions of previously taxed income will not be subject to tax upon distribution but will decrease the Electing Holder’s tax basis in the common shares. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. A United States Holder would make a timely QEF election for our common shares by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with his United States federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each United States Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above.

Taxation of United States Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a United States Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the United States Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the United States Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The United States Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A United States Holder’s tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount recognized. In a year when we are a PFIC, any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the United States Holder.

Taxation of United States Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

United States Federal Income Taxation of “Non-United States Holders”

As used herein, the term “Non-United States Holder” means a holder that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a United States Holder.

If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Dividends on Common Shares

A Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

A Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or

 

   

the Non-United States Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a United States Trade or Business

If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment), will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of United States Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-United States Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty.

 

128


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, and the payment of the gross proceeds on a sale of our common shares, made within the United States to a non-corporate United States Holder will be subject to information reporting. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate United States Holder:

 

   

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its federal income tax returns; or

 

   

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding with respect to dividends payments or other taxable distribution on our common shares by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable. If a Non-United States Holder sells our common shares to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-United States Holder certifies that it is a non-United States person, under penalties of perjury, or it otherwise establish an exemption. If a Non-United States Holder sells our common shares through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-United States Holder sells our common shares through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the Non-United States Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the Non-United States Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a refund may generally be obtained of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer’s United States federal income tax liability by filing a timely refund claim with the IRS.

Individuals who are United States Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, Non-United States Holders and certain United States entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the common shares are held in an account maintained with a United States financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual United States Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-United States Holder or a United States entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. United States Holders (including United States entities) and Non-United States Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our common shares.

 

129


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Clarkson Capital Markets LLC

  

Total:

  

The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representative” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us represent     % of the total amount of this offering. The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

130


Table of Contents

We will list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ASC”.

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending          days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters; or

 

   

the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open

 

131


Table of Contents

market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved                 percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by the Company and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of Ardmore Shipping Corporation. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of

 

132


Table of Contents

sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State; the expression “Prospectus Directive”   means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State; and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive”   means   Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Addresses of the Underwriters

The addresses of the underwriters are as follows:

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Clarkson Capital Markets LLC

597 Fifth Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

133


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain other matters relating to United States Federal income and Marshall Islands tax considerations and to Marshall Islands corporations law will be passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Ardmore Shipping LLC predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the years then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, Dublin, Ireland, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of Ardmore Shipping Corporation, as of May 14, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement has been audited by Ernst & Young, Dublin, Ireland, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting.

The sections in this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary” and “The International Products and Chemical Tanker Industry” have been prepared by Drewry Maritime Research, our industry experts, who have confirmed to us that such sections accurately describe the international tanker market.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we filed. Each statement made in this prospectus concerning a document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified by reference to that exhibit for a complete statement of its provisions. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will furnish holders of common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm and intend to make available quarterly financial information containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign private issuer,” we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, but will be required to furnish those proxy statements to shareholders under New York Stock Exchange rules. Those proxy statements are not expected to conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers and directors and holders of more than 10% of our issued and outstanding

 

134


Table of Contents

common shares, which we refer to collectively as insiders, will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act requiring insiders to report purchases and sales of our common share as well as from Section 16 short swing profit reporting and liability.

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our common shares in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as set forth in the table below. We will be responsible for paying the following expenses associated with this offering.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 21,824  

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   $ 250,000  

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $ 550,000  

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

   $ 450,000  

NYSE Listing Fee

   $ 60,000  

FINRA Fee

   $ 24,500  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

   $ 20,000  

Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses

   $ 20,000  

Miscellaneous Costs

   $ 103,676   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,500,000  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Marshall Islands company, and our executive office is located outside of the United States in Cork, Ireland. Some of our directors, officers and the experts named in this registration statement reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of certain of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in United States courts against us or these persons.

 

135


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the shipping industry.

Aframax tanker . A tanker ranging in size from 85,000 dwt to 120,000 dwt.

Annual survey. The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

Ballast. A voyage during which the vessel is not laden with cargo.

Bareboat charter. A charter of a vessel under which the vessel-owner is usually paid a fixed daily or monthly rate for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for the ship operating expenses and voyage expenses of the vessel and for the management of the vessel. In this case, all voyage related costs, including vessel fuel, or bunker, and port dues as well as all vessel operating costs, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance are paid by the charterer. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise” and involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charterhire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel.

Bunkers. Fuel oil used to operate a vessel’s engines, generators and boilers.

CERCLA. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act.

Charter. The hiring of a vessel, or use of its carrying capacity, for either (1) a specified period of time or (2) to carry a cargo for a fixed fee from a loading port to a discharging port. The contract for a charter is called a charterparty.

Charterer. The party that hires a vessel pursuant to a charter.

Charterhire. Money paid to the vessel-owner by a charterer for the use of a vessel under a time charter or bareboat charter. Such payments are usually made during the course of the charter every 15 or 30 days in advance or in arrears by multiplying the daily charter rate times the number of days and, under a time charter only, subtracting any time the vessel was deemed to be off-hire. Under a bareboat charter such payments are usually made monthly and are calculated on a 360 or 365 day calendar year basis.

Charter rate. The amount of money agreed between the charterer and the vessel-owner accrued on a daily or monthly basis that is used to calculate the vessel’s charterhire.

Classification society. An independent society that certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained according to the society’s rules for that type of vessel and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country in which the vessel is registered, as well as the international conventions which that country has ratified. A vessel that receives its certification is referred to as being “in class” as of the date of issuance.

Clean petroleum products. Liquid products refined from crude oil, whose color is less than or equal to 2.5 on the National Petroleum Association scale. Clean products include naphtha, jet fuel, gasoline and diesel/gasoil.

Contract of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of specific quantities of cargo with multiple voyages over the same route and over a specific period of time which usually spans a number of years. A COA does not designate the specific vessels or voyage schedules that will transport the cargo, thereby providing both the charterer and ship owner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. The charterer has the flexibility to determine the individual voyage scheduling at a future date while the ship owner

 

136


Table of Contents

may use different ships to perform these individual voyages. As a result, COAs are mostly entered into by large fleet operators such as pools or ship owners with large fleets of the same vessel type. All of the ship’s operating, voyage and capital costs are borne by the ship owner while the freight rate normally is agreed on a per cargo ton basis.

CVE Income. Allowance paid by charterers to owners in respect of communications, victualing and entertainment costs for crew.

Deadweight ton or “dwt.” A unit of a vessel’s capacity for cargo, fuel oil, stores and crew, measured in metric tons of 1,000 kilograms. A vessel’s dwt or total deadweight is the total weight necessary to submerge the vessel to its maximum permitted draft.

Dirty petroleum products. Liquid products refined from crude oil, whose color is greater than 2.5 on the National Petroleum Association scale. Dirty products usually require heating during a voyage, because their viscosity or waxiness makes discharge difficult at ambient temperatures.

Double-hull. Hull construction design in which a vessel has an inner and outer side and bottom separated by void space, usually 2 meters in width.

Draft. Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

Drydocking. The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection and/or repair of those parts of a vessel which are below the water line. During drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications issued. Drydockings are generally required once every 30 to 60 months.

Gross ton. A unit of weight equal to 2,240 pounds.

Handymax (also known as MR or Medium Range) tanker. A tanker ranging in size from 25,000 dwt to 59,999 dwt.

Handysize (also known as SR or Small Range) tanker. A tanker ranging in size from 10,000 dwt to 24,999 dwt.

Hull. Shell or body of a vessel.

IMO. International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international regulations and standards for seaborne transportation.

ISM Code. International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires vessel-owners to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage.

ISPS Code. International Security Code for Ports and Ships, which enacts measures to detect and prevent security threats to vessels and ports.

Intermediate survey. The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor which takes place between two and three years before and after each special survey for such vessel pursuant to the rules of international conventions and classification societies.

Metric ton. A unit of weight equal to 1,000 kilograms.

MR Product Tanker. A vessel ranging from 25,000 dwt to 59,999 dwt and classed for petroleum or IMO 3 cargoes (e.g. vegetable oils, caustic soda, or liquid fertilizer).

 

137


Table of Contents

Newbuilding. A new vessel under construction or just completed.

Off-hire. The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a time charter. Off-hire periods typically include days spent undergoing repairs and drydocking, whether or not scheduled.

OPA. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 of the United States (as amended).

Panamax tanker. A tanker ranging in size from 60,000 dwt to 85,000 dwt. The term is derived from the maximum length, breadth and draft capable of passing fully loaded through the Panama Canal.

Period charter. A period charter is an industry term referring to both time and bareboat charters. These charters are referred to as period charters or period market charters due to use of the vessel by the charterer over a specific period of time.

Product tanker. A tanker designed for the carriage of refined petroleum products whose cargo tanks are usually coated with epoxy-based paint to facilitate the cleaning of the tanker between the carriage of different cargoes and to prevent product contamination and hull corrosion. A product tanker typically has multiple cargo tanks capable of handling different cargoes simultaneously. The vessel may have equipment designed for the loading and unloading of cargoes with a high viscosity.

Protection and indemnity (or P&I) insurance. Insurance obtained through mutual associations (called “Clubs”) formed by vessel-owners to provide liability insurance protection against a large financial loss by one member by contribution towards that loss by all members. To a great extent, the risks are reinsured.

Refined petroleum products. Refined crude oil products, such as fuel oils, gasoline and jet fuel.

Scrapping. The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

Single-hull. A hull construction design in which a vessel has only one hull.

Sister ship. Vessels of the same type and specification.

SOLAS. The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, as amended, adopted under the auspices of the IMO.

Special survey. An extensive inspection of a vessel by classification society surveyors that must be completed within five years. Special surveys require a vessel to be drydocked.

Spot charter. A spot charter is an industry term referring to both voyage and trip time charters. These charters are referred to as spot charters or spot market charters due to their short term duration, consisting mostly of a single voyage between one load port and one discharge port.

Spot market. The market for the immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for single voyage.

Strict liability. Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

Suezmax tanker. Tanker ranging in size from 120,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. The term is derived from the maximum length, breadth and draft capable of passing fully loaded through the Suez Canal.

Tanker. Vessel designed for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk with cargo space consisting of many tanks. Tankers carry a variety of products including crude oil, refined petroleum products, liquid chemicals and liquid gas.

Time charter. A time charter is a contract under which a charterer pays a fixed daily hire rate on a semi-monthly or monthly basis for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. Subject to any restrictions in the charter, the

 

138


Table of Contents

charterer decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the ports of loading and unloading. The charterer pays the voyage related expenses such as fuel, canal tolls, and port charges. The vessel-owner pays all vessel operating costs such as the management expenses and crew costs as well as for the capital costs of the vessel. Any delays at port or during the voyages are the responsibility of the charterer, except for certain specific exceptions such as loss of time arising from vessel breakdown and routine maintenance.

Time charter equivalent (TCE) rates. Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rates, are a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars per day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days in the period.

Trip time charter. A trip time charter is a short term time charter where the vessel performs a single voyage between load port(s) and discharge port(s) and the charterer pays a fixed daily hire rate on a semi-monthly basis for use of the vessel. The difference between a trip time charter and a voyage charter is only in the form of payment for use of the vessel and the respective financial responsibilities of the charterer and vessel-owner as described under time charter and voyage charter.

Ton. See “Metric ton.”

Ultra Large Crude Carrier (ULCC). A tanker whose size is above 200,000 dwt and has a typical cargo capacity of about 350,000 dwt.

Very Large Crude Carrier (VLCC). A tanker whose size is above 200,000 dwt and has a typical cargo capacity of about 300,000 dwt.

Vessel operating costs. The costs of operating a vessel that are incurred during a charter, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs. Vessel operating costs exclude fuel and port charges, which are known as “voyage expenses.” For a time charter, the vessel-owner pays vessel operating costs. For a bareboat charter, the charterer pays vessel operating costs.

Voyage charter. A voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo from specific load port(s) to specific discharge port(s), subject to various cargo handling terms. Most of these charters are of a single voyage nature between two specific ports, as trading patterns do not encourage round voyage trading. The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the cost per cargo ton, as agreed to transport that cargo between the specific ports. The owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage, operating and capital costs of the vessel. The charterer is typically responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports.

Voyage expenses. Expenses incurred due to a vessel’s traveling from a loading port to a discharging port, such as fuel (bunker) cost, port expenses, agent’s fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance, as well as commissions.

 

139


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION AND ARDMORE SHIPPING LLC, PREDECESSOR TO ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

Index to Audited Financial Statements of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Audited financial statements

  

Balance sheet at May 14, 2013 (date of inception)

     F-3   

Notes to financial statements

     F-4   
Index to Financial Statements of Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-5   

Audited consolidated financial statements

  

Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-8   

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-9   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-10   

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements

  

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated balance sheets

     F-27   

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     F-28   

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of changes in equity

     F-29   

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of cash flows

     F-30   

Notes to unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements

     F-31   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Ardmore Shipping Corporation as of May 14, 2013. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ardmore Shipping Corporation at May 14, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young

Dublin, Ireland

May 23, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Balance Sheet

As of May 14, 2013 (date of inception)

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

         May 14, 2013      

TOTAL ASSETS

  
  

 

 

 
   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  
  

 

 

 
     —     
  

 

 

 

Equity

  

Share capital ($0.01 par value, 500 shares authorised, issued and outstanding)

     5   

Additional paid in capital

     495   

Receivable from shareholder

     (500
  

 

 

 

Total equity

     —     
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

As of May 14, 2013 (date of inception)

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1.    Overview

1.1.    General Information

Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“ASC” or “the company”) was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013 as a wholly owned subsidiary of GA Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated in the Marshall Islands.

The authorised capital stock of ASC consists of 500 shares of capital stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which have been issued to GA Holdings.

Prior to the initial public offering of ASC’s common stock, GA Holdings LLC will exchange all of the shares of its wholly owned subsidiary, Ardmore Shipping LLC (“ASLLC”), for additional shares of ASC, and ASLLC will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASC.

2.    Basis of preparation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). Separate statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no operations in the company at the balance sheet date.

3.    Subsequent events

There have been no subsequent events at the date of issue of this balance sheet.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young

Dublin, Ireland

May 23, 2013

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Notes      Dec 31, 2012     Dec 31, 2011  

ASSETS

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

     5       $ 15,334,123        5,460,304   

Receivables, trade

     6         864,386        1,990,505   

Working capital advances

     7         1,573,955        3,672,567   

Prepayments

        223,471        249,989   

Advances and deposits

        423,703        569,243   

Other receivables

        498,259        393,738   

Amounts due from related parties

        —          25,397   

Inventories

        666,240        621,791   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        19,584,137        12,983,534   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       

Vessels, net of accumulated depreciation of $12.4 million (2011: $6.3 million)

     8         125,478,619        130,307,740   

Deferred dry dock expenditure, net of accumulated amortization of $0.4 million (2011: $0)

     8         2,517,789        —     

Vessels under construction

     8         29,012,560        15,452,366   

Other non-current assets, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.05 million (2011: $0.02 million)

     8         133,147        118,122   

Deferred finance charges, net of accumulated amortization of $0.6 million (2011: $0.3 million)

        3,234,216        1,769,340   

Total non-current assets

        160,376,331        147,647,568   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

        179,960,468        160,631,102   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

       

Current liabilities

       

Payables, trade

        2,514,052        2,189,364   

Charter revenue received in advance

        851,045        439,340   

Other payables

        1,867        48,519   

Amounts due to related parties

        600,000        —     

Accrued interest on loans

     9         502,515        484,550   

Short-term revolving credit facility

     9         —          30,265,000   

Current portion of long-term debt

     9         6,819,918        5,600,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        11,289,397        39,026,773   

Non-current liabilities

       

Non-current portion of long-term debt

     9         60,280,082        60,000,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        60,280,082        60,000,000   

Equity

       

Share capital ($1.00 par value, 100 shares authorised, issued and outstanding)

        100        100   

Additional paid in capital

        117,073,252        65,747,499   

Accumulated deficit

        (8,682,363     (4,143,270
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        108,390,989        61,604,329   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

      $  179,960,468        160,631,102   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Notes      2012     2011  

REVENUE

       

Revenue

      $  25,172,654        22,375,414   

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Commissions and voyage related costs

        789,149        468,067   

Vessel operating expenses

        14,598,071        12,186,825   

Charter hire costs

        1,699,943        1,663,380   

Depreciation

        6,195,416        5,343,091   

Amortization of deferred dry dock expenditure

        441,491        —     

General and administrative expenses

     11         2,975,139        2,599,031   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        26,699,209        22,260,394   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) / profit from operations

        (1,526,555     115,020   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

     12         (2,966,014     (3,080,472

Interest income

     13         4,713        3,608   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

        (4,487,856     (2,961,844
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     14         (51,237     (13,426
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

        (4,539,093     (2,975,270
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

        —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

      $ (4,539,093     (2,975,270
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

      $ (45,390.93     (29,752.70

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

        100        100   

Unaudited proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

     20         $     

Unaudited proforma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

     20        

Unaudited adjusted proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

     20         $     

Unaudited adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

     20        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

As at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

           Share      
capital
     Additional
paid-in capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    TOTAL  

EQUITY

          

Balance as at January 1, 2011

   $     100         50,790,825         (1,168,000     49,622,925   

Additional paid in capital

     —           14,940,000         —          14,940,000   

Share based compensation

     —           16,674         —          16,674   

Loss for year

     —           —           (2,975,270     (2,975,270
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at January 1, 2012

     100         65,747,499         (4,143,270     61,604,329   

Additional paid in capital

     —           51,314,503         —          51,314,503   

Share based compensation

     —           11,250         —          11,250   

Loss for year

     —           —           (4,539,093     (4,539,093

Balance as at December 31, 2012

   $ 100         117,073,252         (8,682,363     108,390,989   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Notes      2012     2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net loss

      $ (4,539,093     (2,975,270

Non-cash items:

       

Depreciation

        6,195,416        5,343,091   

Amortization of deferred dry dock expenditure

        441,491        —     

Share based compensation

        11,250        16,674   

Amortization of deferred finance charges

     12         254,547        290,391   

Deferred tax (benefit) / expense

        24,341        (16,099

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Receivables, trade

        1,126,119        (1,629,497

Working capital advances

        2,098,612        (1,331,321

Prepayments

        26,518        (214,710

Advances and deposits

        145,540        (419,243

Other receivables

        (104,521     155,121   

Inventories

        (44,449     (315,842

Payables, trade

        324,688        1,401,642   

Charter revenue received in advance

        411,705        (14,968

Other payables

        (70,993     (86,532

Amounts due to related parties

        625,397        (25,397

Accrued interest on loans

        17,965        219,233   

Deferred dry dock expenditure

        (2,959,280     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

        3,985,253        397,273   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Payments for acquisition of vessels and equipment

        (1,330,198     (41,381,029

Payments for vessels under construction

        (13,560,194     (15,418,751

Payments for other non-current assets

        (51,122     (120,774
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (14,941,514     (56,920,554

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Short-term revolving credit facility

     9         (30,265,000     15,495,000   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     9         38,700,000        32,000,000   

Repayments of long term debt

     9         (37,200,000     (4,400,000

Payments for deferred finance charges

        (1,719,423     (1,255,205

Shareholder contributions

        51,314,503        14,940,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

        20,830,080        56,779,795   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        9,873,819        256,514   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

        5,460,304        5,203,790   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

      $ 15,334,123        5,460,304   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

       

Interest payments, net of capitalized interest

      $ 3,235,270        2,570,847   

Taxation

      $ 42,998        12,063   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1.    Overview

1.1.    Background

Ardmore Shipping LLC (“ASLLC”) and subsidiaries (collectively “Ardmore”) is an international marine transportation company. Ardmore was established in 2010 to acquire and operate a high quality fleet of tanker vessels. As at December 31, 2012 Ardmore owns and operates six secondhand vessels. Ardmore has also entered into contracts for the construction of four vessels. The average age of Ardmore’s owned fleet, excluding vessels under construction, at December 31, 2012 is 6.6 years.

All of Ardmore’s vessels are double-hulled and are engaged in the transportation of refined oil and chemical products. All the vessels are subject to IMO (International Maritime Organization) regulations including MARPOL (the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships) and regulations of major oil and energy-related companies and other relevant international standards.

1.2.    Management and organizational structure

Ardmore is engaged in the operation of vessels in worldwide trade. ASLLC is a sole member limited liability Company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. A list of ASLLC’s subsidiaries is included in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. ASLLC is 100% owned by GA Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. GA Holdings LLC is controlled by Greenbriar Equity Fund II, L.P. This fund is managed and controlled by Greenbriar Equity Group LLC.

Ardmore Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland and owned 100% by Ardmore Shipholding Limited, ASLLC’s direct subsidiary, acts as the commercial manager for Ardmore’s vessels. Ardmore Shipping Limited also provides transaction support services to the Company; primarily carrying out inspections of vessels, liaising with shipbrokers and arranging financing for vessel acquisitions.

Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“ASC”) was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013 as a wholly owned subsidiary of GA Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Prior to the initial public offering of ASC’s common stock, GA Holdings LLC will exchange all of the shares of its wholly owned subsidiary, ASLLC, for additional shares of ASC and ASLLC will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASC (“the Reorganization”).

1.3.    Vessels

Ardmore’s fleet as of December 31, 2012 comprised the following:

 

Owned    Dwt    Type    Built    Builder
Ardmore Seafarer    45,744    Product    Aug, 2004    Minami-Nippon Shipbuilding
Ardmore Seamaster    45,840    Product    Sep, 2004    Shin Kurushima Dockyard
Ardmore Seatrader    47,141    Product    Dec, 2002    Onomichi Dockyard
Ardmore Centurion    29,006    IMO 2 Chemical    Nov, 2005    STX Shipbuilding
Ardmore Calypso    17,589    IMO 2 Chemical    Jan, 2010    Samho Shipbuilding
Ardmore Capella    17,567    IMO 2 Chemical    Jan, 2010    Samho Shipbuilding
Under Construction    Dwt    Type    Delivery    Builder
SPP Hull S-5100    49,999    IMO 3 Product    Early 2013    SPP Shipbuilding
SPP Hull S-5101    49,999    IMO 3 Product    Mid 2013    SPP Shipbuilding
SPP Hull S-5118    49,999    IMO 3 Product    Early 2014    SPP Shipbuilding
SPP Hull S-5119    49,999    IMO 3 Product    Early 2014    SPP Shipbuilding

On May 12, 2011 and July 17, 2011 Ardmore took delivery of the Hellespont Crusader and Hellespont Commander respectively under a time charter arrangement. These vessels were redelivered on May 29, 2012 and

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

June 23, 2012, respectively. On February 28, 2013 Ardmore took delivery of the Ardmore Seavaliant (SPP Hull S-5100) from SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd, Korea.

2.    Significant accounting policies

2.1.    Basis of preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ASLLC and its subsidiaries. All subsidiaries are 100% indirectly owned by ASLLC. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

2.2.    Uses of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.3.    Reporting currency

The consolidated financial statements are stated in US Dollars. The functional currency of Ardmore is US Dollars because Ardmore operates in international shipping markets which typically utilize the US Dollar as the functional currency. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into US Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than US Dollar are translated to reflect the year end exchange rates. Resulting gains and losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

2.4.    Recent accounting pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements issued whose adoption would have a material impact on Ardmore’s consolidated financial statements in the current year or are expected to have a material impact on future years.

2.5.    Cash and cash equivalents

Ardmore classifies investments with an original maturity date of three months or less as cash and cash equivalents.

2.6.    Receivables, trade

Trade receivables include amounts due from charterers (time charters and pools) for hire and other recoverable expenses due to Ardmore. At the balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts.

2.7.    Working capital advances

Working capital advances relate to capital advanced directly to ship pools in which Ardmore’s vessels operate together with working capital amounts advanced under two time charter agreements. The working capital amounts advanced under these time charter agreements allow Ardmore to share in the profits and losses arising

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

from the vessels employment in the spot market. The working capital amounts advanced under the time charter are advanced for the period of the time charter. The amounts are classified as current assets where it is expected that the amounts advanced will be realized within one year.

2.8.    Prepayments

Prepayments consist of payments in advance for insurance or other ad hoc purchases, along with payments made in advance for chartered in vessels.

2.9.    Advances and deposits

Advances and deposits primarily include amounts advanced to the technical managers for expenses incurred by them in operating the vessels, together with other necessary deposits paid during the course of business.

2.10.    Other receivables

Other receivables primarily relate to insurance claims outstanding, certain assets held by vessel managers and other necessary receivables. Insurance claims are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time Ardmore realizes insured damages, where recovery is probable under the related insurance policies and where Ardmore can make an estimate of the amount to be reimbursed following the insurance claim. At the balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts.

2.11.    Inventories

Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other consumables on board our vessels. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in first-out basis. Cost is based on the normal levels of cost and comprises the cost of purchase, being the suppliers’ invoice price with the addition of charges such as freight or duty where appropriate.

2.12.    Vessels

2.12.1.    Initial recognition

Vessels are recorded at their cost less accumulated depreciation. Vessel cost comprises acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel and the expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage.

2.12.2.    Depreciation

Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The useful life of Ardmore’s vessels is estimated at 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less estimated residual scrap value. Residual scrap value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by the estimated scrap value per ton.

2.12.3.    Replacements / Renewals / Upgrades

Ardmore capitalizes and depreciates the costs of significant replacements, renewals and upgrades to its vessels over the shorter of the vessel’s remaining useful life or the life of the renewal or upgrade. The amount capitalized is based on management’s judgment as to expenditures that extend a vessel’s useful life or increase the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

operational efficiency of a vessel. Costs that are not capitalized are recorded as a component of direct vessel operating expenses during the period incurred. Expenses for routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

2.13.    Impairment

Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such indicators are present, a vessel to be held and used is tested for recoverability by comparing the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows expected to be generated by the use of the vessel over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition to its carrying amount. Net operating cash flows are determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues net of commissions, operating expenses, scheduled dry-dockings, expected offhire and scrap values, and taking into account historical revenue data and published forecasts on future world economic growth and inflation. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value is in excess of the estimated future undiscounted net operating cash flows. The impairment loss is measured based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset.

2.14.    Dry dock expenditure

Vessels are typically dry docked every three to five years. Expenditures incurred in dry docking are deferred and amortized until the next scheduled dry docking. Ardmore only includes in deferred dry docking costs those direct costs that are incurred as part of the dry docking to meet regulatory requirements, expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, and expenditures that increase the vessels earnings capacity or improve the vessels operating efficiency.

2.15.    Vessels under construction

The carrying value of the vessels under construction represents the accumulated costs to the balance sheet date which Ardmore has had to pay by way of purchase instalments and other capital expenditures, together with capitalized interest and other redelivery costs. The amount of interest expense capitalized in an accounting period is determined by applying an interest rate (“the capitalization rate”) to the average amount of accumulated expenditures for the asset during the period. The capitalization rates used in an accounting period are based on the rates applicable to borrowings outstanding during the period. If Ardmore’s borrowings are directly attributable to the vessels under construction, Ardmore uses the rate on that borrowing as the capitalization rate. If average accumulated expenditures for the asset exceed the amounts of specific borrowings associated with the asset, the capitalization rate applied to such excess is a weighted average of the rates applicable to other borrowings of Ardmore. Ardmore does not capitalize amounts in excess of actual interest expense incurred in the period. No charge for depreciation is made until the vessel is available for use.

2.16.    Other non-current assets

Other assets relate to office equipment, fixtures and fittings. These are recorded at their cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated based on estimated useful life of five years.

2.17.    Deferred finance charges

Deferred financing charges include fees, commissions and legal expenses associated with securing loan facilities. These costs are amortized to interest and finance costs using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

2.18.    Payables, trade

Payables, trade include all accounts payable and accrued liabilities in relation to the operating and running of the vessels, along with amounts due for general and administrative expenses.

2.19.    Contingencies

Claims, suits and complaints arise in the ordinary course of Ardmore’s business. Ardmore provides for contingent liabilities when (i) it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Disclosure in the notes to the financial statements is required for contingent liabilities that do not meet both these conditions if there is a reasonable possibility that a liability may have been incurred at the balance sheet date. Any such matters that should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, are discussed in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.

2.20.    Distributions to shareholder

Distributions to the shareholder are applied first to retained earnings. When retained earnings are not sufficient, distributions are applied to the additional paid in capital account.

2.21.    Financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the consolidated balance sheet for those financial instruments are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the short-term revolving credit facility and long-term debt approximate the recorded values due to the variable interest rates payable.

2.22.    Revenues and expenses

2.22.1.    Time charter revenues

If a time charter agreement exists, the rate is fixed or determinable, service is provided and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, Ardmore recognizes revenues over the term of the time charter. Ardmore does not recognize revenue during days the vessel is offhire. Where the time charter contains a profit or loss sharing arrangement, the profit or loss is recognized based on amounts earned or incurred as of the reporting date.

2.22.2.    Pool revenues

Revenues and voyage expenses of Ardmore’s vessels operating in pool arrangements are pooled with the revenues and voyage expenses of other pool participants. The resulting net pool revenues, calculated on the time charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. The formula used to allocate net pool revenues vary among different pools but generally allocates revenues to pool participants on the basis of the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighted adjustments made to reflect the vessel’s differing capacities and performance capabilities. Ardmore accounts for its vessels share of net pool revenue on the allocated time charter equivalent on a monthly basis. Net pool revenues due from the pool are included in receivables, trade.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

2.22.3.    Expenses

All voyage expenses are expensed as incurred. Under time charters or pool employment, expenses such as fuel, port charges, canal tolls and cargo handling operations are paid by the charterers.

All commissions and administration fees are expensed as incurred which is over the term of the employment of the vessel.

Vessel operating expenses are costs which are directly attributable to the operation of the vessels such as crew costs, lubricating oils, insurance, repairs and maintenance. Vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred.

2.22.4.    Charter hire costs

Charter hire costs relate to amounts paid for chartering in vessels. Charter hire costs are expensed to the statement of comprehensive income as incurred.

2.23.    Income taxes

Ireland

ASLLC and its indirectly owned vessel owning subsidiaries are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Ardmore Shipholding Limited and Ardmore Shipping Limited are incorporated in Ireland. The consolidated financial statements reflect the fact that ASLLC’s subsidiaries are separate taxable entities, resident for tax purposes in Ireland. All income tax relates to continuing operations.

ASLLC’s vessel owning subsidiaries have elected, for Irish corporation tax purposes, into the Irish Tonnage Tax regime whereby each vessel owning subsidiary is assessed to Irish corporation tax on attributed notional tonnage tax profits which are calculated by reference to the size of the ship. The notional tonnage tax profits are then taxed at the standard rate of corporation tax of 12.5%. The Company’s non-tonnage tax trading profits are taxable at the standard rate of corporation tax which is currently 12.5% based on generally accepted accounting principles in Ireland. Other trading profits are taxed at 12.5%. Any non-trading / passive income is taxed at the higher rate of corporation tax which is currently 25%.

Republic of Marshall Islands

ASLLC believes that neither it, nor its subsidiaries, are subject to taxation under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands and that distributions by its subsidiaries to ASLLC will not be subject to any taxes under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Deferred taxation

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributed to differences between the financial statements and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities using enacted rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

Deferred income tax balances included on the consolidated balance sheet reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Deferred income tax assets represent

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. The recoverability of these future tax deductions is evaluated by assessing the adequacy of future taxable income, including the reversal of temporary differences and forecasted operating earnings. If it is deemed more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized Ardmore provides for a valuation allowance. Income taxes have been provided for all items included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income regardless of when such items were reported for tax purposes or when the taxes were actually paid or refunded.

Uncertainties related to income taxes

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance clarifying the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. The guidance requires companies to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not threshold it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

3.    Business and segmental reporting

Ardmore is primarily engaged in the ocean transportation of petroleum and chemical products in international trade through the ownership and operation of a fleet of tankers. Tankers are not bound to specific ports or schedules and therefore can respond to market opportunities by moving between trades and geographical areas. Ardmore charters its vessels to commercial shippers through a combination of time-charter and pool arrangements. The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet. Furthermore, when Ardmore charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable. In this respect, Ardmore has determined that it operates under one reportable segment, relating to its operations of its vessels.

The following table presents consolidated revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of Ardmore’s consolidated revenues during the periods presented:

 

     2012      2011  

Navig8 Group

   $ 16,336,503            17,183,539   

Dampskibsselskabet Norden A/S

     5,022,559            5,191,875   

4.    Contractual charter revenue

The minimum future revenues to be received on time charter (before Ardmore’s share of profit / loss under the time charter participation and assuming no offhire) which is accounted for as operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Dec 31, 2012  

2013

   $ 7,631,107   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

As of December 31, 2012, four of Ardmore’s vessels are part of time charter agreements. The leases expire as follows:

 

Name    Vessel type    Lease expiry      Option
Ardmore Seafarer    Product    Jun, 2013      N/A
Ardmore Seamaster    Product    Oct, 2013      N/A
Ardmore Seatrader    Product    Jan, 2013      N/A
Ardmore Centurion    IMO 2 Chemical    Jun, 2013      6 Months

The Ardmore Calypso and Ardmore Capella are employed under a pool arrangement which does not have a fixed lease expiration period.

On May 12, 2011 and July 17, 2011 Ardmore took delivery of the Hellespont Crusader and Hellespont Commander respectively under a time charter-in arrangement. These vessels were redelivered to the owner on May 29, 2012 and June 23, 2012 respectively. These vessels were employed under a pool arrangement. Supplementary to the pool employment agreement for the vessels, Ardmore entered into a profit or loss sharing agreement with an affiliate of the pool manager (the “Pool Manager Affiliate”), whereby the profit or loss arising from the pool employment income less the charter-in cost, of the vessels, was shared 75% / 25% between Ardmore and the Pool Manager Affiliate respectively. Ardmore’s policy is to recognise only its share of revenue and expenses.

Ardmore has two separate supplemental charter hire agreements, in respect of the Ardmore Seafarer and the Ardmore Seatrader , which entitled Ardmore to participate in the profits arising from, or losses incurred on, each vessels employment in the charterer’s pool. These agreements are for the period of each time charter. One of the time charters expired in July, 2012 and the other time charter expired in February, 2013. The supplemental charter hire agreements entitled Ardmore to 60% of the profits arising from, or losses incurred on, each vessels employment in the charterer’s pool, after payment of charter hire to Ardmore. All profits or losses under the supplemental charter hire agreement are recognized based on amounts earned or incurred as of the reporting date. For the year ended December 31, 2012 Ardmore incurred losses of $441,713 (2011: loss of $98,235) in relation to these agreements.

The time charter for the Ardmore Centurion includes a profit sharing arrangement whereby, Ardmore is entitled to 50% of the profits arising on vessels employment in the charterer’s pool after payment of charter hire to Ardmore. All profits arising from the profit sharing arrangement are recognized based on amounts earned as of the reporting date. Profit share revenue in relation to this arrangement for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $207,788 (2011: $50,097).

5.    Cash and cash equivalents

 

     Dec 31, 2012      Dec 31, 2011  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,334,123            5,460,304   
  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Ardmore is required to maintain a minimum cash balance in accordance with its long-term debt facility agreement (see Note 9).

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

6.    Receivables, trade

There was no provision for doubtful accounts as at December 31, 2012 (2011: $0). The maximum amount of loss due to the credit risk is the full amount of trade receivables. All trade receivables are current. The carrying value of receivables approximates their fair value.

7.    Working capital advances

At the balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible working capital advances are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. There was no provision for doubtful advances at December 31, 2012 (2011: $0).

8.    Non-current assets

The scrap value of the vessels is estimated at $300 (2011: $300) per lightweight ton. Interest capitalized in relation to vessels under construction as of December 31, 2012 amounts to $1,081,182 (2011: $543,860). Vessels, which are owned and operated by Ardmore, have been provided as collateral under certain loan agreements entered into by Ardmore (see Note 9). Other non-current assets comprise office equipment, fixtures and fittings. No impairment has been recognized as at the balance sheet date.

9.    Debt

9.1.    US Dollar denominated floating-rate debt

 

    

Revolving
Credit

Facility

    Senior Debt     TOTAL  

Balance as at January 1, 2011

   $ 14,770,000        38,000,000        52,770,000   

Additions during year

     15,495,000        32,000,000        47,495,000   

Repayments during year

     —          (4,400,000     (4,400,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at January 1, 2012

     30,265,000        65,600,000        95,865,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions during year

     —          38,700,000        38,700,000   

Repayments during year

     (30,265,000     (37,200,000     (67,465,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2012

   $ —          67,100,000        67,100,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The split of debt between current and non-current is as follows:

 

     Dec 31, 2012      Dec 31, 2011  

Current portion:

     

Short-term revolving credit facility

   $ —           30,265,000   

Current portion of senior debt

     6,819,918         5,600,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,819,918         35,865,000   

Non-current portion:

     

Non-current portion of senior debt

     60,280,082         60,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     60,280,082         60,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 67,100,000         95,865,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued interest on debt

   $ 502,515         484,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

9.2.    Details of debt

Short-term revolving credit facility

On July 15, 2010, ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, entered into a short term revolving credit facility agreement for $30 million. On September 6, 2011, the loan agreement was amended to increase the amount available under the facility to $50 million. There were no changes to the loan agreement’s terms and conditions during the year. In August 2012 the facility was fully repaid by Ardmore Shipholding Limited. The terms of the agreement are such that the facility is revolving whereby when the principal is repaid, Ardmore Shipholding Limited has the ability to re-borrow up to the maximum amount of the facility (i.e. $50 million). Ardmore does not pay any fees for amounts unutilized under this facility. Amounts drawn down in prior periods were used to finance Ardmore’s capital commitments and for temporary working capital needs. Repayments are due on demand with 15 days’ notice. There is no maturity date on this loan facility. The facility interest is at LIBOR plus 5.00%. The facility is unsecured and is fully guaranteed by the shareholders of the ultimate parent of ASLLC. The weighted average interest rate on this facility for the year was 5.25% (2011: 5.21%).

Long-term debt

On March 16, 2011, three of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $40.5 million for vessel acquisitions. This loan was drawn down in three tranches. The first tranche was drawn down in April, 2011 and the second and third tranches were drawn down in June 2011. Interest is calculated on each tranche at LIBOR plus 3.25%. $32 million has been drawn down on this facility as at the balance sheet date. The remaining $8.5 million was not drawn down and is no longer available for borrowing. Principal repayments on loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment paid with the final instalment. The loan will fully mature in 2016. The weighted average interest rate on this facility for the year was 3.86% (2011: 3.58%).

On August 24, 2011, two of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $48.9 million for two of its vessels under construction. Interest is calculated on each tranche at LIBOR plus 3.20%. During the year ended December 31, 2012 $1.85 million (2011: $0) was drawn down. Refer to Note 17 for details of commitment fees in relation to this loan facility.

On September 28, 2012, five of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with DVB Bank for $81.85 million. The amount drawn down under this facility during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $36.85 million. This amount was used to repay a previous loan facility with DVB Bank which was entered into in October 2010. The balance on the previous facility on October 1, 2012 was $32.4 million. This resulted in a modification of the debt facility under US GAAP. Refer to note 12 for treatment of deferred finance charges. The balance of the amount drawn, of $4.85 million, was used for general corporate purposes. Interest is calculated on this facility at LIBOR plus 3.75%. Principal repayments on loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment paid with the final instalment. The loan will fully mature in 2019. The weighted average interest rate on this facility for the period October 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 was 4.11% (2011: 0%). The weighted average interest rate on the DVB Bank facility which was repaid in October 1, 2012 for the period January 1, 2012 to October 1, 2012 was 4.32% (2011: 3.81%). The remaining $45 million of the new facility is for Ardmore’s vessels under construction. There were no drawdowns of this facility at the balance sheet date. Refer to Note 17 for details of commitment fees in relation to this debt facility.

ASLLC’s subsidiaries have first priority mortgages against the relevant vessels in favour of the financier as security for its obligations under the loan agreements. ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, has

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

provided a guarantee in respect of the above loan facilities. These guarantees can be called upon where a default in loan repayment occurs.

Minimum future principal payments due under long term debt agreements as at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Total  

2013

   $ 6,819,918   

2014

     7,368,363   

2015

     7,344,141   

2016

     22,644,141   

2017

     5,173,437   

2018

     3,820,000   

2019

     13,930,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 67,100,000   
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt financial covenants

Agreements related to long-term debt obligations stated above include covenants which limit the amount of total long-term debt as a proportion of total market value of assets and provide for a minimum net worth for Ardmore. Ardmore is required to maintain a minimum cash balance based on the number of vessels Ardmore owns. The required minimum cash balance for Ardmore as at December 31, 2012 was $3,600,000 (2011: $3,600,000). Ardmore is also required to maintain sufficient collateral for its debt facilities whereby the fair market value of its vessels, plus any additional collateral, must be above a certain percentage of debt outstanding (value maintenance covenant). The required value maintenance covenant varies under each loan facility ranging from 125% to 135%. The value maintenance covenant for one of Ardmore’s vessels increases from 135% to 150% when the vessel is over twelve years old. Ardmore is also required to have a net worth of not less than $45 million. The long-term debt obligations do not impose a restriction on dividend, distribution, return of capital unless an event of default has occurred, is continuing or will result from such payment. Ardmore is fully compliant with all of its loan covenants at the balance sheet date.

10.    Risk Management

10.1.    Operational risk

Ardmore is exposed to operating costs risk arising from various vessel operations. The key areas of operating risk include dry dock, repair costs, insurance and piracy. Ardmore’s risk management includes various strategies for technical management of dry dock and repairs coordinated with a focus on measuring cost and quality. Ardmore’s young fleet helps to minimize the risk. Given the potential for accidents and other incidents that may occur in vessel operations, the fleet is insured against various types of risk. Finally, Ardmore has established a set of countermeasures in order to minimize the risk of piracy attacks during voyages, particularly through the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of Africa, to make the navigation safer for sea staff and to protect Ardmore’s assets.

10.2.    Foreign exchange risk

The majority of Ardmore’s transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. Dollars, the functional currency of Ardmore. Ardmore incurs certain general and operating expenses in other currencies (primarily Euro,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

Singapore Dollar, Pounds Sterling) and as a result there is a transactional risk to Ardmore where the risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of Ardmore’s cash flows. Such risk may have an adverse effect on Ardmore’s financial condition and results of operations. Ardmore believes these adverse effects to be immaterial and have not entered into any derivative contracts for either transaction or translation risk during the year.

10.3.    Interest rate risk

Ardmore is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through borrowings that require Ardmore to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect Ardmore’s margins, results of operations and its ability to repay debt. Lower interest rates lower the returns on cash investments. Ardmore regularly monitors its interest rate exposure and will enter into swap arrangements to hedge its exposure where it is considered economically advantageous to do so. Ardmore’s approach is to maintain hedges by matching floating-rate debt associated with its vessels to spot market rates through pool employment and participation in time charter earnings with its charterers.

10.4.    Credit risk

There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that substantially all of the amounts are held with Nordea Bank, which has a credit rating of Aa3 (source: Moodys) as at December 31, 2012. While Ardmore believes this risk of loss is low, it will keep this under review and will revise its policy for managing cash and cash equivalents if considered advantageous and prudent to do so.

Ardmore limits its credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. It generally does not require collateral for its trade accounts receivable.

Ardmore may have a credit risk in relation to vessel employment and at times may have multiple vessels employed by one charterer. Ardmore considers and evaluates concentration of credit risk regularly and performs on-going evaluations of these charterers for credit risk. Ardmore currently operates its six vessels with four different charterers and continues to monitor credit concentration risk.

10.5.    Liquidity risk

The principal objective in relation to liquidity is to ensure that Ardmore has access at minimum cost, to sufficient liquidity to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due and to provide adequately for contingencies. Ardmore’s policy is to manage its liquidity by strict forecasting of cash flows arising from time charter revenue, pool revenue, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative overhead and servicing of debt.

11.    General and administration expenses

 

     2012      2011  

Staff salaries

   $ 1,504,725         1,377,256   

Office administration

     245,477         466,550   

Bank charges and foreign exchange

     48,942         45,326   

Auditors’ remuneration

     109,517         96,720   

Other professional fees

     535,857         181,948   

Other administration costs

     530,621         431,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,975,139         2,599,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

Audit remuneration for the year arises solely on fees incurred for independent audit services.

12.    Interest expense and finance costs

 

     2012     2011  

Interest incurred

   $ 3,248,789        3,333,941   

Capitalized interest

     (537,322     (543,860

Amortization of deferred financing charges

     254,547        290,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,966,014        3,080,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Following drawdown of the loan facility entered into on September 28, 2012, the outstanding balance of $32.4 million in respect of the loan facility dated October 15, 2010 was repaid in full. As this resulted in a modification of the debt facility dated October 15, 2010 under US GAAP, the deferred finance charges associated with the original facility, along with newly incurred fees with Ardmore’s creditor, are deferred and amortized to interest and finance costs using the effective interest method over the life of the new loan facility. Third party costs associated with the modification were expensed as incurred.

13.    Interest income

Interest income relates to bank interest received on Ardmore’s cash balances.

14.    Income taxes

All income taxes are domestic taxes. Under the Irish tonnage tax regime, tonnage tax is considered an income tax. Election to tonnage tax is valid for ten years from the start of the accounting period in which the election is made. All current elections are valid until December 31, 2021. There is no direct relationship between the provision for income taxes and income or loss before income taxes for companies availing of the tonnage tax election in Ireland because Ireland operates a taxation regime which computes Irish corporation tax by reference to the size of the ships rather than accounting profits. Accordingly, a reconciliation between the income tax expense and the income tax calculated based on net income at the Irish statutory rate, has not been presented herein as it would not provide additional useful information to users of the consolidated financial statements.

The income tax (charge) / credit in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income comprises the following:

 

     Dec 31,
2012
   

Dec 31,

2011

 

Current tax expense

   $ (26,896        (29,525

Deferred tax (expense) / benefit

     (24,341        16,099   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax expense for year

   $ (51,237        (13,426
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

Income tax consists of the following:

 

Current tax

    

Tonnage tax profits

   $ (206,115     (228,991

Taxable @12.5%

     (25,764     (28,624

Tax on interest income

     (1,132     (901
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current tax expense

   $ (26,896     (29,525
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax

    

Non tonnage tax trade—net loss

   $ —          126,873   

Tax at 12.5%

     —          15,859   

Other

     —          240   

Change in valuation allowance

     (24,341     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (expense) / benefit

   $ (24,341     16,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of deferred tax asset:

 

Cumulative non tonnage tax trade—net loss

   $ 189,531        189,531   

Deferred tax @12.5%

     23,691        23,691   

Other

     650        650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     24,341        24,341   

Valuation allowance

     (24,341     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —          24,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ardmore established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets because Ardmore believed it was more likely than not that the full amount of the deferred tax assets generated primarily by non-tonnage trading losses would not be realized through the generation of taxable income in future periods. All tax years are open to revenue audit.

15.    Related-Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Ardmore paid $350,000 (2011: $175,000) to Greenbriar Equity Group LLC in respect of consulting services provided to Ardmore. Greenbriar Equity Group LLC manages Greenbriar Equity Fund II L.P., ASLLC’s ultimate controlling party. This amount is included in general and administrative expenses (Note 11).

Amounts due to related parties amounting to $600,000 (2011: receivable $25,397) at the balance sheet date relates a cash advance from GA Holdings LLC, which is payable on demand.

There were no other relationships with officers, employees or affiliated companies that require disclosure during the year.

16.    Share based compensation

During the period ended December 31, 2010 ASLLC’s parent implemented a Management Incentive Unit award scheme whereby certain employees are awarded units in ASLLC’s parent. The date of grant of the units was

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

July 5, 2010. The units vest on that date but are subject to forfeiture whereby the units are returned by the recipient if certain time (five years’ service) and performance criteria are not met. If all of the performance criteria are met, the units will no longer be subject to forfeiture on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.

The total number of units awarded in the parent, in respect of services to be performed to Ardmore, was 6,250. The estimated fair value of each Management Incentive Unit granted in Management Incentive Unit award scheme is $9 per unit. The intrinsic value of Management Incentive Units at the date of grant is nil. The fair value was calculated by applying a model based on Monte Carlo simulation whereby a range of probable outcomes of return were identified based on the performance criteria attached to the units. The model inputs were the market value of the ordinary units at grant date, expected returns over a five year period, with a cost of equity of 25%. The market value of the ordinary units was par at the date of the investment. Discounts were applied to the units, in arriving at fair value, for a lack of voting rights, control and marketability. The probability of various returns was based on analysis of the historical performance of charter rates and ship values, taking account of volatility, over a ten year period.

Ardmore’s units have been valued using level three inputs of the fair value hierarchy. The cost of the unit award is being recognized by Ardmore, on a straight line basis, as the services are received (i.e. over the five year period). The total cost charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income of Ardmore, in the year, was $11,250 (2011: $16,674) and the cost is included as part of staff salaries. The remaining unrecognised cost of the incentive units at the balance sheet date is $28,326. It is expected that this amount will be recognized, on a straight line basis, over the period to the fifth anniversary of the grant date (i.e. July 5, 2015).

There was no modification to the Management Incentive Unit scheme, no further units have been awarded and no units have been forfeited in the year ended December 31, 2012.

17.    Commitments and contingencies

As at December 31, 2012 Ardmore has the following commitments due within the next five years:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017+  

Vessels under construction

     77,700,000         44,400,000         —           —           —     

Loan commitment fees

     1,361,186         31,579         —           —           —     

Office space

     70,506         70,506         70,506         23,502         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     79,131,692         44,502,085         70,506         23,502         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the ordinary course of the shipping business, various claims and losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents and other suppliers relating to the operations of Ardmore’s vessels. Management believes that all such matters are either adequately covered by insurance or are not expected to have a material adverse effect on Ardmore’s financial results. There are no guarantees, commitments or contingencies other than those already disclosed in these consolidated financial statements.

18.    Subsequent events

On February 27, 2013 Ardmore took delivery of the Ardmore Seavaliant (SPP Hull S-5100) from SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd, in Korea. The Ardmore Seavaliant is an IMO 3 product and chemical tanker and following

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

delivery, this vessel was employed on a one year time charter. Total debt drawn down on the long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $48.9 million in respect of this vessel was $24.4 million.

Two of ASLLC’s indirect subsidiaries entered into a capital lease agreement (i.e. a bareboat charter), which was executed on April 2, 2013. This transaction, relating to the Ardmore Calypso and Ardmore Capella , is treated as a financing transaction under U.S. GAAP. As part of this arrangement the senior debt outstanding on the vessels was repaid in full on April 2, 2013. The amount repaid was $17.9 million. The capital lease is scheduled to expire in 2018 and includes a mandatory purchase obligation to repurchase the vessels. The total amount financed under the capital lease arrangement is $31.5 million. ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, has provided a guarantee in respect of this funding arrangement.

19.    Subsidiaries

The following is a list of Ardmore Shipping LLC’s direct and indirect subsidiaries:

 

Name of Company   Country of Incorporation   Principal Activities  

Ownership

(%)

Ardmore Shipholding Limited

  Ireland   Holding company   100%

Ardmore Shipping Limited

  Ireland   Commercial management, transaction support   100%

Fastnet Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Rockall Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Shannon Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Malin Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Tyne Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Forties Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Fitzroy Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Bailey Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Forth Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Viking Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship ownership and operations   100%

Ardmore Chartering LLC

  Marshall Islands   Ship chartering and operations   100%

Hebrides Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

Cromarty Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

Dogger Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

Humber Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

Fisher Shipco LLC

  Marshall Islands   Dormant   100%

20.    Unaudited proforma loss per share and unaudited adjusted proforma loss per share

As a result of the material change to the loss per share due to the Reorganization, proforma net loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income as follows:

 

     2012  

Net loss

   $            

Proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

   $            

Proforma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

  

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

Adjusted proforma loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income to reflect the use of proceeds of Ardmore’s proposed Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) for the proposed payment of an initial dividend of $             on              and the repayment of the outstanding balance of the short-term revolving credit facility. These adjustments are reflected as if the IPO happened on January 1, 2012. Adjusted proforma net loss per share has been calculated assuming the line of credit outstanding is $8.5 million, which reflects the balance outstanding at March 31, 2013. Adjusted proforma loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income as follows:

 

     2012  

Net loss as reported

   $            

Adjustments to net loss for interest expense

   $     

Adjusted proforma net loss

   $     

Adjusted proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

  

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

  

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares is calculated as follows:

 

Due to Reorganization

Due to initial dividend payment with IPO proceeds

Due to repayment of short term revolving credit facility with IPO proceeds

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

An element of interest was capitalized in relation to the short-term revolving credit facility in the year ended December 31, 2012. There were no adjustments made to net loss for depreciation expense on interest previously capitalized as none of these vessels were delivered prior to December 31, 2012.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets

As at March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

    

Mar 31,

2013

   

Mar 31,

2012

   

Dec 31,

2012

 

ASSETS

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,574,965        4,486,011        15,334,123   

Receivables, trade

     631,809        2,146,796        864,386   

Working capital advances

     1,083,766        3,552,952        1,573,955   

Prepayments

     268,964        773,273        223,471   

Advances and deposits

     1,815,489        599,272        423,703   

Other receivables

     1,090,180        249,314        498,259   

Amounts due from related parties

     —          175,368        —     

Inventories

     829,612        565,430        666,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     12,294,785        12,548,416        19,584,137   

Non-current assets

      

Vessels, net

     163,347,587        128,838,365        125,478,619   

Deferred dry dock expenditure, net

     2,362,889        160,299        2,517,789   

Vessels under construction

     32,433,082        19,258,750        29,012,560   

Other non-current assets, net

     138,640        157,621        133,147   

Deferred finance charges, net

     3,821,523        1,808,460        3,234,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     202,103,721        150,223,495        160,376,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     214,398,506        162,771,911        179,960,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

      

Current liabilities

      

Payables, trade

     3,247,781        2,117,976        2,514,052   

Charter revenue received in advance

     934,041        422,615        851,045   

Other payables

     8,515        5,950        1,867   

Amounts due to related parties

     600,000        —          600,000   

Accrued interest on loans

     572,872        745,746        502,515   

Short-term revolving credit facility

     8,500,000        34,965,000        —     

Current portion of long-term debt

     8,610,000        5,600,000        6,819,918   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     22,473,209        43,857,287        11,289,397   

Non-current liabilities

      

Non-current portion of long-term debt

     83,575,000        58,550,000        60,280,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     83,575,000        58,550,000        60,280,082   

Equity

      

Share capital

     100        100        100   

Additional paid in capital

     117,073,252        65,747,499        117,073,252   

Accumulated deficit

     (8,723,055     (5,382,975     (8,682,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     108,350,297        60,364,624        108,390,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 214,398,506        162,771,911        179,960,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

    

Three
Months
Ended

Mar 31, 2013

   

Three
Months
Ended

Mar 31, 2012

 

REVENUE

    

Revenue

   $ 7,275,085        6,778,739   

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Commissions and voyage related costs

     175,736        162,891   

Vessel operating expenses

     3,876,809        3,670,546   

Charter hire costs

     —          909,389   

Depreciation

     1,704,017        1,551,056   

Amortization of deferred dry dock expenditure

     348,896        —     

General and administrative expenses

     662,016        721,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,767,474        7,015,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) from operations

     507,611        (236,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense and finance costs

     (542,536     (996,413

Interest income

     881        828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (34,044     (1,231,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     (6,648     (7,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (40,692     (1,239,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (40,692     (1,239,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (406.92     (12,397.05

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

     100        100   

Unaudited proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

   $      

Unaudited proforma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

    

Unaudited adjusted proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

   $      

Unaudited adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

As at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Share
capital
     Additional
paid-in capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    TOTAL  

EQUITY

          

Balance as at January 1, 2012

   $ 100         65,747,499         (4,143,270     61,604,329   

Additional paid in capital

     —           51,314,503         —          51,314,503   

Share based compensation

     —           11,250         —          11,250   

Loss for year

     —           —           (4,539,093     (4,539,093
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2012

     100         117,073,252         (8,682,363     108,390,989   

Balance as at January 1, 2012

     100         65,747,499         (4,143,270     61,604,329   

Loss for period

     —           —           (1,239,705     (1,239,705
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

     100         65,747,499         (5,382,975     60,364,624   

Balance as at January 1, 2013

     100         117,073,252         (8,682,363     108,390,989   

Loss for period

     —           —           (40,692     (40,692
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   $ 100         117,073,252         (8,723,055     108,350,297   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

    

Three

Months

Ended

Mar 31, 2013

   

Three
Months
Ended

Mar 31, 2012

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (40,692     (1,239,705

Non-cash items:

    

Depreciation

     1,704,017        1,551,056   

Amortization of deferred dry dock expenditure

     348,896        —     

Amortization of deferred finance charges

     90,356        74,636   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables, trade

     232,577        (156,291

Working capital advances

     490,189        119,615   

Prepayments

     (45,493     (523,284

Advances and deposits

     (1,391,786     (30,029

Other receivables

     (591,921     144,424   

Inventories

     (163,372     56,361   

Payables, trade

     733,729        (71,388

Charter revenue received in advance

     82,996        (16,725

Other payables

     6,648        (42,795

Amounts due to related parties

     —          (149,971

Accrued interest on loans

     70,357        261,196   

Deferred dry dock expenditure

     (193,996     (160,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities

     1,332,505        (183,200

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Payments for acquisition of vessels and equipment

     (27,291,840     (73,242

Payments for vessels under construction

     (15,695,292     (3,806,085

Payments for other non-current assets

     (11,868     (47,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (42,999,000     (3,927,262

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Short-term revolving credit facility

     8,500,000        4,700,000   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     26,290,000        —     

Repayments of long term debt

     (1,205,000     (1,450,000

Payments for deferred finance charges

     (677,663     (113,831
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     32,907,337        3,136,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

     (8,759,158     (974,293
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     15,334,123        5,460,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 6,574,965        4,486,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1.    General information and significant accounting policies

1.1.    Background

Ardmore Shipping LLC (“ASLLC”) and subsidiaries (collectively “Ardmore”) is an international marine transportation company. Ardmore was established in 2010 to acquire and operate a high quality fleet of tanker vessels. As at March 31, 2013 Ardmore owns and operates six secondhand vessels and one new vessel. Ardmore has also entered into contracts for the construction of three vessels. The average age of Ardmore’s owned fleet at March 31, 2013 is 5.9 years.

1.2.    Management and organizational structure

Ardmore is engaged in the operation of vessels in worldwide trade. ASLLC is a sole member limited liability Company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. ASLLC is 100% owned by GA Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. GA Holdings LLC is controlled by Greenbriar Equity Fund II, L.P. This fund is managed and controlled by Greenbriar Equity Group LLC.

Ardmore Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland and owned 100% by Ardmore Shipholding Limited, ASLLC’s direct subsidiary, acts as the commercial manager for Ardmore’s vessels. Ardmore Shipping Limited also provides transaction support services to the Company; primarily carrying out inspections of vessels, liaising with shipbrokers and arranging financing for vessel acquisitions.

Ardmore Shipping Corporation (“ASC”) was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013 as a wholly owned subsidiary of GA Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Prior to the initial public offering of ASC’s common stock, GA Holdings LLC will exchange all of the shares of its wholly owned subsidiary, ASLLC, for additional shares of ASC and ASLLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ASC (“the Reorganisation”).

1.3.    Vessels

Ardmore’s fleet as of March 31, 2013 comprise the following:

 

Owned    Dwt      Type    Built      Builder

Ardmore Seafarer

     45,744       Product      Aug, 2004       Minami-Nippon Shipbuilding

Ardmore Seamaster

     45,840       Product      Sep, 2004       Shin Kurushima Dockyard

Ardmore Seatrader

     47,141       Product      Dec, 2002       Onomichi Dockyard

Ardmore Centurion

     29,006       IMO 2 Chemical      Nov, 2005       STX Shipbuilding

Ardmore Calypso

     17,589       IMO 2 Chemical      Jan, 2010       Samho Shipbuilding

Ardmore Capella

     17,567       IMO 2 Chemical      Jan, 2010       Samho Shipbuilding

Ardmore Seavaliant

     49,999       IMO 3 Product      Feb, 2013       SPP Shipbuilding

On February 27, 2013 Ardmore took delivery of the Ardmore Seavaliant (SPP Hull S-5100) from SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd, in Korea. The Ardmore Seavaliant is an IMO 3 product and chemical tanker and following delivery, this vessel was employed on a one year time charter. Total debt drawn down on the long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $48.9 million in respect of this vessel was $24.4 million.

1.4.    Basis of preparation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ASLLC and its subsidiaries. All subsidiaries are 100% wholly owned by ASLLC. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These unaudited condensed interim consolidated statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for each of the two years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012.

These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of Ardmore’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013, are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.

The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.

1.5.    Summary of significant accounting policies

There have been no changes in Ardmore’s significant accounting policies for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the significant accounting policies described in Ardmore’s audited consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2012.

1.6.    Financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the consolidated balance sheet for those financial instruments are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the short-term revolving credit facility and long-term debt approximate the recorded values due to the variable interest rates payable.

2.    Debt

Short-term revolving credit facility

On July 15, 2010, ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, entered into a short term revolving credit facility agreement for $30 million. On September 6, 2011, the loan agreement was amended to increase the amount available under the facility to $50 million. There were no changes to the loan agreement’s terms and conditions during the year. In August 2012 the facility was fully repaid by Ardmore Shipholding Limited. The terms of the agreement are such that the facility is revolving whereby when the principal is repaid, Ardmore Shipholding Limited has the ability to re-borrow up to the maximum amount of the facility (i.e. $50 million). Ardmore does not pay any fees for amounts unutilized under this facility. Amounts drawn down in prior periods were used to finance Ardmore’s capital commitments and for temporary working capital needs. Repayments are due on demand with 15 days’ notice. There is no maturity date on this loan facility. The facility interest is at LIBOR plus 5.00%. The facility is unsecured and is fully guaranteed by the shareholders of the ultimate parent of ASLLC.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

Long-term debt

On March 16, 2011, three of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $40.5 million for vessel acquisitions. This loan was drawn down in three tranches. The first tranche was drawn down in April, 2011 and the second and third tranches were drawn down in June 2011. Interest is calculated on each tranche at LIBOR plus 3.25%. $32 million has been drawn down on this facility as at the balance sheet date. The remaining $8.5 million was not drawn down and is no longer available for borrowing. Principal repayments on loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment paid with the final instalment. The loan will fully mature in 2016.

On August 24, 2011, two of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with ABN AMRO Bank for $48.9 million for two of its vessels under construction. Interest is calculated on each tranche at LIBOR plus 3.20%. The total amount drawn down at the balance sheet date was $28.1 million. The remaining $20.8 million will be drawn down in conjunction with delivery of the second vessel under construction.

On September 28, 2012, five of Ardmore Shipholding Limited’s subsidiaries entered into a long term loan facility agreement with DVB Bank for $81.85 million. The amount drawn down under this facility at March 31, 2012 was $36.85 million. Interest is calculated on this facility at LIBOR plus 3.75%. Principal repayments on loans are made on a quarterly basis, with a balloon payment paid with the final instalment. The loan will fully mature in 2019. The remaining $45 million of the new facility is for Ardmore’s vessels under construction. There were no drawdowns of this facility at the balance sheet date.

ASLLC’s subsidiaries have first priority mortgages against the relevant vessels in favour of the financier as security for its obligations under the loan agreements. ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, has provided a guarantee in respect of the above loan facilities. These guarantees can be called upon where a default in loan repayment occurs.

3.    Subsequent events

Two of ASLLC’s indirect subsidiaries entered into a capital lease agreement (i.e. a bareboat charter), which was executed on April 2, 2013. This transaction, relating to the Ardmore Calypso and Ardmore Capella , is treated as a financing transaction under U.S. GAAP. As part of this arrangement the senior debt outstanding on the vessels was repaid in full on April 2, 2013. The amount repaid was $17.9 million. The capital lease is scheduled to expire in 2018 and includes a mandatory purchase obligation to repurchase the vessels. The total amount financed under the capital lease arrangement is $31.5 million. ASLLC’s subsidiary, Ardmore Shipholding Limited, has provided a guarantee in respect of this funding arrangement.

4.    Commitments and contingencies

As at March 31, 2013 Ardmore has the following capital commitments:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017+  

Vessels under construction

     37,000,000         44,400,000         —           —           —     

Loan commitment fees

     956,245         31,579         —           —           —     

Office space

     52,880         70,506         70,506         23,502         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38,009,125         44,502,085         70,506         23,502         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Ardmore Shipping LLC, Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

(Expressed in US Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

In the ordinary course of the shipping business, various claims and losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents and other suppliers relating to the operations of Ardmore’s vessels. Management believes that all such matters are either adequately covered by insurance or are not expected to have a material adverse effect on Ardmore’s financial results.

5.    Unaudited proforma loss per share and unaudited adjusted proforma loss per share

As a result of the material change to the loss per share due to the Reorganization and issuance of shares to GA Holdings LLC, proforma net loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income as follows:

 

    

Three Months

Ended

Mar 31, 2013

 

Net loss

   $                

Proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

   $     

Proforma weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

  

Adjusted proforma loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income to reflect the use of proceeds of Ardmore’s proposed Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) for the proposed payment of an initial dividend of $                     on                  and the repayment of the outstanding balance of the short-term revolving credit facility. These adjustments are reflected as if the IPO happened on January 1, 2012. Adjusted proforma net loss per share has been calculated assuming the line of credit outstanding is $8.5 million, which reflects the balance outstanding at March 31, 2013. Adjusted proforma loss per share has been included on the statement of comprehensive income as follows:

 

    

Three Months

Ended

Mar 31, 2013

 

Net loss as reported

   $                

Adjustments to net loss, for interest expense

   $     

Adjusted net loss

   $     

Adjusted proforma loss per share, basic and diluted

   $     

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

  

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares is calculated as follows:

 

Due to Reorganization

  

Due to initial dividend payment with IPO proceeds

  

Due to repayment of short term revolving credit facility with IPO proceeds

  

Adjusted proforma weighted average number of shares

  

There were no adjustments to net loss for interest expense as all interest in relation to the short term revolving credit facility was capitalized during the three months ended March 31, 2013. No depreciation adjustment was made for any interest previously capitalized as delivery of these vessels is not due until early 2014.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The bylaws of the Registrant provide that every director and officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Registrant against:

 

  (1) all civil liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such director or officer acting in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election, provided always that such indemnity shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to any Marshall Islands statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as the same applies to the Registrant; and

 

  (2) all liabilities incurred by him as such director or officer in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor, or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under any Marshall Islands statute from time to time in force concerning companies in which relief from liability is granted to him by the court.

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and offices and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Section 60 of the BCA provides as follows:

Indemnification of directors and officers:

 

(1)

Actions not by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(2) Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not, opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claims, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

(3) When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(4) Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

 

(5) Indemnification pursuant to other rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(6) Continuation of indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(7) Insurance . A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following table sets forth all private sales of our shares of our common stock since our formation:

 

Securities Sold

  Date Sold   Consideration
Per Share
    Total
Consideration
    Registration
Exemption
  Purchasers
    $                   $                    

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit

Number

   Description
*1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
4.1    Form of Stock Certificate
5.1    Form of Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, Marshall Islands counsel to the Company, as to the validity of the common stock
8.1    Form of Tax Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP
10.1    Newbuilding Agreement for Hull S-5118
10.2    Newbuilding Agreement for Hull S-5119
*10.3    Form of Equity Incentive Plan
*10.4    Form of Employment Agreement
21    Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1    Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.3    Consent of Drewry Maritime Research
23.4    Consent of Director and Executive Officer Nominees
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)

 

* To be filed by subsequent amendment.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification

 

II-3


Table of Contents

is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cork and Country of Ireland, on the 28th day of June, 2013.

 

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Anthony Gurnee
  Name: Anthony Gurnee
  Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

II-5


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert E. Lustrin and Gary J. Wolfe, or either of them, with full power to act alone, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on June 28, 2013 in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Anthony Gurnee

Anthony Gurnee

   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Paul Tivnan

Paul Tivnan

   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer)

/s/ Brian Dunne

Brian Dunne

  

Director

/s/

[name]

  

/s/

[name]

  

/s/

[name]

  

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Ardmore Shipping Corporation in the United States, has signed this Registration Statement on Form F-1 in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on the 28th day of June, 2013.

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
By:   /s/ Puglisi & Associates
  Name: Puglisi & Associates
  Title: Authorized Representative

Exhibit 3.1

FORM OF STATEMENT TO AMEND AND RESTATE THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

UNDER SECTION 93 OF THE

THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

The undersigned, Anthony Gurnee, as Chief Executive Officer of Ardmore Shipping Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on May 14, 2013 (the “Corporation”), for the purpose of amending and restating the Articles of Incorporation of said Corporation pursuant to Section 93 of the Business Corporations Act, as amended, hereby certifies that:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is: “Ardmore Shipping Corporation.”

 

  2.

The Articles of Incorporation were filed with the Registrar of Corporations on the 14 th day of May, 2013.

 

  3. The Corporation’s total capital stock issued and outstanding was 500 common shares, par value $0.01.

 

  4. The Articles of Incorporation are amended and restated in their entirety and are replaced by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation attached hereto.

 

  5. These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were authorized by actions of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation this      day of                     , 2013.

 

   
Authorized Person
Name: Anthony Gurnee
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

1


FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

  A. The name of the Corporation shall be:

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

 

  B. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the corporation shall have the power:

(1) To purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, operate, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, lease, charter, sub-charter, sell, build, and repair all types of vessels and floating craft whatsoever, including landcraft, and any and all means of conveyance and transportation by land or water, together with engines, boilers, machinery equipment, improvements and appurtenances of all kinds and all other necessities thereunto appertaining and belonging, together with all materials, articles, tools, equipment and appliances necessary, suitable or convenient for the construction, equipment, use and operation thereof; and to equip, furnish, and outfit such vessels and ships.

(2) To engage in ocean, coastwise and inland commerce, and generally in the carriage of wet or dry cargo freight, goods, cargo in bulk, passengers, mail and personal effects by water between the various ports of the world and to engage generally in waterborne commerce.

(3) To purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, operate, lease, build, repair, sell or in any manner dispose of docks, piers, quays, wharves, dry docks, shipyards, warehouses and storage facilities of all kinds, and any property, real, personal and mixed.

(4) To act as charterers, or chartering brokers, or shipbuilding/shiprepairing brokers or ship’s sale and purchase brokers, ship’s husband, customhouse brokers, ship’s agents, manager of shipping property, freight contractors, forwarding agents, warehousemen, wharfingers, ship chandlers, and general traders.

 

  C. The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

  D. The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is    (     million) registered shares, of which    (     million) shall be designated common shares with a par value of United States cent (US $    ) per share, and    (     million) shall be designated preferred shares with a par value of United States dollar (US $    ) per share. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to authorize the issuance from time to time of one or more classes of preferred shares with one or more series within any class thereof, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon as shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such preferred shares.

 

  E.

No holder of shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, shall have any preferential or preemptive rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Corporation of any class, now

 

2


  or hereafter authorized or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe to or purchase such shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation.

 

  F. The Corporation shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act may have.

 

  G. The name and address of the incorporator is:

 

Name    Post Office Address
Majuro Nominees Ltd.    P.O. Box 1405
   Majuro
   Marshall Islands

 

  H. Corporate existence commenced on May 14, 2013 and shall continue upon filing these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Registrar of Corporations as of the filing date stated herein.

 

  I. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article I shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

  J. (a) The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than one, as fixed from time to time by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office and provided further, that the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be one unless and until otherwise fixed by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors. The phrase “two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors” as used in these Articles of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to two-thirds of the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors as provided in or pursuant to this Section (a) of Article J, without regard to any vacancies then existing.

(b) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors permits, with the term of office of one or another of the three classes expiring each year. As soon as practicable after the filing of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Registrar of Corporations responsible for non-resident corporations, the Board of Directors or shareholders of the Corporation shall divide the Board of Directors into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the term of office of the third class to expire at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Commencing with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the directors elected at an annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being directors of the same class as the directors whom they succeed, and each of them shall hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent

 

3


director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the then authorized number of directors shall be increased by the number of directors so to be elected, and the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Section (c) of this Article J shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of preferred stock.

(d) Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, shall not be used to elect directors.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article J.

 

  K. Making, altering or repealing the bylaws of the Corporation shall be governed by the provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws as in effect at such time. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these bylaws), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article K.

 

  L. (a) The Corporation may not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder for a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder, unless:

(1) prior to such time, the Board of Directors of the Corporation approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder;

(2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;

(3) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder; or

 

4


(4) the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation’s common stock under the United States Securities Act of 1933.

(b) The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply if:

(1) A shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such shareholder, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(2) The Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, no vote of the shareholders of the Corporation is required);

(ii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

(iii) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second sentence of this paragraph.

(c) For the purpose of this Article L only, the term:

(1) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

(2) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) Any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 15% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 15% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(3) “Business Combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any Interested Shareholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder;

 

5


(ii) Any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares;

(iii) Any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any shares, or any share of such subsidiary, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger with a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation solely for purposes of forming a holding company; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares; or (E) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of any class or series of shares;

(iv) Any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or

(v) Any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(4) “Control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(5) “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder; and the Affiliates and Associates of such person; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that such person shall be an Interested Shareholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting shares of the Corporation, except as a result of further Corporation action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the voting shares of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (8) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

6


(6) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

(7) “Voting stock” means, with respect to any corporation, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity.

(8) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates:

(i) Beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) Has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

(iii) Has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article L.

 

  M. At all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least one-third of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

 

7

Exhibit 3.2

ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

(the “Corporation”)

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be at such place or places as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other places within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.  Annual Meeting : The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors may determine for the purpose of electing Directors and of transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”) or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders.

Section 2. Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders : No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2 of this Article II.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”).

To be timely a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) days nor more one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. In no event shall the public disclosure of any adjournment of an annual meeting of the shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of the shareholder’s notice described herein.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder along with such shareholder’s tax identification number, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition,


notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a Director at an annual meeting must comply with Article III Section 3 of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2 of this Article II; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2 of this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 3.  Special Meeting : Special meetings of shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time by the Chairman, the President or a majority of the Board. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting, unless otherwise prescribed by law. No business may be conducted at the special meeting other than business brought before the meeting by the Board. Such meetings shall be held at such place and on a date and at such time as may be designated in the notice thereof by the Officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors to deliver the notice of such meeting. The business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 4.  Notice of Meetings : Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof, and in the case of special meetings, the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail or telefax at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof the lack of notice to him. If the Corporation shall issue any class of bearer shares, notice for all meetings shall be given in the manner proved in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 5. Adjournments : Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 4 of this Article II.

Section 6.  Quorum : At all meetings of shareholders for the transaction of business, the number of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present either in person or represented by proxy, which is provided in the Articles of Incorporation or, if not in the Articles of Incorporation, by statute, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum. If less than a quorum is present, a majority of the total number of votes represented by those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.  Voting : If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation then in effect or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders. At any meeting of shareholders each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote on such matter for each such share, and may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

2


Section 8.  Fixing of Record Date : The Board of Directors may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or more than sixty (60) days prior to the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may be expressed for any purpose without a meeting, as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting or whose consent or dissent is required or may be expressed for any purpose, as the case may be, shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no others shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting or to express their consent or dissent, as the case may be. The Board of Directors may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1.  Number : The affairs, business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The number of Directors is determined according to the Articles of Incorporation. The Directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands nor shareholders of the Corporation. Corporations may, to the extent permitted by law, be elected Directors.

Section 2.  How Elected : The Board of Directors shall be elected as specified in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3. Nomination of Directors : Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of Directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any shareholder of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3 of this Article III.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the one-year anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth; (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not foreign private issuers and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder along with such shareholder’s tax identification number, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to

 

3


which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors of companies other than foreign private issuers pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 of this Article III. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws), the vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Section 3 of this Article III.

Section 4.  Removal : Removal of Directors is governed by the Articles of Incorporation.

No proposal by a shareholder to remove a Director shall be voted upon at a meeting of the shareholders unless such shareholder has given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred and twenty (120) and not more than one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the one-year anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of the shareholders. To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice must set forth: (a) a statement of the grounds, if any, on which such Director is proposed to be removed, (b) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary of such shareholder’s status as such and of the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such shareholder, and (c) a list of the names and addresses of other shareholders of the Corporation, if any, with whom such shareholder is acting in concert, and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by each such shareholder.

No shareholder proposal to remove a Director shall be voted upon at an annual meeting of the shareholders unless proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4 of this Article III. If the Chairman of the meeting determines, based on the facts, that a shareholder proposal to remove a Director was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that a proposal to remove a Director of the Corporation was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

Section 5.  Vacancies : Any vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be governed by the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 6.   Regular Meetings : Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and place as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.

Section 7.  Special Meetings : Special meetings of the Board of Directors may, unless otherwise prescribed by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman, a majority of the Board, or any Officer of the Corporation who is also a Director. The President or the Secretary shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two Directors stating the time, place, and purpose of such special meeting. Special meetings of the Board shall be held on a date and at such time and at such place as may be designated in the notice thereof by the Officer calling the meeting.

Section 8.  Notice of Special Meetings : Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to

 

4


such meeting. For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice is delivered to such Director by mail or telefax to his last known address. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him.

Section 9.  Quorum : A majority of the Directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or by conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 10.  Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or Officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or Officers are Directors or Officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or Officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested Directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in Section 55 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”), by unanimous vote of the disinterested Directors; or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 11.  Voting : The vote of the majority of the Directors, present in person, by proxy, or by conference telephone, at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing.

Section 12.  Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees : The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board of Directors and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members an executive committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise, to the extent permitted by law, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any Bylaw or adopt any new Bylaw, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the entire Board, (iv) increase the number of Directors on the Board, or (v) remove any Director. In addition, the Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board designate from among its members other committees to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation, each of which shall perform such function and have such authority and powers as shall be delegated to it by said resolutions or as provided for in these Bylaws, except that only the executive committee may have and exercise the powers of the Board of Directors. Members of the executive committee and any other committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the board of Directors. Committees may adopt their own rules of procedure and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when requested.

 

5


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1.  Number of Designation:  The Board of Directors shall appoint a President, Secretary and Treasurer and such other Officers with such duties as it may deem necessary. Officers may be of any nationality, need not be residents of the Marshall Islands and may be, but are not required to be, Directors. Officers of the Corporation shall be natural persons except the Secretary may be a corporate entity. Any two or more offices may be held by the same natural person.

The salaries of the Officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any meeting appoint additional Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office, through death, resignation, removal or otherwise. Any Officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause. Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of such office by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

Section 2 President:  The President shall have general management of the affairs of the Corporation together with the powers and duties usually incident to the office of President, except as specifically limited by appropriate written resolution of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The President shall preside at all meetings of shareholders at which he is present and, if he is a Director, at all meetings of the Directors.

Section 3.  Treasurer:  The Treasurer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds, securities, and other valuable effects of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation, shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Treasurer, and shall have such powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

Section 4.  Secretary:  The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President. If the Secretary is a corporation, the duties of the Secretary may be carried out by any authorized representative of such corporation.

Section 5.  Other Officers:  Officers other than those treated in Sections 2 through 4 of this Article shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

Section 6.  Bond:  The Board of Directors shall have power to the extent permitted by law, to require any Officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

 

6


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1.  Form and Issuance:  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates in a form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board of Directors. Certificates shall be signed by (i) the President or a Vice President and by (ii) the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employees. Shares may also be represented in uncertificated form, and, specifically, the Corporation may issue shares to be represented in any manner permitted or required by the rules of the stock exchange on which the shares of the Corporation may be listed.

Section 2.  Transfer:  The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.  Loss of Stock Certificates:  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates of stock to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

Dividends may be declared in conformity with law by, and at the discretion of, the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock, or other property of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Indemnification . Any person who is or was a Director or Officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director or Officer of another partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the BCA, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The Corporation shall have the power to pay in advance expenses a Director or Officer incurred while defending a civil or criminal proceeding, provided that the Director or Officer will repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this section. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Director or Officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Section 2. Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or Officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director or Officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

7


ARTICLE IX

CORPORATE SEAL

The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board of Directors may by resolution designate.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal these bylaws of the Corporation by a vote of not less than a majority of the entire Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided in these bylaws.

 

8

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

NUMBER SHARES 0 Incorporated under the laws of The Republic of The Marshall Islands Ardmore Shipping Corporation Total Authorized Issue 500 Shares $0.01 Par Value Common Stock See Reverse for Certain Definitions This is to certify that is the owner of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above Corporation transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by a duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. SPECIMEN Witness, the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated Secretary Treasurer President

Exhibit 5.1

[Seward & Kissel LLP Letterhead]

FORM OF OPINION

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

City Gate Building 1000

Mahon

Cork

Ireland

, 2013                

 

  Re: Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-         ) (the “Registration Statement”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on            , 2013, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the public offering (the “Offering”) of up to    of the Company’s Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”).

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement; and (iii) such corporate documents and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to various questions of fact which are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have relied upon statements or certificates of public officials, directors of the Company and others.

We have further assumed for the purposes of this opinion, without investigation, that (i) all documents contemplated by the Prospectus to be executed in connection with the Offering have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto other than the Company, and (ii) the terms of the Offering comply in all respects with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and all of the instruments, agreements and other documents relating thereto or executed in connection therewith.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard to such other legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinions that under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Common Shares have been duly authorized and when issued, sold and paid for as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid for and non-assessable.

This opinion is limited to the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as in effect on the date hereof.


We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ DRAFT

Exhibit 8.1

[Seward & Kissel LLP Letterhead]

FORM OF OPINION

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

City Gate Building 1000

Mahon

Cork

Ireland

, 2013                

 

  Re: Ardmore Shipping Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-        ) (the “Registration Statement”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on            , 2013, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the public offering (the “Offering”) of up to    of the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”).

In formulating our opinion as to these matters, we have examined such documents as we have deemed appropriate, including the Registration Statement and the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement. We also have obtained such additional information as we have deemed relevant and necessary from representatives of the Company.

Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Tax Considerations” therein, we hereby confirm that the opinions United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters expressed in the Registration Statement under the captions “Tax Considerations”, “Risk Factors – We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings” and “Risk Factors – United States tax authorities could treat us as a ‘passive foreign investment company,’ which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders” accurately state our views as to the tax matters discussed therein.

Our opinions and the tax discussion as set forth in the Registration Statement are based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ DRAFT

Exhibit 10.1

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

FOR

THE CONSTRUCTION OF

ONE (1) 50,000 DWT PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER

HULL NO. S-5118

BETWEEN

Forth Shipco LLC

(AS BUYER)

AND

SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

(AS BUILDER)


— INDEX —

 

     PAGE  

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

     5   

1.      DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

     6   

(A)   DESCRIPTION

     6   

(B)   CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

     6   

(C)   PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

     7   

(D)   NATIONALITY OF THE VESSEL

     8   

2.      CONTRACT PRICE

     9   

3.      ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

     10   

(A)   DELAYED DELIVERY

     10   

(B)   INSUFFICIENT SPEED

     11   

(C)   EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

     12   

(D)   DEADWEIGHT BELOW CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

     12   

(E)   EFFECT OF CANCELLATION

     13   

4.      INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

     14   

(A)   APPOINTMENT OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

     14   

(B)   AUTHORITY OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

     14   

(C)   APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

     16   

(D)   SALARIES AND EXPENSES

     16   

(E)   RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

     17   

(F)    RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

     18   

5.      MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS

     20   

(A)   HOW EFFECTED

     20   

(B)   SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS

     21   

(C)   CHANGES IN CLASS AND RULES

     21   

6.      TRIALS AND SEA TRIALS

     23   

(A)   GENERAL

     23   

(B)   NOTICE

     23   

(C)   HOW CONDUCTED

     24   

(D)   CONSUMABLE STORE

     24   

(E)   ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

     24   

(F)    EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

     26   

(G)   DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS CONSUMABLE STORES

     26   

 

2


7.      DELIVERY

     27   

(A)   TIME AND PLACE

     27   

(B)   WHEN AND HOW EFFECTED

     27   

(C)   DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE BUYER

     27   

(D)   TENDER OF VESSEL

     29   

(E)   TITLE AND RISK

     29   

(F)    REMOVAL OF THE VESSEL

     30   

8.      DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME (FORCE MAJEURE)

     31   

(A)   CAUSE OF DELAY

     31   

(B)   NOTICE OF DELAYS

     31   

(C)   RIGHT TO CANCEL FOR EXCESSIVE DELAY

     32   

(D)   DELAY OF BUYER’S SUPPLIED ARTICLES

     33   

(E)   DEFINITION OF PERMISSIBLE DELAYS

     33   

9.      WARRANTY OF QUALITY

     34   

(A)   GUARANTEE OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

     34   

(C)   REMEDY OF DEFECTS

     35   

(D)   EXTENT OF THE BUILDER’S LIABILITY

     36   

(E)   RETRIEVAL OF REPLACED EQUIPMENT/PARTS

     37   

(F)    GUARANTEE ENGINEER

     37   

10.    PAYMENT

     39   

(A)   CURRENCY

     39   

(B)   TERMS OF PAYMENT

     39   

(C)   METHOD OF PAYMENT

     40   

(D)   EXPENSES

     41   

(E)   DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

     42   

(F)    DEFINITION OF BANKING DAYS

     42   

(G)   PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

     42   

(H)   RETURN OF THE BUYER’S SUPPLIES

     43   

(I)     DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS

     43   

(J)    REFUND GUARANTEE

     43   

(K)   PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

     43   

 

3


11.    DEFAULT BY THE BUYER AND THE BUILDER

     44   

(A)   DEFINITION OF BUYER’S DEFAULT

     44   

(B)   EFFECT OF BUYER’S DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

     44   

(C)   DEFINITION OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

     46   

(D)   EFFECT OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

     46   

12.    BUYER’S SUPPLIES

     47   

(A)   RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

     47   

(B)   RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

     48   

13.    ARBITRATION

     49   

(A)   DECISION BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

     49   

(B)   PROCEEDINGS OF ARBITRATION

     49   

(C)   EXPENSES OF ARBITRATION

     50   

(D)   ALTERATION OF DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

     50   

(E)   ENTRY IN COURT

     50   

14.    SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS

     51   

(A)   ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUYER

     51   

(B)   ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUILDER

     51   

15.    TAXES, DUTIES AND REGISTRATION

     52   

(A)   T AXES AND D UTIES I NCURRED IN K OREA :

     52   

(B)   T AXES AND D UTIES I NCURRED OUTSIDE K OREA :

     52   

(C)   DUTIES:

     52   

(D)   REGISTRATION:

     52   

16.    PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

     53   

17.    INSURANCE

     54   

(A)   EXTENT OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

     54   

(B)   APPLICATION OF THE RECOVERED AMOUNTS

     54   

(C)   TERMINATION OF BUILDER’S OBLIGATION TO INSURE

     55   

18.    INTERPRETATION

     56   

19.    NOTICE

     57   

20.    EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS CONTRACT

     58   

21.    EXCLUSIVENESS

     59   

EXHIBIT “A”

  

EXHIBIT “B”

  

 

4


SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

THIS CONTRACT, made on this 18th day of May by and between Forth Shipco LLC, a corporation incorporated and registered under the laws of Marshall Islands, with its principal office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Island (hereinafter called the “Buyer”), the party of the first part, and SPP SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD., a corporation organized and registered under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal office at #1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (hereinafter called the “Builder”), the party of the second part.

WITNESSETH

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Builder agrees to design, build, launch, equip and complete one (1) 50,000 DWT Product Oil/Chemical Tanker as described in Article 1 hereof (hereinafter called the “Vessel”) at the Builder’s Shipyard in Korea (hereinafter called “the Shipyard”) and to deliver and sell the Vessel to the Buyer, and the Buyer agrees to accept delivery of and purchase from the Builder the Vessel according to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth :

 

5


1. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

 

(a) DESCRIPTION

One (1) about 50,000DWT PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER, which shall be designated as the Builder’s Hull No. S-5118 and shall be designed, constructed, equipped, launched and completed in accordance with the General Arrangement Plans (DWG No. 50CTGA01-10061), Specifications (Spec. No. 50CTFS02-10061) and Makers List (Ref No. 50CTML01-10061) (hereinafter called respectively the “Plans” and “Specifications”) signed simultaneously herewith, which shall constitute an integral part of this Contract although not attached hereto. The Plans and Specifications are intended to explain each other and anything shown on the Plans and not stipulated in the Specifications or anything stipulated in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans shall be deemed and considered as if included in both. Should there be any inconsistencies or contradictions between the Plans and Specifications, the Specifications shall prevail. Should there be any inconsistencies or contradictions between this Contract and the Specifications, this Contract shall prevail.

 

(b) CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

(i) The Vessel including its machinery, equipment and outfittings shall be built in compliance with the current rules and regulations of American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) (hereinafter called the “Classification Society”), to be classed and registered as +A1 (E) “Oil / Chemical Carrier Ship type 3”, +AMS, +ACCU, +BWE, CSR, AB-CM, RES, VEC-L, CRC, ESP, UWILD, TCM, CPP and Marshall Islands Flag and in accordance with the standards provided in the Specifications. Vessel to be equipped in accordance with regulations of ABS and also to comply with the rules, regulations and requirements of other regulatory bodies (including the aforementioned Flag) as described in the Specifications. All materials, machinery, equipment and accessories to be supplied for the construction of the Vessel shall be new, and of qualified manufacture. The Vessel shall be constructed in sound, prudent and workmanlike manner and according to the Builder’s building practices, quality control.

(ii) References to rules, regulations and requirements in Paragraph (i) are to rules, regulations and requirements which are in force as at the date hereof and which are published and ratified as of the date of signing this Contract and to be effective on or before the delivery of the Vessel.

(iii) The Builder shall arrange with the Classification Society for the assignment by the Classification Society of a Representative or Representatives (hereinafter referred to as the “Classification Surveyor”) to the Vessel during construction. All fees and charges incidental to classification of the Vessel in compliance with the above specified rules, regulations and requirements of this Contract shall be for the account of the Builder unless stipulated otherwise in the Specifications. All major plans, materials and workmanship used in the construction of the Vessel shall be subject to inspection and test by the Classification Society in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Classification Society.

 

6


(iv) The decision of the Classification Society as to whether the Vessel complies with the regulations of the Classification Society shall be final and binding upon the Builder and the Buyer. The facilities, labour and materials necessary for the safe and convenient conduct of any inspection by the Classification Society shall be furnished by the Builder without charge.

 

(c) PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

The basic dimensions of the vessel shall be :

 

    Length overall    Abt. 183.00 M
  Length between Perpendiculars    Abt. 174.00 M
  Breadth moulded    Abt. 32.20 M
  Depth to Upper Deck (moulded)    Abt. 19.10 M
  Deadweight on moulded designed draft of 11.00 meters    Abt. 39,400 MT
  Deadweight on moulded scantling draft of 13.06 meters    Abt. 50,000 MT
  Cubic capacity of cargo hold   
  (100 % full incl. Slop & Residue Tank)    Abt. 54,600 cubic meters

The above dimensions may be slightly modified by the Builder at Builder’s own cost after informing the Buyer. The Builder also reserves the right to make changes to the Specifications and Plans if found necessary to suit the local conditions and facilities of the Shipyard, the availability of materials and equipment, the introduction of improved production methods or otherwise, subject to the prior written approval of the Buyer which the Buyer shall not withhold unreasonably.

(i) The main propelling unit will consist of MAN B&W Licensee 6S50MC-C8 (Tier II) type marine diesel engine equipped with exhaust gas turbo charger having a maximum continuous rating of 9,480 kW (metric unit) at 127 R.P.M. Speed at normal continuous output of 8,058 kW with fifteen percent (15%) sea margin on the design loaded draft (moulded) of 11.00M with clean bottom and calm sea (no wind, no wave and no current) shall be not less than 15.0 knots.

 

7


(ii) The Vessel shall have a deadweight of not less than 50,000 Metric Tons on moulded scantling draft of 13.06 meters as calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Specifications. The actual deadweight of the Vessel expressed in tonnes of 1,000 kilograms shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Classification Society under the supervision of the Buyer’s Representatives as hereafter defined, the Classification Society and the Builder on the basis of the actual measurement of the light weight of the completed Vessel countersigned by Classification Society, and thereafter a certificate of deadweight shall be issued by the Builder.

(iii) The fuel consumption for the main engine of the Vessel shall not exceed 173.60 gram per kW hour, with tolerance of +5% based on using Diesel oil of low calorific value of 10,200 Kcal per kg at MCR of main engine under the ISO ambient condition, at shop test.

(iv) The Vessel shall be delivered fully in class free of recommendations.

 

(d) NATIONALITY OF THE VESSEL

The Vessel shall be registered by the Buyer at its own cost and expense under the laws of its home port of Marshall Islands at the time of its delivery and acceptance hereunder. The Buyer retains the right to change the nationality of the vessel within one (1) month after signing of this Contract. Such a change shall not affect the classification of the Vessel nor adversely impact the Builders production schedule. The Buyer shall bear related costs, if any.

(End of Article)

 

8


2. CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel delivered to the Buyer at the Shipyard shall be United States Dollars Thirty Seven Million only (US$ 37,000,000) (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract Price”) plus any increases or less any decreases due to adjustment or modifications, if any, as set forth in this Contract. The Contract Price shall include payment for services for the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the Vessel rendered by the Classification Society and shall not include the cost of items to be supplied by the Buyer as stipulated in the Specifications.

The Builder shall, however, undertake to install in the Vessel all of such Buyer’s supplied articles without extra cost to the Buyer, but the Buyer shall pay all charges and expenses, including the customs clearance fee, for transporting such Buyer’s supplied articles into the Shipyard. Transportation / crane usage within shipyard for the construction purposes only will be provided free of charge. The Builder will ensure a secure bonded warehouse is made available for the supply of Owners items without cost.

The Contract Price also includes all costs and expenses for supplying all necessary drawings except those to be furnished by the Buyer in accordance with the Specifications.

(End of Article)

 

9


3. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be adjusted as hereinafter set forth in the event of the following contingencies. It is hereby understood by both parties that any adjustment of the Contract Price as provided for in this Article is by way of liquidated damages and not by way of penalty.

 

(a) DELAYED DELIVERY

(i) No adjustment shall be made, and the Contract Price shall remain unchanged, for the first thirty (30) days of delay in delivery of the Vessel (ending as of 12 o’clock midnight Korean standard time on the thirtieth day of delay) beyond the Delivery Date as defined and calculated in accordance with Article 7 (a) hereof.

(ii) If delivery of the Vessel is delayed more than thirty (30) days from the date upon which the delivery is due from the Builder under the terms of this Contract, then, beginning at midnight of the thirtieth day after such due date, the Contract Price of the Vessel shall be reduced by deducting therefrom for each full day of the delay after the first allowed thirty (30) days, as follows;

31 st – 120 th day of delay from Delivery Date...   US$10,000 per day

121 st – 210 th day of delay from Delivery Date... US$12,000 per day

However, unless the parties agree otherwise, the total amount of deduction from the Contract Price owing to the delayed delivery shall not exceed the amount due to cover the delay of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the thirty (30) days for the delay of delivery of the Vessel at the rate of deduction as specified above.

(iii) But, if the delay in the delivery of the Vessel continues for a period of more than two hundred and ten (210) days from the date upon which the delivery is due from the Builder under the terms of this Contract, then, in such event, and after such period has expired, the Buyer may, at its option, cancel this Contract by serving upon the Builder a notice of cancellation in writing or by e-mail or telefax.

Such cancellation shall be effective as of the date the notice thereof is received by the Builder, and the Builder, upon receipt of such notice, shall promptly refund telegraphically to the Buyer in U.S. Dollars all the instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder with interest as hereinafter provided for in Paragraph (g) of Article 10 hereof. The transfer and other bank charges of such refunds shall be for the Builder’s account. The aforementioned refund by the Builder to the Buyer shall forthwith discharge all obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties to the other under this Contract.

 

10


The Builder may, at any time after the expiration of the aforementioned two hundred and ten (210) days delay in delivery, if the Buyer has not served the notice of cancellation as above provided, demand in writing that the Buyer make an election and suggest new future delivery date, in which case the Buyer shall, within twenty (20) days after such demand is received by the Buyer, either notify the Builder of its intention to cancel this Contract or consent to the delivery of the Vessel at an agreed future date. If the Buyer shall not make an election within twenty (20) days as provided hereinabove, the Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted such extension of the Delivery Date to the future delivery date indicated by the Builder.

It is agreed by the parties that if the Vessel is not delivered by such future date, the Buyer shall have the same right of acceptance or cancellation upon the same terms, as hereinabove provided.

(iv) For the purpose of this Article, the delivery of the Vessel shall be deemed to be delayed when and if the Vessel, after taking into full account extension of the Delivery Date by reason of permissible delays as herein provided in Articles 5(c)(ii), 6(b) and 8(c) and (e) and any delays caused by any action or fault of the Buyer, provided requisite notice has been issued for such permissible delay, is delivered beyond the date upon which delivery would then be due under the terms of this Contract.

 

(b) INSUFFICIENT SPEED

(i) The Contract Price of the Vessel shall not be affected or changed, if the actual speed, as determined by trial runs more fully described in Article 6 hereof, is less than the speed required under the terms of this Contract and the Specifications provided such deficiency in actual speed is less than three-tenths (3/10) of one knot below the guaranteed speed.

(ii) However, commencing with and including a deficiency of three tenths (3/10) of one (1) knot, the Contract Price shall be reduced for each full one-tenth (1/10) of one knot of deficiency in speed and up to nine-tenths (9/10) of one (1) knot (but fractions of less than one-tenth (1/10) of one knot shall be disregarded) as follows;

For three tenth (0.3) of a knot by a total of: US$60,000.-

for four-tenth (0.4) of a knot by a total of:   US$120,000.-

for five-tenth (0.5) of a knot by a total of:    US$180,000.-

for six-tenth (0.6) of a knot by a total of:      US$240,000.-

for seven-tenth (0.7) of a knot by a total of: US$300,000.-

for eight-tenth (0.8) of a knot by a total of:  US$360,000.-

for nine-tenth (0.9) of a knot by a total of:    US$420,000.-

 

11


(iii) If the deficiency in actual speed of the Vessel is more than nine tenths (9/10) of a full knot below the speed guaranteed under this Contract, then the Buyer, at its option, may, subject to the Builder’s right to effect alterations or corrections as provided in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price as specified above for nine-tenths (9/10) of a knot.

 

(c) EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

(i) The Contract Price shall not be affected or changed by reason of the fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, as determined by the engine manufacturer’s shop trial as per the Specifications being more than the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, if such excess is not more than five percent (5%) over the guaranteed fuel consumption. Buyers Representatives will be provided fourteen (14) days notice of engine trials in order to be present during aforementioned trials.

(ii) However, commencing with and including an excess of five percent (5%) in the actual fuel consumption over the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, the Contract Price shall be reduced by US$50,000 for each full one percent (1%) increase in fuel consumption above the said five per cent (5%) increase in fuel consumption (fractions of one percent shall be disregarded), up to a maximum of eight percent (8%) over the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine.

(iii) If such actual fuel consumption exceeds eight percent (8%) of the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, the Buyer, at its option, may, subject to the Builder’s right to effect alterations or corrections as specified in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price as specified above.

(iv) The fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine shall be determined by the result of the engine manufacturer’s shop trial. Fuel will have a LCV (lower calorific value) of 10,200kcal/kg.

 

(d) DEADWEIGHT BELOW CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

(i) The Contract Price of the Vessel shall not be affected or changed, if actual deadweight tonnage determined as provided in this Contract Article 1 (c) and the Specifications, is below the deadweight tonnage of 50,000 metric tons on scantling moulded draft of 13.06 meters as required by this Contract and the Specification or above the same by an amount of 500 metric tons or less. However, should the actual deadweight tonnage of the Vessel be

 

12


more than 500 metric tons below the said required deadweight tonnage, then the Contract Price of the Vessel shall be reduced for each full one metric ton (fractions of one metric ton shall be disregarded) of decreased deadweight in excess of 500 metric tons by the sum of US$900 per metric ton.

(ii) If the deficiency in the deadweight tonnage of the Vessel is more than 1,000 metric tons below the said required deadweight tonnage, then the Buyer, at his option, may, subject to the Builder’s rights to effect alterations or corrections as specified in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price at the rate given above.

 

(e) EFFECT OF CANCELLATION

It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties that in any case, if the Buyer cancels this Contract under this Article, the Buyer shall not be entitled to any liquidated damages, or any other recourse, except what is provided for in Article 10 (g), (h) of this Contract.

 

(f) METHOD OF SETTLEMENT

All adjustment of the Contract Price provided in this Article shall be balanced by adjustment of the last instalment of the Contract Price due upon delivery of the Vessel. For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer shall be entitled to deduct automatically an amount equal to the aggregate liquidated damages determined in accordance with this Article from the final instalment of the Contract Price payable on delivery of the Vessel. The liquidated damages payable under this Article are cumulative and not exclusive.

(End of Article)

 

13


4. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

 

(a) APPOINTMENT OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

The Buyer shall timely despatch to and maintain at the Shipyard, at its own cost, expense and risk one or more representative(s) (hereinafter called the “Buyer’s Representative”), who shall be duly accredited in writing by the Buyer to supervise adequately the construction by the Builder of the Vessel, her equipment and all accessories. Upon appointment of Buyer’s Representative, the Buyer shall notify the Builder in writing of the name and the scope of the authority of the Buyer’s Representative. The Buyer shall have the right to replace or substitute any of its representatives upon prior notice to the Builder.

 

(b) AUTHORITY OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

The Buyer’s Representative shall, at all reasonable times during the construction until delivery of the Vessel, have the right to inspect the Vessel, her equipment and all accessories, and all work in progress, or materials utilized in connection with the construction of the Vessel, her equipment and accessories, wherever such work is being done or such materials are stored, for the purpose of determining that the Vessel, her equipment and accessories are being constructed in accordance with the terms of this Contract and/or the Specifications and Plans.

The Buyer’s Representative shall, within the limits of the authority conferred upon him by the Buyer, make decisions or give advice to the Builder on behalf of the Buyer without undue delay on all matters arising out of, or in connection with, the construction of the Vessel. The decision, approval or advice of the Buyer’s Representative shall be deemed to have been given by the Buyer if given within his authority.

The Buyer’s Representative shall notify the Builder in writing without undue delay of his discovery of any construction or materials, which he believes do not or will not conform to the requirements of the Contract, the Plans or the Specifications and likewise advise and consult with the Builder on all matters pertaining to the construction of the Vessel as may be required by the Builder or as he may deem necessary.

However, if the Buyer’s Representative fails to submit to the Builder within five (5) working days any such demand concerning alterations or changes with respect to the construction, arrangement or outfit of the Vessel, which the Buyer’s Representative has examined, inspected or attended at the test thereof under this Contract or the Specifications, the Buyer’s Representative shall be deemed to have approved the same and shall be precluded from making any demand for alterations, changes, or complaints with respect thereto at a later date. The approval or otherwise by Buyers Representative shall not affect, alter nor reduce the Builders liability whatsoever for constructing the Vessel in accordance with the Contract and Specifications.

 

14


The Builder shall give a notice reasonably in advance to the Buyer’s Representative of the date and place of major shop trials and major tests of the Vessel provided that at least fourteen (14) days advance notice shall be given to the Buyer’s Representative for main engine shop test and diesel generator test. Detailed procedures of the trials and the tests thereof shall be in accordance with the Specifications with a written test procedure to be submitted to the Buyers Representative at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such trials taking place. Failure of Buyer’s Representative’s presence at such trials and tests after such due notice has been given to and acknowledged by him shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Buyer’s right to demand such alterations or changes after the trials and tests and inspections unless the Buyer’s Representative gives three (3) days advance notice of his inability to attend, provided, however, that failure of Buyer’s Representative’s presence shall not cause a proven delay in the delivery of the Vessel.

The Builder shall comply with any such demand which is not contradictory to this Contract, the Plans or the Specifications, provided that any and all such demands by the Buyer’s Representative with regard to construction, arrangement and outfit of the Vessel shall be submitted in writing to the authorized representative of the Builder. Remarks made on inspection sheets are considered Buyers comments submitted in writing. The Builder shall notify the Buyer’s Representative of the names of the persons who are from time to time authorized by the Builder for this purpose. In any event, it is understood and agreed that the supervision exercised on behalf of the Buyer shall not alter or diminish the responsibility of the Builder with regard to its obligations under this Contract.

It is agreed upon between the Buyer and the Builder that the modifications, alterations or changes and other measures necessary to comply with such demand may be effected at a convenient time and place at the Builder’s reasonable discretion in view of the construction schedule of the Vessel. If delays in rectification of an item impact construction progress, such consequences to be to the cost and responsibility of the Builder.

In the event that the Buyer’s Representative shall advise the Builder that he has discovered and believes the construction or materials do not or will not conform to the requirements of this Contract, the Plans or the Specifications and the Builder shall not agree with the views of the Buyer’s Representative in such respect, either the Buyer or the Builder may either seek an opinion of the Classification Society and/or request an arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

The Classification Society or the Arbitration Board shall determine whether or not a non-conformity with the provisions of this Contract, the Plans and the Specification exists. If the Classification Society or the Arbitration Board enters a determination in favour of the Buyer, then in such case the Builder shall make the necessary alterations or changes, or if such alterations or changes cannot be made in time to meet the construction schedule for the Vessel, the Builder shall make fair and reasonable adjustment of the Contract Price in lieu of such minor alterations and changes, provided however that the omission of such required

 

15


alterations and changes does not affect the class and statutory certificates of the Vessel and/or its normal operation. If the Classification Society or the Arbitration Board enters a determination in favour of the Builder, then the time for delivery of the Vessel shall be extended for the period of delay in construction, if any, occasioned by such proceedings, and the Buyer shall compensate the Builder for the proven loss incurred by the Builder as a result of the dispute referred to herein.

 

(c) APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

 

  (i) All plans and drawings and instruction books to be in English.

 

  (ii) The Builder shall obtain the approval from the Buyer for the plans and drawings in accordance with the Specifications. The Builder shall submit to the Buyer three (3) copies of each of the plans and drawings to be submitted to the Buyer for its approval at its address as set forth in Clause 19 hereof. One copy each of the plans and drawings will be provided in pdf format by e-mail. The Buyer shall, within twenty one (21) days after receipt thereof, return to the Builder one (1) copy of such plans and drawings with the approval or comments, if any, of the Buyer. A list of the plans and drawings to be so submitted to the Buyer shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties hereto. One clean copy of all approved plans with comments from the Classification Society and Buyer are to be submitted to the Buyers Representative ten (10) working days in advance of inspection of the relevant items.

 

  (iii) When and if the Buyer’s Representative shall have been sent by the Buyer to the Shipyard in accordance with Paragraph (a) of the Article, the Builder may submit the remainder, if any, of the plans and drawings in the agreed list, to the Buyer’s Representative for his approval, unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties hereto.

The Buyer’s Representative shall, within seven (7) days after receipt thereof, return to the Builder one (1) copy of such plans and drawings with his approval or comments written thereof, if any. Approval by the Buyer’s Representative of the plans and drawings duly submitted to him shall be deemed to be the approval by the Buyer for all purposes of this Contract.

 

(d) SALARIES AND EXPENSES

All salaries and expenses of the Buyer’s representative or any other person or persons employed by the Buyer hereunder shall be for the Buyer’s account.

 

16


(e) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

(i) The Builder shall furnish the Buyer’s Representative and the Buyer’s Representative’s assistant(s), free of charge, with suitably furnished office space with adequate lighting, heating, air conditioning and electricity at, or in the immediate vicinity of the Shipyard together with telephone, Internet and use of e-mail and telefax facilities as may be necessary to enable the Buyer’s Representative and/or his assistant(s) to carry out their work under this Contract. The Buyer, however, shall bear all communication charges including telephone, telefax, e-mail and etc. incurred by his representatives or his assistant(s) payable against vouchers. The Builder, its employees, agents and subcontractors, during all reasonable times until delivery of the Vessel, shall give them full co-operation in carrying out their duties and arrange for them to have free and ready access to the Vessel, her equipment and accessories, and to any other place (except the areas controlled for the purpose of national security) where work is being done, or materials are being processed or stored in connection with the construction of the Vessel, including the premises of subcontractors.

The Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or employees shall observe the work rules and regulations prevailing at the Builder’s and its subcontractors’ premises.

The Builder shall promptly provide to the Buyer’s Representative and/or his assistant(s) and shall secure that its subcontractors shall promptly provide all such information as he or they may reasonably request in connection with the construction of the Vessel and her engines, equipment and machinery.

(ii) The Buyer’s Representative and his assistant(s) shall at all times remain as the employees of the Buyer. The Builder shall not be liable to the Buyer, or the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or the Buyer’s employees or agents for personal injuries, including death, during the time they, or any of them, are on the Vessel, or within the premises of either the Builder or his subcontractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the Vessel, unless, however, such personal injuries, including death are caused by the negligence of the Builder, its subcontractor or its employees or agents. The Builder undertakes to ensure an effective, visible and workable Health, Safety and Environment system is in place according to the Builder’s shipbuilding practice. The Builder shall not be liable to the Buyer, or the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or the Buyer’s employees or agents for damages to, or loss or destruction of personal property of the Buyer, or of the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or of the Buyer’s employees or agents, unless such damages, loss or destruction were caused by negligence of the Builder, or its subcontractors or its employees or agents.

(iii) The Builder shall build and outfit the Vessel according to this Contract at its shipyards at Tongyoung, Deokpo and Sacheon, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (the “Shipyard”) using its own shipyard organisation.

The Builder is, however, authorised to sub-contract part of the work to third party sub-contractors who will carry out works in accordance with the standards of this Contract, provided that the work is done in Korea and the Builder shall have first given notice in writing to the Buyer.

 

17


Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Builder shall remain fully liable for the due and complete performance of all the Builder’s obligations under this Contract notwithstanding the entering into of any such sub-contract as aforesaid. However, the Vessel shall always remain at the Shipyard unless the Buyer and the Builder agree otherwise.

No sub-contract shall bind or purport to bind the Buyer, and each sub-contract shall be the responsibility of the Builder and not contain any retention rights, liens or other such rights that may interfere at anytime with the ownership of the Vessel by the Buyer.

All sub-contractors howsoever employed or engaged are hereby declared and agreed to be sub-contractors employed or engaged by the Builder and the Builder agrees that it is and shall remain fully responsible for and liable in respect of any sub-contractors and/or their acts or omissions and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Builder shall ensure control over supervision and scheduling of the all work done by any subcontractor.

The Builder hereby agrees that if any of its employees, servants or agents or those of the sub-contractors appointed pursuant to this Contract shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Buyer, not be carrying out properly their duties and responsibilities under or pursuant to the terms of this Contract, the Buyer shall be entitled (by giving written notice to the Builder) to draw the same to the attention of the Builder and, if the Buyer considers it necessary, to request the Builder to replace such person(s) if the same are its own employees, servants or agents, or to use its best endeavours to replace such person(s) if the same are the employees, servants or agents of a sub-contractor. The Builder shall investigate any such request, and, if found justified, take appropriate action. Any such replacement shall be within such a time scale so as to ensure that the Builder continues to carry out all of its duties and obligations under or pursuant to this Contract.

Buyers inspection and final assembly of any subcontracted work shall be at the Builders Shipyard. The Builder will arrange for the Buyer to execute pre-production inspection of sub-contractors premises by providing reasonable advanced notice to inspect the facility. Buyers retain the right to inspect vetting records by Builders Quality Control Department confirming certification and compliance with the Builders quality standards.

 

(f) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

 

  (i)

The Buyer shall undertake and assure that the Buyer’s Representative shall carry out his duties hereunder in accordance with the normal international shipbuilding practice and in such way so as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost, delay in the construction of the Vessel and/or any disturbance in the construction schedule of the Builder. The Buyer’s Representative shall carry out inspection of the Vessel during the whole period of the construction including Saturdays and Sundays. The Builder shall endeavour to carry out inspections in normal working hours. Tests beyond normal working hours shall be treated as the exception, necessary for the timely construction of the vessel. In such cases the Builder will provide transport to and from the Shipyard for the Supervisor free of charge. The Builder has the right to reasonably request the Buyer

 

18


  to replace the Buyer’s Representative who is deemed unsuitable and unsatisfactory for the proper progress of the Vessel’s construction. The Buyer shall investigate the situation by sending another representative to the Shipyard if necessary, and if the Buyer considers that such Builder’s notice is justified, the Buyer shall effect a replacement as soon as conveniently arrangeable.

 

  (ii) The Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth shall at all times remain as the employees of the Builder. The Buyer shall not be liable to the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth for personal injuries, including death, during the time they, or any of them, are on the Vessel, or within the premises of either the Builder or his subcontractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the Vessel, unless, however, such personal injuries, including death are caused by the negligence of the Buyer, its employees or agents. The Buyer shall not be liable to the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth for damages to, or loss or destruction of property of the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agent, subcontractors and so forth unless such damages, loss or destruction were caused by negligence of the Buyer, or its employees or agents.

(End of Article)

 

19


5. MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS

 

(a) HOW EFFECTED

Minor modifications or changes to the Specifications or Plans under which the Vessel is to be constructed may be made at any time hereafter by written agreement of the parties hereto.

(i) The Builder may make minor changes to the Specifications or Plans, if found necessary for introduction of improved production methods or otherwise, provided that the Builder shall first obtain the Buyer’s prior written approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such changes do not result in any decrease in performance or capacity of the Vessel and provided further that the Vessel remains compliant with the rules and regulations of the Classification Society and that the Vessel’s class and statutory certificates and/or its normal operation are not affected thereby in any way whatsoever.

(ii) Any modification or change to the Specifications or Plans requested by the Buyer which does not affect the framework of the Specifications or Plans and also does not adversely affect the Builder’s planning or program in relation to the Builder’s other commitments which have been entered into at that time shall be agreed to by the Builder if the Buyer agrees to the necessary adjustment (if any) of the Contract Price, deadweight, speed requirements, the Delivery Date and other terms and conditions of this Contract reasonably required as a result of such modification or change. The Builder, however, hereby agrees to exert its best efforts to accommodate such reasonable request by the Buyer so that the said changes and/or modifications may be made at a reasonable cost and within the shortest period of time which is reasonably possible.

The Builder has the right to continue construction of the Vessel on the basis of the Specifications and Plans pending a final outcome / decision. The Builder shall be entitled to refuse to make any alteration, change or modification of the Specifications and/or Plans requested by the Buyer if in the Builder’s judgment the compliance with such request would cause an unreasonable disruption of the normal working schedule of the Shipyard.

The aforementioned agreement to modify and change the Specifications and Plans may be effected by exchange of letters or telefaxes manifesting the agreement. The letters and telefaxes exchanged by the parties pursuant to the foregoing shall constitute an amendment to this Contract and the Specifications or Plans.

Upon consummation of such an agreement to modify and change the Specifications or Plans, the Builder shall alter the construction of the Vessel in accordance therewith including any addition to, or deduction from the work to be performed in connection with such construction.

 

20


(b) SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS

In the event that any of the materials required by the Specifications or otherwise under this Contract for the construction of the Vessel cannot be procured in time to effect delivery of the Vessel, or are in short supply though such materials are timely ordered, the Builder may, provided the Buyer so agrees in writing, supply other materials and equipment of the best available and like quality, capable of meeting the requirements of the Classification Society and of the rules, regulations, requirements and recommendations with which the construction of the Vessel must comply. Any agreement as to such substitution of materials shall be effected in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) of this Article and shall not, likewise, include a decrease or increase in the Contract Price and other terms and conditions of this Contract affected by such substitution.

Furthermore, it is expressly agreed that should the Builder have to use any steel made in China they will only use steel produced by major Chinese steel mills used by major Korean shipyards. No Brazilian steel will be used for any of the integral parts of the Vessel without the Buyer’s prior approval in its absolute discretion. All steel to be provided in accordance with Classification standards and approvals.

 

(c) CHANGES IN CLASS AND RULES

If, after the date provided for in Article 1 (b) (ii) of this Contract, any requirements as to Class or as to the above specified rules and regulations with which the construction of the Vessel is required to comply are altered or changed by the Classification Society or bodies authorized to make such alterations or changes, either of the parties hereto, upon receipt of due notice thereof, shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other party in writing. Thereupon, within fifteen (15) working days after receipt of the said notice from the Builder or giving the same to the Builder, the Buyer shall advise the Builder as to the alterations and changes, if any, to be made on the Vessel which the Buyer, at its sole discretion, shall decide. The Builder shall not be obliged to comply with such alterations and/or changes if the Buyer fails to notify the Builder of its decision within the time limit stated above or if such alterations and/or changes are not compulsory under the relevant rules, regulations or requirements.

The Builder shall comply promptly with the said request of the Buyer, provided that the Builder and the Buyer shall first agree to:

 

  (i) any reasonable increase or decrease in the Contract Price of the Vessel that is occasioned by the cost of such compliance,

 

  (ii) any reasonable extension or advancement in the Delivery Date of the Vessel that is occasioned by such compliance,

 

21


  (iii) any reasonable increase or decrease in the deadweight and/or cubic capacity of the Vessel, if such compliance results in any increase or reduction in the deadweight,

 

  (iv) adjustment of the speed requirements, if any, and fuel oil consumption,

 

  (v) any other reasonable alterations in the terms of this Contract, or of the Specifications or Plans, or both, if such compliance makes such alterations of the terms necessary.

If the parties are unable to agree any of the above, the parties may by mutual agreement refer the dispute to a third party expert as may be mutually agreed between the parties hereto and who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

Any delay in the construction of the Vessel caused by the Buyer’s delay in making a decision or agreement as above shall constitute a permissible delay under this Contract. Such agreement by the Buyer shall be effected in the same manner as provided above for modification and change of the Specifications and Plans.

When reasonably required by the Buyer, the Builder shall furnish reasonable information relating to the cost break down in respect of the modifications referred to in this Article.

The agreed extra cost or credit as a result of the modifications under this Article shall be paid upon acceptance and delivery of the Vessel together with the final instalment.

(End of Article)

 

22


6. TRIALS AND SEA TRIALS

 

(a) GENERAL

The Builder shall carry out and run the tests and trials on the Vessel in the manner and to the extent as described in the Specifications (and the trials schedule) and otherwise as may be required by the Classification Society.

 

(b) NOTICE

The Builder shall notify the Buyer in writing or by telefax or e-mail, at least fourteen (14) working days in advance, of the time and place of the trial run of the Vessel. Such notice shall specify the Korean port from which the Vessel will commence her trial run and approximate date upon which the trial run is expected to take place.

Such date shall be further confirmed by the Builder by at least five (5) working days advance telefax or e-mail notice. The Representatives of the Buyer, who are to witness the performance of the Vessel during such trial run, shall be present at such place on the date specified in such notice. Should such Representatives fail to be present after the Builder’s due notice to the Buyer as provided above, the Builder shall be entitled to conduct such trial run with the presence of the Classification Surveyor only without the Representatives of the Buyer being present.

In such case, the Buyer shall be obliged to accept the test and trial results of the Vessel to the extent only of those items actual tested on the basis of a certificate issued by the Builder and witnessed by Classification Surveyor that the Vessel, after the trial run, subject to alterations and corrections, if necessary, has been found to conform with the Specifications and this Contract and is satisfactory in all respects, provided the Builder first makes such corrections and alterations promptly.

In the event of unfavourable weather on the date specified for the trial run, the trial run shall take place on the first available day that weather conditions permit. The parties hereto recognize that the weather conditions in Korean waters, in which the trial run is to take place, are such that great changes in weather may arise momentarily and without warning and, therefore, it is agreed that, if during the trial run, the weather should change to be sufficiently unfavourable so that the trial run cannot be continued, then the trial run shall be discontinued and postponed until the first favourable day next following, unless the Buyer shall assent to the acceptance of the Vessel by notification in writing on the basis of such trial run so far made prior to such change in weather conditions. Any delay of the trial run caused by such unfavourable weather conditions shall also operate to extend the Delivery Date of the Vessel for the period of delay occasioned by such unfavourable weather conditions and such delay shall be deemed as a permissible delay in the delivery of the Vessel.

 

23


(c) HOW CONDUCTED

All expenses in connection with the trials of the Vessel are to be for the account of the Builder which, during the trials, shall provide at its own expense the necessary fully qualified and certified crew to comply with conditions of safe navigation. The Vessel shall be properly equipped during Sea Trials with sufficient life saving appliances and equipment for the number of persons onboard.

The trials shall be conducted in the manner prescribed in this Contract and the Specifications and shall prove fulfilment of the performance requirements for the trials as set forth in the Specifications. The Builder shall be entitled to conduct preliminary sea trials, during which the propulsion plant shall be adjusted according to the Builder’s judgment notwithstanding any provisions of the Specifications. The Builder shall have the right to repeat any trial whatsoever as it deems necessary and in such instance the provisions of Paragraph (b) shall apply save for the provisions as to notice where the Builder shall provide the Buyer with two (2) working days advance notice only in case a trial is required to be repeated after it has been completed to allow reasonable time for the Buyer’s Representative to board the Vessel again. Should a trial be required to be repeated immediately or shortly after it has taken place but whilst the Buyer’s Representative is still on board the Vessel, no advance notice is required by the Builder.

 

(d) CONSUMABLE STORES

The Builder shall load the Vessel with the required quantity of fuel oil, lubricating oil and greases, fresh water, and other stores necessary to conduct the trials as set forth in the Specifications. The necessary ballast (fuel oil, fresh water and such other ballast as may be required) to bring the Vessel to the trial load draft, as specified in the Specifications, shall be supplied and paid by the Builder. The fuel oil, as well as lubricating oil, shall be in accordance with the engine Specifications. The Buyer shall have the option to supply lubricating oil and greases for the conduct of trials as well as for use before the delivery of the Vessel to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall decide and advise the Builder of supplier’s name two (2) months before commencement of installation of Main Engine, provided that the supplier shall be acceptable to the makers of all the machinery.

 

(e) ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

(i) Upon completion of sea trial, the Builder shall submit to the Buyer a jointly signed copy of all tests and trials carried out with regard to her machinery and equipment, hereinafter referred to as the Sea Trial Report as and if the Builder considers that the result of sea trial indicates conformity of the Vessel to this Contract and the Specifications and Plans.

 

24


The Buyer shall within five (5) working days after receipt of such Sea Trial Report notify the Builder in writing or by e-mail or telefax of its acceptance or rejection of the Sea Trial Report, provided that in case of rejecting the Sea Trial Report, the Buyer shall set out in its notice of rejection a detailed, clear explanation of all and any aspects of the Sea Trial Report which it considers do not comply with this Contract, the Specifications and/or the Plans.

If the Builder is in agreement with the Buyer’s determinations as to non-conformity, the Builder shall make such alterations or changes as may be necessary to correct such non-conformity and shall prove the fulfilment of the Contract and Specifications by such tests or trials as may be necessary and as witnessed by the Buyer’s Representative(s). If the Builder is not in agreement with the Buyer’s determination as to non-conformity, each party shall be entitled to refer the disagreement to the Classification Society and/or Arbitration as per Article 13.

The Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Vessel by reason of any minor or insubstantial items judged from the point of view of international standard shipbuilding and shipping practice as not being in conformity with the Specifications and insofar as the same do not affect the conditions of class of the Vessel, other statutory regulations in respect of the Vessel and/or its normal operation, but, in that case, the Builder shall not be released from the obligation to correct and/or remedy such minor or insubstantial items as soon as practicable after the delivery of the Vessel. If inconvenient for the Vessel to have such items corrected and/or remedied at the Builder’s yard, the Builder shall arrange to have such corrections or remedies carried out elsewhere, and may, if practicable, do such work while the Vessel is sailing. The Buyer may, if proposed by the Builder in its absolute discretion decide to agree to receive a payment in lieu of such items being corrected and/or remedied. Any payment in lieu shall be agreed between the Builder and the Buyer.

(ii) If during any sea trial any breakdowns occur entailing interruption or irregular performance which can be repaired on board, the sea trial shall be continued after such repairs and be valid in all respects. However, if during or after the sea trial it becomes apparent that the Vessel or any part of her equipment requires alterations or correction which but for this provision would or might entitle the Buyer to cancel this Contract, the Builder shall have the right to attempt to carry out such alterations or corrections and shall notify the Buyer promptly in writing or by e-mail or telefax to such effect and shall simultaneously advise the Buyer of the estimated additional time required for the necessary alterations or corrections to be made. The Buyer shall, within three (3) working days of receipt from the Builder of notice of completion of such alterations or corrections and after such further trials or tests as necessary, notify the Builder in writing or by e-mail or telefax of its acceptance, qualified acceptance or rejection of the Vessel, all in accordance with the Specification, Plans and the Contract, and shall not be entitled to reject the Vessel on such grounds until such time.

(iii) The notice periods allowed and additional time required for such alterations and corrections shall not be permissible delays extending the delivery date of the Vessel under this Contract.

 

25


(f) EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

The Buyer’s written, e-mailed or telefaxed notification of acceptance delivered to the Builder as above provided shall be final and binding insofar as conformity of the Sea Trial Report with this Contract, the Plans and the Specifications is concerned and shall preclude the Buyer from refusing formal delivery of the Vessel as hereinafter provided, if the Builder complies with all procedural requirements of delivery, as herein set forth, and provided that, in the case of qualified acceptance, any matters which were mentioned in the notice of the qualified acceptance by the Buyer as requiring correction have been corrected satisfactorily.

If the Buyer fails to notify the Builder of its acceptance or rejection of the Sea Trial Report as hereinabove provided, the Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted the Sea Trial Report.

However, nothing herein shall affect the Buyer’s rights under Article 9 hereof.

 

(g) DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS CONSUMABLE STORES

Any fuel oil, lubrication oil, in drums/tanks or other unbroached greases or system lines (i.e. framo system lines, ect.) and consumable stores furnished and paid for by the Builder for trial runs remaining on board the Vessel at the time of acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer shall be bought by the Buyer from the Builder at the Builder’s actual invoice price for such supply in Korea and payment by the Buyer thereof shall be made at the time of delivery of the Vessel. The Buyers and Builders representatives shall jointly measure and agree quantities of lubricating, hydraulic and fuel oils remaining in storage tanks and unbroached drums or system lines (i.e. framo system lines, etc.).

The Builder shall pay the Buyer at the time of delivery of the Vessel an amount for the consumed quantity during trial run of any lubricating oil and greases which were furnished and paid for by the Buyer at the Buyer’s purchase price thereof. In measuring the consumed quantity, lubricating oils and greases remaining in the main engine, other machinery and stern tube, shall be excluded.

(End of Article)

 

26


7. DELIVERY

 

(a) TIME AND PLACE

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Builder to the Buyer at the Shipyard on or before September 30 th , 2013 (hereinafter called “the Delivery Date”) after completion of satisfactory trials and acceptance by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of Article 6(e), except that, in the event of delays in delivery by the Builder due to causes which under the terms of this Contract permit extensions of the time for delivery, the aforementioned Delivery Date shall be extended accordingly. The Builder shall provide the Buyer in writing by e-mail or telefax thirty (30) days approximate notice of readiness and fourteen (14), seven (7) and three (3) days definite notice of readiness for delivery of the vessel.

(b) WHEN AND HOW EFFECTED

The Vessel is to be delivered fully completed and fitted out, safely afloat, carefully cleaned, properly moored with free access to the sea and ready for oceangoing sailing, with inventories of spare parts and equipments as provided in the Specifications.

Provided that the Buyer shall concurrently with delivery of the Vessel release to the Builder the delivery instalment as set forth in Article 10 (b) hereof and shall have fulfilled all of its obligations provided for in this Contract, delivery of the Vessel shall be forthwith effected upon acceptance thereof by the Buyer, as hereinabove provided, by the concurrent delivery by each of the parties hereto to the other of a PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE acknowledging delivery of the Vessel by the Builder and acceptance thereof by the Buyer, which PROTOCOL shall be prepared in duplicate and signed by each of the parties hereto. It is expressly understood that acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer and payment by the Buyer of the delivery instalment to the Builder does not relieve the Builder from liability for defects under this Contract in accordance with Article 9.

 

(c) DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE BUYER

Acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer shall be conditional upon receipt by the Buyer from the Builder of the following duly authenticated documents which shall accompany the aforementioned PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE:

(i) PROTOCOL OF TRIALS of the Vessel made pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications,

 

27


(ii) PROTOCOL OF INVENTORY of the equipment of the Vessel including spare parts and the like as specified in the Specifications,

(iii) PROTOCOL OF STORES OF CONSUMABLE NATURE, such as all fuel oil, lubricating oil, and fresh water remaining in tanks if their cost is charged to the Buyer, but not water or oils or greases in the machinery which are on board and delivered to the Buyer with the Vessel at the price set forth in Article 6(g) hereof,

(iv) FINAL DRAWING AND PLANS AND INSTRUCTIONS BOOKS in the English language pertaining to the Vessel as stipulated in the Specifications, which shall be furnished to the Buyer at no additional cost,

(v) ALL CERTIFICATES required to be furnished upon delivery of the Vessel pursuant to this Contract, the Specifications and/or Plans and in accordance with the customary international shipbuilding practice, including, but not limited to:

(1) Certificate for Classification free from conditions of class

(2) International Load Line Certificate

(3) Cargo Safety Radio Certificate

(4) Cargo Safety Construction Certificate

(5) Cargo Safety Equipment Certificate

(6) Classification Certificate for anchor, chains and hawsers, machinery and equipment

(7) Certificate for life-boats and life saving equipments

(8) Certificates for navigation lights and special signal lights

(9) International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate

(10) International Tonnage Certificate

(11) Builder’s Certificate (duly notarized and legalized)

(12) Compass adjustment Certificate

(13) Suez Canal and Panama Canal Tonnage Certificate

(14) De-ratisation Certificate

(15) Deadweight Certificate

(16) Lifting Appliances Certificate (including cranes and grabs)

(17) International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate

(18) ISPS Certificate

(19) Coating Technical File

(20) International Sewage Pollution Certificate

(21) Certified Loading Manual

(22) P&A Manual

(23) International Certificate of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in Bulk

(24) Certified Cargo oil tanks calibration

(25) Ballast Management Certificate

(26) Emergency Towing Procedures

(27) Engine Technical File

(28) Load Test certificates for all designated lifting lugs /points installed

 

28


All certificates or relevant documents which are to be duly notarized and legalized shall be agreed between the parties prior to delivery. All certificates to be delivered in one (1) original and two (2) copies to the Buyer.

If any Certificate, Drawing, Plan, Diagram or other documents referred to in this Article, through no fault on the part of Builder, cannot be made upon delivery and if the absence thereof does not impede the navigation or management of the Vessel, a provisional certificate shall be acceptable by the Buyer provided the formal Certificate, Drawing, Plan, Diagram or other document be delivered as soon as practicable after delivery of the Vessel.

(vi) DECLARATION OF WARRANTY of the Builder that the Vessel is delivered to the Buyer free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, mortgages or other encumbrances upon the Buyer’s title thereto and in particular, that the Vessel is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes, or charges imposed by the prefecture or country of the port of delivery, as well as of all liabilities of the Builder to its subcontractors, employees, and crew and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the Vessel in sea trials, or otherwise, prior to delivery.

 

  (vii) COMMERCIAL INVOICE

 

  (viii) BILL OF SALE (duly notarised and legalised without insertion of the Contract Price) If the Contract Price is required in the Bill of Sale, the Buyer shall pay the cost for putting the Contract Price as per actual invoice.

 

  (ix) Such other documents required to be issued by the Builder for the Buyer’s registration of the Vessel under its port of registry, provided that the same are reasonably requested in advance of delivery of the Vessel.

 

(d) TENDER OF VESSEL

If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel after completion thereof according to this Contract and the Specifications, the Builder shall have the right to tender delivery of the Vessel after compliance with all procedural requirements as provided above.

 

(e) TITLE AND RISK

Title to and possession and risk of the Vessel shall pass to the Buyer upon delivery and acceptance of the Vessel being effected, as stated above, it is being expressly understood that, until such delivery is effected, the Vessel and equipment thereof, including equipment

 

29


supplied by the Buyer or his supplier(s) are, except as provided for in Article 12 (b), at the entire risk of the Builder including but not confined to, risks of war, insurrection and seizure by governments or authorities, whether Korean or foreign, and whether at war or at peace. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause the title to the material and equipment supplied by the Buyer shall remain with the Buyer.

 

(f) REMOVAL OF THE VESSEL

The Buyer shall take possession of the Vessel immediately upon delivery thereof and, if so requested by the Builder, shall remove the Vessel from the Shipyard within five (5) working days after delivery thereof is effected. The Builder shall provide at its cost linesmen to let go the lines during the unberth of the Vessel.

If Buyer fails to remove the Vessel from the premise of the Shipyard within the aforesaid five (5) working days, in such event, the Buyer shall pay to the Builder a reasonable mooring charge of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

30


8. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

    (FORCE MAJEURE)

 

(a) CAUSE OF DELAY

The Delivery Date shall be extended to the extent that the construction of the Vessel or any performance required as a prerequisite of delivery of the Vessel is delayed or prevented due to any force majeure event, that is to say, any extraordinary circumstances or events in or outside Korea such as war or warlike conditions, acts of state or government, blockade, revolution, insurrections, mobilization, civil commotions, riots, import or export bans, statutory contract reduction in working hours, shortage of materials or equipment provided that (i) such materials or equipments at the time of ordering could reasonably be expected by the Builder to be delivered in time and (ii) such orders were actually made in time and (iii) the Builder can show due diligence, strikes, sabotage or lockout, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure of electric current, natural catastrophe, tidal waves, typhoons, flood, unusually severe weather condition, fire, Act of God or any other extraordinary event beyond the control of the Builder, or any such force majeure event affecting major suppliers and/or major subcontractors (including but not limited to delivery being prevented or delayed by delayed deliveries of major parts or important performances by subcontractors due to the aforementioned force majeure events or due to circumstances beyond the suppliers’ and/or subcontractors’ control, bankruptcy or the like) PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (i) such delay or event has not been caused by any negligence or intentional act of the Builder or its sub-contractors; and

 

  (ii) the Builder shall use all reasonable efforts to prevent or minimise any delay in the construction of the Vessel resulting from such events (including, but without limitation), the obtaining of items from alternative sources and the introduction of overtime).

 

(b) NOTICE OF DELAYS

Within seven (7) days after commencement of any cause of delay on account of which the Builder claims that it is entitled under this Contract to an extension of the Delivery Date of the Vessel, excluding delays due to arbitration, the Builder shall advise the Buyer in writing or by e-mail or telefax of the date such cause of delay commenced, and the reasons thereof, and, if possible, its estimated duration of the probable delay in the delivery of the Vessel. The Builder shall also provide the Buyer with evidence to justify the delay claimed.

 

31


The Builder shall be entitled to an extension of the delivery date of the Vessel from the commencement of the occurrence of the event of Force Majeure if notice is given within seven (7) days or if such notice cannot be given within that period for reasons outside the control of the Builder and this can be proved to the Buyer and in all other cases from the actual date of notification by the Builder to the Buyer.

As soon as possible but at least within seven (7) days after such cause of delay ends, the Builder shall likewise advise the Buyer in writing or by e-mail or telefax the date that such cause of delay ended, and specify the period of time by which the Builder claims the Delivery Date should be extended by reason of such delay. If the Builder does not give the timely advice as above, the Builder shall lose the right to claim such delays as permissible delay.

Failure of the Buyer to object to the Builder’s notification of any claim for extension of the date for delivery of the Vessel within ten (10) days after receipt by the Buyer of such notification shall be deemed to be a waiver by the Buyer of its right to object to such extension. Failure of the Builder to give the aforementioned notices shall preclude the Builder from claiming the relevant delay as a permissible delay.

Any event which lasts for less than a continuous period of 48 hours shall be disregarded for the purposes of this Article. Any two or more events referred to in (a) above that run concurrently shall be treated as a single permitted delay.

 

(c) RIGHT TO CANCEL FOR EXCESSIVE DELAY

If the total accumulated time of all permissible and non-permissible delays, excluding (i) delays due to arbitration (ii) delays due to the Buyer’s defaults of a nature which under the terms of this Contract permit extension of the time for delivery (iii) delays due to modifications and changes under Article 5 or (iv) delays in delivery of the Buyer’s supplied items, aggregate two hundred and ten (210) days or more, the Buyer may at any time thereafter cancel this Contract by giving a written notice of cancellation to the Builder.

Such cancellation shall be effective as of the date the notice thereof is received by the Builder, and the Builder, upon receipt of such notice, and upon the Buyer’s demand, shall promptly refund in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 (g) hereof all payments made to the Builder by the Buyer. The aforementioned refund by the Builder as provided in Article 10 (g) shall forthwith discharge all obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto to the other under this Contract.

If the Buyer has not cancelled this Contract as above provided, the Builder may, at any time after expiration of the accumulated time of the aforementioned delays, notify the Buyer of the date upon which the Builder estimated the Vessel will be ready for delivery and demand in writing that the Buyer make an election either to cancel this Contract or to consent to the delivery of the Vessel at such future date in which case the Buyer shall, within fourteen (14) working days after receipt of such demand, make and notify the Builder of such election. If the Buyer elects to consent to the delivery of the Vessel at such future date:

(i) Such future date shall become the contractual Delivery Date for the purposes of this Contract and shall be subject to extension by reason of permissible delays as herein provided, and

 

32


(ii) If the Vessel is not delivered by such revised contractual Delivery Date (as extended by reason of permissible delays) the Buyer shall have the same right of cancellation upon the same terms as hereinabove provided.

 

(d) DELAY OF BUYER’S SUPPLIED ARTICLES

In the event the Buyer’s supplied articles and the necessary installation drawings and instruction books necessary for designing and the working drawings relative to the said articles are not delivered to the Builder within the time limits agreed thirty (30) days in advance of installation, between the Builder and the Buyer, then the Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended by such period as the Builder can prove that the delivery of the Vessel was unavoidably delayed as a result of the delay in the said Buyer’s supplied articles.

 

(e) DEFINITION OF PERMISSIBLE DELAYS

Delays on account of the foregoing causes shall be understood to be permissible delays, and are to be distinguished from non-permissible, unauthorized delays on account of which the Contract Price of the Vessel is subject to adjustment as provided for in Article 3 hereof.

(End of Article)

 

33


9. WARRANTY OF QUALITY

 

(a) GUARANTEE OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

The Builder, subject to Paragraph (c)(vi) of this Article, for the period of twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of the Vessel to the Buyer, guarantees the Vessel, painting and coatings thereof and her engine, including all parts and equipment that are manufactured or furnished or installed by the Builder or its sub-contractors or its suppliers under this Contract (including the installation of Buyer’s supplies) against all defects which are due to defective materials, construction, miscalculation, faulty installation, poor workmanship and/or negligent or other improper acts or omissions on the part of the Builder or its sub-contractors, provided reasons for such defects have not been caused by perils of the sea, rivers or navigation, or by normal wear and tear, overload, improper loading or stowage, corrosion of the materials if caused by the Buyer, fire, accident, incompetence, mismanagement, negligence or wilful neglect or by alteration or addition by the Buyer not previously approved by the Builder.

The Builder will be responsible for all machinery or parts of machinery and all constructions which are supplied by sub-contractors and/or suppliers and/or manufacturers and guarantees and warrants the above mentioned for a period of twelve (12) months on the basis as specified in this Paragraph or for such longer period as the manufacturers and/or sub-contractors and/or suppliers thereof may provide.

 

(b) NOTICE OF DEFECTS

The Buyer, or its duly authorized representative, will notify the Builder in writing, or by e-mail or telefax, as soon as possible after discovery of any defect for which a claim is to be made under this guarantee.

The Buyer’s written notice shall include full particulars as to the nature of the defect, and the extent of the damage caused thereby. The Builder will be under no obligation with respect to this guarantee, in respect of any claim for defects discovered prior to the expiry date of the guarantee, unless notice of such defects is received by the Builder not later than fourteen (14) days after such expiry date. E-mail or telefax advice within fourteen (14) days that a claim is forthcoming will be sufficient compliance with the requirement as to time.

However in the case of underwater defects which are ascertained during an examination by Class approved divers at a mutually agreed time and place which is to be carried out prior to the expiry of the Guarantee Period, such defects may be remedied at the time of the first scheduled drydocking, unless the Vessel’s seaworthiness or Class is affected thereby in which case such defects will be remedied immediately.

 

34


The Builder’s liability for any such underwater defects shall be limited to the extent discovered after the said diver’s survey excluding fair wear and tear and accident damages occurring after delivery of the Vessel, and shall not exceed the cost of remedying such defects.

The cost of such divers’ inspection shall be born by the Builder in the event any defects are found, otherwise such cost shall be borne by the Buyer.

 

(c) REMEDY OF DEFECTS

(i) The Builder shall remedy, at its expense, any defects, against which the Vessel is guaranteed under this Article, by making all necessary repairs or replacements at the Shipyard or elsewhere as provided for in (ii) hereinbelow. In such case the Builder shall not be responsible for towage, dockage, wharfage, port charges and anything else incurred for the Buyer’s getting and keeping the Vessel ready for such repairing or replacing.

(ii) However, if it is impractical (which shall include, but not be limited to, an emergency) to bring the Vessel to the Shipyard, the Buyer may cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made elsewhere which is deemed by the Buyer, with the consent of the Builder which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to be suitable for the purpose, provided that, in such event, the Builder may forward or supply replacement parts or materials to the Vessel, unless forwarding or supplying thereof to the Vessel would impair or delay the operation or working schedule of the Vessel. In the event that the Buyer proposes to cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made to the Vessel at any shipyard or works other than the Shipyard, the Buyer shall first (but in all events as soon as reasonably possible) give the Builder notice in writing, or by e-mail or telefax, of the time and place such repairs will be made, and if the Vessel is not thereby delayed, or her operation or working schedule is not thereby impaired, the Builder shall have the right to verify by its own representative(s) the nature and extent of the defects complained of.

The Builder shall, in such case, promptly advise the Buyer by e-mail or telefax, after such examination has been completed, of its acceptance or rejection of the defects as ones that are covered by the guarantee herein provided. Upon the Builder’s acceptance of the defects as justifying remedy under this Article, or upon award of the arbitration so determining, the Builder shall immediately pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the reasonable cost of making the repairs or replacement.

(iii) In the event that it is necessary for the Builder to forward a replacement for a defective part under this guarantee, replacement parts shall be shipped to the Buyer under the term of C.I.F. to the country and place where they are to be forwarded.

 

35


(iv) In any event, the Vessel shall be taken at the Buyer’s cost and responsibility to the place elected, ready in all respects for such repairs or replacements.

(v) Any dispute under this Article shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

(vi) Any major parts or materials (including painting or coating) replaced during the Guarantee Period under Paragraph (a) of this Article shall be guaranteed for a further twelve (12) months, but not more than fifteen (15) months from delivery of the Vessel (eighteen (18) months in respect of hull exterior coating and painting).

 

(d) EXTENT OF THE BUILDER’S LIABILITY

The Builder shall be under no obligation with respect to defects of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused discovered after the expiration of the period of guarantee specified above. In no event shall the Builder be liable for any consequential loss, damages or expenses occasioned by or connected with any defect, nor for a loss of time in operating the Vessel due to repairs caused by any defect.

The Builder shall under no circumstances be liable for defects in the Vessel, or any part of equipment thereof, caused by perils of the sea or rivers, or navigation, or fire, or normal wear and tear, or accidents at sea or elsewhere or by mismanagement, accident, negligence, wilful neglect, alteration or addition on the part of the Buyer, its employees or agents on or doing work on the Vessel including Vessel’s officers, crew, and passengers. Likewise, the Builder shall not be liable for defects in the Vessel or any part of equipment thereof, that are due to repairs which were made by others than the Builder or its representative at the discretion of the Buyer, as hereinabove provided, subject to the end of the first paragraph of Article 9(a) hereof.

The liability of the Builder provided for in this Article shall be limited to defects directly caused by defective materials, construction miscalculation, faulty installation, poor workmanship, and/or negligent or other improper acts or omissions on the part of the Builder or its sub-contractors, as above provided. The Builder shall not be obliged to repair, nor be liable for damage to the Vessel or any part of the equipment thereof, which after delivery of the Vessel, is caused other than by the defects of the nature specified in Article 9 (a). The guarantees contained as hereinabove in this Article replace and exclude any other liability, guarantee, warranty and/or condition imposed or implied by law, customary, statutory or otherwise on the part of the Builder by reason of the construction and sale of the Vessel for and to the Buyer.

 

36


(e) RETRIEVAL OF REPLACED EQUIPMENT/PARTS

The Builder reserves the option to retrieve at the Builder’s cost any of the replaced equipment/parts in case the defects are remedied in accordance with the provisions in this Article.

 

(f) GUARANTEE ENGINEER

The Builder will at the request of the Buyer appoint a guarantee engineer to serve on the Vessel as its representative for a period of three (3) months from the date the Vessel is delivered. However, if the Buyer and the Builder shall deem it necessary to keep the guarantee engineer on the Vessel for a longer period, then he shall remain on board the Vessel after the said three (3) months, but not longer than twelve (12) months from the delivery of the Vessel.

The Buyer and its employees shall give such guarantee engineer full cooperation in carrying out his duties as the Representative of the Builder onboard the Vessel.

The Buyer shall accord the guarantee engineer treatment comparable to the Vessel’s chief engineer, and shall provide board and lodging at no cost to the Builder or the guarantee engineer.

While the guarantee engineer is on board the Vessel, the Buyer shall pay to the guarantee engineer the sum of US$ 6,000 per month, the expenses of his repatriation to Seoul, Korea by air upon termination of his service, the expenses of his communication with the Builder incurred in performing his duties and expenses, if any, of his medical and hospital care in the Vessel’s hospital.

The Buyer has the right to request the Builder to replace a guarantee engineer who is deemed unsuitable and unsatisfactory for the proper exercise of his task. The Builder shall investigate the situation by sending its representatives to the Vessel if necessary and if the Builder considers that such notice is justified the Builder shall effect a replacement as soon as conveniently arrangeable. In any case, it is understood that the guarantee engineer shall have to adhere to the no alcohol policy of the Vessel whilst on board.

The guarantee engineer will sign the standard indemnity letter for all people coming on board.

 

(g) CREW FAMILIARIZATION

The Builder shall arrange at their cost, if any, for the Makers/Suppliers personnel to conduct familiarization of Buyers crew with the Vessels machinery and equipment at site. During such familiarization the equipment shall be demonstrated in working condition, as far as practically possible.

 

37


(h) PROGRESS REPORTS

The Buyer is entitled to require the Builder to report on condition of progress of the construction of the vessel. The Builder shall provide upon the Buyer’s request progress report showing items completed against a timeline of stated key dates. Such report to be in the Builders standard format.

(End of Article)

 

38


10. PAYMENT

 

(a) CURRENCY

All payments under this Contract shall be made in United States Dollars.

 

(b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be due and payable by the Buyer to the Builder in instalments as follows:

 

  (i) First Instalment

The first instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer. The Refund Guarantee may be issued by means of an authenticated swift message to the Buyer’s nominated bank in which case payment shall be made within five (5) banking days of receipt of such swift message by the Buyer’s bank.

 

  (ii) Second Instalment

The second instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollar Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the steel cutting of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that steel cutting has commenced and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society, which to be effected not earlier than twelve (12) months prior to delivery of the Vessel.

 

  (iii) Third Instalment

The third instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of keel laying of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that keel laying has occurred and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

39


  (iv) Fourth Instalment

The fourth instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the launching of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that launching has taken place and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment equal to sixty percent (60%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Two Million Two Hundred Thousand only (US$22,200,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

Any and all payment due under this Contract shall not be delayed or withheld by the Buyer on account of any dispute or disagreement of whatsoever nature arising between the parties hereto.

 

(c) METHOD OF PAYMENT

 

  (i) First Instalment

Within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the first instalment to the account of the Builder (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) in favour of the Builder.

 

  (ii) Second Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the steel cutting of the Vessel has been commenced and, in any case, not earlier than twelve (12) months prior to delivery, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the second instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the steel cutting of the Vessel has been completed.

 

40


  (iii) Third Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the keel laying of the Vessel has been completed, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the third instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the keel laying of the Vessel has been completed.

 

  (iv) Fourth Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the launching of the Vessel has been completed, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the fourth instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the launching of the Vessel has been completed.

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

Upon the cost adjustment to the Contract Price in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, the Buyer shall, at least two (2) banking days prior to the anticipated delivery of the Vessel, remit by bank transfer telex or cable the fifth instalment as adjusted, if any, to the Bank with an irrevocable instruction valid for a period of ten (10) banking days that the amount so remitted shall be payable to the Builder against presentation by the Builder to the Bank a copy of PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE of the Vessel executed by the Buyer and the Builder and countersigned by a representative of the Buyer’s bank if presented together with an invoice for the amount due under this instalment.

If the Builder fails to present a copy of the signed PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE (and duly countersigned by a representative of the Buyer’s bank if presented) to the Bank within the said period of ten (10) banking days or unless the validity of the instruction is further extended by the Buyer based on a mutual understanding reached with the Builder within the said ten (10) days validity period, the Bank shall remit the said amount of the fifth instalment to the Buyer’s bank account immediately upon expiry of the said initial ten (10) days validity period of the instruction.

In the event of the fifth instalment having been so returned by the Bank to the Buyer, the Buyer shall remit the fifth instalment again to the Bank as laid down in this Paragraph upon receipt of a further notice from the Builder for readiness of the Vessel for delivery.

 

(d) EXPENSES

All expenses and normal bank charges for remitting payment shall be for account of the Buyer.

 

41


(e) DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

At least fourteen (14) working days prior to the date on which any payment shall fall due hereunder, with the exception of the initial payment, the Builder shall notify the Buyer by e-mail or telefax of the date such payment shall become due.

The Buyer shall immediately acknowledge receipt of such notification by e-mail or telefax to the Builder, and make payment as set forth in this Article. If the Builder fails to receive the Buyer’s said acknowledgement within five (5) days after sending the aforementioned notification, the Builder shall promptly e-mail or telefax to the Buyer a second notification of similar import.

The Buyer shall immediately acknowledge by e-mail or telefax receipt of the foregoing second notification regardless of whether or not the first notification was acknowledged as aforesaid.

 

(f) DEFINITION OF BANKING DAYS

Wherever the term “banking days” is used in this Contract, it is understood and agreed that the term excludes bank holidays in the United States of America, Greece and Korea.

 

(g) PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

The payments made by the Buyer to the Builder prior to delivery of the Vessel shall constitute advances to the Builder. If the Vessel is rejected by the Buyer or this Contract is cancelled by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Contract including on the Builder’s default or otherwise, or except in the case of cancellation of this Contract by the Builder under the provisions of Article 11 hereof, if this Contract is terminated, cancelled by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the Builder shall forthwith refund to the Buyer, in United States Dollars, the full amount of total sums paid by the Buyer to the Builder in advance of delivery, together with interest thereon as herein provided unless the BUILDER proceeds to the arbitration under the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

The transfer and other bank charges of such refund shall be for the Builder’s account. The interest rate of the refund, as above provided, shall be six percent (6%) per annum from the day following the date of receipt by the Builder of the pre-delivery instalment(s) to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund, provided, however, that if the said cancellation by the BUYER is made under the provisions of paragraph (c) of Article 8 or paragraph (b) (ii of Article 17 hereof, then in such event the BUILDER shall not be required to pay any interest.

 

42


(h) RETURN OF THE BUYER’S SUPPLIES

If pursuant to the provisions of this Contract the Builder is required to refund to the Buyer the instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder, the Builder shall, at the sole discretion of the Buyer, either (i) return to the Buyer all of the Buyer’s supplies not incorporated into the Vessel and pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the cost of those supplies incorporated into the Vessel, or (ii) pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the actual cost of all supplies provided to the Builder and paid for by the Buyer irrespectively of whether or not the same have been incorporated into the Vessel.

 

(i) DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS

The refund provided in the foregoing Paragraphs (g) and (h) by the Builder to the Buyer shall forthwith discharge all the obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto to the other, except for the claims by the Builder against the Buyer, if any under this Contract. Any and all refunds or payments due to the Buyer under this Contract shall be effected by telegraphic transfer to the account specified by the Buyer.

 

(j) REFUND GUARANTEE

The Builder shall, as a condition precedent to the payment of the first instalment, deliver to the Buyer an assignable and irrevocable Letter of Guarantee, in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit “A”, issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank for the refund of the instalments before delivery to the Buyer under or pursuant to Paragraph (f) above plus interest as aforesaid. All expenses in issuing and maintaining such Letter of Guarantee shall be borne by the Builder.

 

(k) PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

As security for instalments due and payable in accordance with Paragraph (b) above and as a Performance Guarantee, the Buyer shall, within ten (10) days after effectiveness of this Contract , execute, deliver and furnish, at its own cost and expense, an assignable and irrevocable Letter of Guarantee issued by Ardmore Shipping Limited as security for the payment of each instalment by the Buyer described in Paragraph (b) above and the due and full performance of all the obligations of the Buyer under this Contract, which shall be substantially in form annexed hereto as Exhibit “B”.

(End of Article)

 

43


11. DEFAULT BY THE BUYER AND THE BUILDER

(a) DEFINITION OF BUYER’S DEFAULT

The Buyer shall be deemed to be in default under this Contract in the following cases:

(i) If any of the instalments when due and payable before delivery of the Vessel is not paid by the Buyer to the Builder as provided in Article 10 hereof; or

(ii) If the fifth instalment as adjusted when due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel is not paid by the Buyer upon delivery of the Vessel as provided in Article 10 hereof; or

(iii) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel when the Vessel is validly and legally tendered for delivery by the Builder under the provisions of Article 7 hereof; or

(iv) If the Buyer fails to furnish the Builder with the Performance Guarantee in Article 10(k) within ten (10) days after the effectiveness of the Contract.

In the event that the Buyer is in default of any of its obligations under this Contract, the Builder is entitled to and shall have the following rights, powers and remedies as the Builder may have elsewhere in this Contract and/or at law, at equity or otherwise.

(b) EFFECT OF BUYER’S DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

If the Buyer shall be in default of its obligations as provided in Paragraph (a) above under this Contract and shall fail to remedy such breach within fifteen (15) days of receiving written notice thereof from the Builder (unless the Buyer disputes that there is such a breach and has referred the matter to arbitration) then:

(i) The Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended automatically for the actual period of such default and the Builder shall not be obliged to pay any liquidated damages for the delay in delivery of the Vessel caused thereby.

(ii) The Buyer shall pay to the Builder interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum in respect of the instalment payment so in default for the whole period of default commencing with the first day of default and lasting to the date of actual receipt by the Builder of the full amount of such instalment.

 

44


(iii) If the Buyer is in default in payment of any of the instalment(s) due and payable prior to or simultaneously with the delivery of the Vessel, the Builder shall, in writing or by e-mail or telefax, notify the Buyer to that effect, and the Buyer shall upon receipt of such notification, forthwith acknowledge in writing or by e-mail or telefax to the Builder that such notification has been received.

If the said default of the Buyer continues for a period of ten (10) working days after the Builder’s notification to the Buyer of such default, the Builder may, at its option, cancel this Contract by serving upon the Buyer a letter, an e-mail or a telefax notice of cancellation.

(iv) In the event of such cancellation by the Builder of this Contract due to the Buyer’s default in payment of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth instalment, the Builder shall be entitled to retain and apply the instalments already paid by the Buyer to the recovery of the Builder’s expenses due to the Buyer’s default and the cancellation of this Contract and at the same time the Builder shall have the full right and power either to complete or not to complete the Vessel which is the sole property of the Builder as it deems fit, and to sell the Vessel by private sale either in a complete or in an incomplete state, provided always that the Builder shall (i) act in a prudent and reasonable manner to mitigate the extent of any damages caused by the Buyer’s default and (ii) provide the Buyer with a seven (7)-working day advance notice in writing that such sale is planned.

The sale of the Vessel as above provided shall be made by the Builder upon such terms and conditions as the Builder may deem fit provided that (i) the Builder shall use all reasonable endeavours to secure the best price obtainable, (ii) the sale is on an arms-length basis and not to a connected or affiliated company shall be without prejudice to any right of the Builder to recover proved damages from the Buyer consequent upon such default of the Buyer.

The proceeds received by the Builder from the sale shall be applied in addition to the retained instalment(s) by the Builder as mentioned hereinabove as follows:

FIRST, in payment of all reasonable costs and expenses of the sale of the Vessel, including interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective date of payment of such costs and expenses aforesaid to the date of sale on account of the Buyer’s default.

SECOND, if the Vessel has been completed, in or towards satisfaction of the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, to which shall be added the cost of all additional work and extras agreed in writing by the Buyer including interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective due date of the instalment in default to the date of sale, or if the Vessel has not been completed, in or towards satisfaction of the unpaid amount of the cost incurred by the Builder prior to the date of sale on account of construction of the Vessel, including work, labour, materials and reasonably estimated profit, which the Builder would have been entitled to receive if the Vessel had been completed and delivered plus interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective due date of the instalment in default to the date of sale.

 

45


THIRD, the balance of the proceeds, if any, shall belong to the Buyer, and shall forthwith be paid over to the Buyer by the Builder without interest, provided, however, that the amount of such payment to the Buyer shall in no event exceed the total amount of Instalments already paid by the Buyer and the cost of the Buyer’s Supplies, if any.

In the event of the proceeds from the sale together with instalment(s) retained by the Builder being insufficient to pay the Builder, the Buyer shall be liable for the deficiency and shall pay the same to the Builder upon its demand.

 

(c) DEFINITION OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

The Builder shall be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Contract if:-

 

  (i) the Builder shall commit a major breach of any term of this Contract which significantly affects performance of the Builder’s obligations under this Contract and shall fail to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof from the Buyer and in any event before delivery of the Vessel (unless the Builder disputes that there is such a breach and has referred the matter to arbitration); and/or

 

  (ii) if the Builder shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, shall be adjudicated, insolvent, shall apply to the courts for protection from its creditors, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or take advantage of any insolvency law, or any action shall be taken by the Builder having an effect similar to any of the foregoing or the equivalent thereof in any jurisdiction; and/or

 

  (iii) the occurrence of any of the events set out in sub-paragraph (ii) above with respect to the Refund Guarantor, and the failure by the Builder within ninety (90) days thereof to replace the Refund Guarantee with that of an alternative guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

(d) EFFECT OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

If any such default as referred to in Paragraph (c) above occurs then the Buyer may cancel this Contract by promptly notifying the Builder in writing after the period to remedy it has expired (if any). Such cancellation is to be effective as of the date when such notice of cancellation is received by the Builder (such notice shall be deemed received by the Builder within 24 hours from the moment it was sent by fax or e-mail by the Buyer) and the provisions of Article 10(g) shall apply in respect of such cancellation. In the event that the Buyer elects not to cancel this Contract it shall be entitled to pursue such claims and remedies as it may elect subject to the applicable law.

(End of Article)

 

46


12. BUYER’S SUPPLIES

 

(a) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

The Buyer shall, at its own risk and expenses, supply/arrange all of the Buyer’s supplies, as specified in the Specifications, to the Builder at the Shipyard in proper condition ready for installation and in accordance with the time schedule to be furnished by the Builder to meet the building schedule of the Vessel, Such schedule to be advised by the Builder within six (6) months after this Contract becomes effective according to Article 20.

In order to facilitate the installation of the Buyer’s supplies by the Builder, the Buyer shall furnish the Builder with the relevant plans, instructions books, test reports and all test certificates required by the Builder and shall use its reasonable endeavours to cause the representatives of the makers of these articles, if necessary, to give the Builder any advice, instruction or assistance which the Builder may reasonably require in the installation or adjustment thereof at the Shipyard, all without cost or expense to the Builder.

The Buyer shall be liable for any expense incurred by the Builder for repair of the Buyer’s supplied items, if any, due to defective design or materials, poor workmanship or performance or due to damage in transit.

Should the Buyer fail to deliver to the Builder such items within the time schedule referred to in this Article, the Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended to the extent that such delay in delivery shall affect the delivery of the Vessel. In such event, to the extent that such failure was in the control of the Buyer and occurred as a result of the negligence of the Buyer, the Buyer shall pay to the Builder all reasonable documented losses sustained by the Builder due to such delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies and such payment shall be made upon delivery of the Vessel, provided, however, that the Builder shall promptly have given the Buyer written notice of any delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies as soon as the delay occurs which might give rise to a claim by the Builder under the Paragraph.

Furthermore, if the delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies should exceed ten (10) working days from the date specified by the Builder, the Builder shall be entitled to proceed with construction of the Vessel without installation of such items (regardless of their nature or importance to the Buyer or Vessel) in or on the Vessel without prejudice to the Builder’s right hereinabove provided, and the Buyer shall accept the Vessel so completed otherwise in accordance with this Contract.

 

47


(b) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

The Builder shall be responsible for storing in suitable safe storage which has appropriate proof against weather, dust and theft, safekeeping and handling the Buyer’s supplies which the Builder is required to install on board the Vessel under the Specification after delivery of such supplies to the Shipyard, and shall install such supplies on board the Vessel at the Builder’s expense.

However, the Builder shall not be responsible for the quality, performance or efficiency of any equipment included in the Buyer’s supplies and is under no obligation with respect to the guarantee of such equipment against any defects caused by poor quality, performance or efficiency of the Buyer’s supplies provided that the Builder or its subcontractor install the equipment properly.

If any Buyer’s supplies are lost or damaged while in the custody of the Builder, the Builder shall, if the loss or damage is due to default or negligence or omission on its part, be responsible for such loss or damage.

Upon delivery of the Buyer’s supplies at the Shipyard, the Builder and the Buyer shall carry out a joint unpacking of the Buyer’s supplies so that the condition at the time of delivery can be confirmed.

(End of Article)

 

48


13. ARBITRATION

 

(a) DECISION BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

If any dispute or any difference shall arise between the parties hereto with regard to this Contract or the Specifications, the parties may by mutual written agreement refer the dispute to the Classification Society or to such other expert as may be mutually agreed between the parties hereto and whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

(b) PROCEEDINGS OF ARBITRATION

In the event that the parties hereto shall fail to agree to settle a dispute according to Paragraph (a) hereof, such dispute shall be referred to arbitration by a sole arbitrator and London shall be the place of arbitration unless mutually agreed otherwise by the parties. The arbitration proceeding, including the enforcement of award shall be conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement within fourteen (14) days of first notification of either party to the other of intention to arbitrate such dispute or difference. If the parties cannot agree upon a sole arbitrator within fourteen (14) days as above, each party shall within fourteen (14) days appoint an arbitrator and the arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third arbitrator within fourteen (14) days. If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within fourteen (14) days after their appointment, either of said two (2) arbitrators may apply for the appointment of the third arbitrator in accordance with the Acts, and the three (3) arbitrators shall constitute the board of arbitration (hereinafter called the “Arbitration Board”) for the settlement of the question or questions.

If a party fails to appoint an arbitrator as aforementioned within fourteen (14) days following failure to agree on a sole arbitrator, the party failing to appoint an arbitrator shall be deemed to have accepted and appointed, as its own arbitrator, the arbitrator appointed by the party demanding arbitration and the arbitration shall proceed before this sole arbitrator who alone in such event shall constitute the Arbitration Board.

The award of the Arbitration Board made hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto and judgment thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction for enforcement thereof.

 

49


In the event of any dispute or difference arising or occurring prior to delivery to, or acceptance by, the Buyer of the Vessel being referred to arbitration, the parties hereby acknowledge that time is of essence in obtaining an award from the arbitrator on such dispute or difference and the parties hereby agree that the arbitration shall be conducted according to the following timetable:

 

  (a) The claimant in the arbitration to serve points of claim within fourteen (14) days of the appointment of the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

 

  (b) The respondent in the arbitration to serve points of defence and counterclaim, if any, within fourteen (14) days thereafter.

 

  (c) The claimant to serve points of reply and defence to counterclaim, if any, within seven (7) days thereafter and the hearing of the arbitration to commence within twelve (12) weeks of the appointment of the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

If the above timetable is practically impossible to apply either party may request an extension of the time limit from the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

 

(c) EXPENSES OF ARBITRATION

The Arbitration Board shall determine in its award which party shall bear the expenses of the arbitration, or the proportion of such expenses which each party shall bear.

 

(d) ALTERATION OF DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

In the event of the arbitration of any dispute or disputes arising or occurring prior to delivery to or acceptance by the Buyer of the Vessel, the award by the Arbitration Board of the said dispute or disputes shall include a finding as to whether or not the contractual Delivery Date of the Vessel should as a result of such dispute be in any way altered.

 

(e) ENTRY IN COURT

Judgment on an award by the Arbitration Board may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement thereof.

(End of Article)

 

50


14. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS

 

(a) ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUYER

The Buyer may not assign the benefit of this Contract except to any bank which finances the Buyer’s purchase of the Vessel. Where the Buyer wishes to assign the benefit of this Contract to any other party, it shall obtain prior written consent of the Builder (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). In any event, the Buyer shall not assign the benefit of this Contract in part.

In the event of any assignment pursuant to the terms of this Contract, the Assignee, its successors and assigns shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereinunder. However, in the case of assignment, the Buyer shall remain responsible for performance by the assignee, its successor and assigns of all the Buyer’s obligations, liabilities and responsibilities under this Contract. It is understood that any expenses or charges incurred by the transfer of this Contract shall be for the account of the Buyer.

 

(b) ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUILDER

The Builder shall have the right to assign this Contract at any time after the effective date hereof, provided that prior written agreement is obtained from the Buyer.

(End of Article)

 

51


15. TAXES, DUTIES AND REGISTRATION

 

(a) Taxes and Duties Incurred in Korea :

The Builder shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees and bank charges and expenses incurred in Korea in connection with execution and/or performance of this Contract as the Builder, except for any taxes and duties imposed in Korea upon the Buyer’s Supplies.

 

(b) Taxes and Duties Incurred outside Korea :

The Buyer shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees and bank charges and expenses incurred outside Korea, except at the Builder’s Bank, in connection with execution and/or performance of this Contract as the BUYER but shall include any taxes and duties imposed upon the Buyer’s Supplies in Korea.

 

(c) DUTIES :

The Builder shall hold the Buyer harmless from any payment of a duty imposed in Korea upon materials or supplies which, under the terms of this Contract, or amendments thereto, may be supplied by the Buyer from abroad for construction. The Builder shall likewise hold the Buyer harmless from any payment of duty imposed in Korea in connection with materials or supplies for operation of the Vessel, including running stores, provisions and supplies necessary to stock the Vessel for its operation.

 

(d) REGISTRATION :

The Buyer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the registration of the Vessel under the flag of operation.

(End of Article)

 

52


16. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

Machinery and equipment of the Vessel, whether made or furnished by the Builder under this Contract, may bear the patent numbers, trademarks, or trade names of the manufacturers. The Builder shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the Buyer from all liabilities or claims for or on account of the use of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or design rights of any nature or kind or for the infringement thereof including any unpatented invention made or used in the performance of this Contract and also for any costs and expenses of litigation, if any, in connection therewith. No such liability or responsibility shall be with the Builder with regard to components and/or equipment and/or design supplied by the Buyer. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring any patent or trademark rights or copyright in equipment covered by this Contract, and all such rights are hereby expressly reserved to the true and lawful owners thereof.

The Builder shall compensate the Buyer for the cost of providing security to obtain the release of the Vessel from arrest pursuant to a claim for intellectual property infringement in the design or construction of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

53


17. INSURANCE

 

(a) EXTENT OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

From the time of launching of the Vessel until the same is completed, delivered to and accepted by the Buyer, the Builder shall, at its own cost and expense, insure the Vessel and all machinery and equipment, appurtenances and outfits, including the Buyer’s supplies, built into or installed in or upon the Vessel, against all risks under the “Institute Clauses for Builder’s Risks” with first class insurance company or underwriters in Korea.

The amount of such insurance coverage shall not be less than the aggregated amount of all instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder plus the value of the Buyer’s supplies in the custody of the Shipyard. The Builder will supply the Buyer with copies of the insurance documents and all renewals thereof.

 

(b) APPLICATION OF THE RECOVERED AMOUNTS

In the event that the Vessel shall be damaged from any insured cause at any time before delivery of the Vessel, and in the further event that such damage shall not constitute an actual or constructive total loss of the Vessel, the amount received in respect of the insurance shall be applied by the Builder in repair of such damage, satisfactory to the Classification requirements, and the Buyer shall accept the Vessel under this Contract and the Specifications, however, subject to the extension of delivery time under Article 8 hereof (except in case of negligence of the Builder). Should the Vessel from any cause become an actual or constructive total loss, the Builder shall either:

(i) proceed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, in which case the amount received in respect of the insurance shall be applied to the construction and repair of damage of the Vessel, provided the parties hereto shall have first agreed thereto in writing and to such reasonable extension of delivery time and adjustment of the terms of this Contract including the Contract Price as may be necessary for the completion of such construction and repair; or

(ii) refund promptly to the Buyer the full amount of all sums paid by the Buyer to the Builder as instalments in advance of delivery of the Vessel and deliver to the Buyer all Buyer’s supplies (or the insurance proceeds paid in respect thereto), in which case this Contract shall be deemed to be automatically terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of the parties to the other shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

54


Within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of any damage to the Vessel constituting an actual or constructive total loss, the Buyer shall notify the Builder in writing or by telefax of its acceptance or non-acceptance of sub-paragraph (i). In the event the Buyer fails to so notify the Builder, then in the absence of such notice, this shall be construed as a non-acceptance of sub-paragraph (i) and sub-paragraph (ii) shall be deemed to apply and the Buyer shall receive the refundment as contemplated in sub-paragraph (ii) hereof.

 

(c) TERMINATION OF BUILDER’S OBLIGATION TO INSURE

The Builder shall be under no obligation to insure the Vessel hereunder after physical delivery to and acceptance by the Buyer of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

55


18. INTERPRETATION

This Contract has been prepared in English and shall be executed in duplicate and in such number of additional copies as may be required by either party respectively. The parties hereto agree that the validity and interpretation of this Contract and of each Article and part thereof shall be governed by the laws of England.

Any supplement, memorandum of understanding or amendment, whatsoever form it may be, relating to this Contract, to be made and signed among parties hereof after signing this Contract, shall be the integral part of this Contract and shall be predominant over the respective corresponding Article and/or Paragraph of this Contract.

(End of Article)

 

56


19. NOTICE

Any and all notices, requests, demands, instructions, advices and communications in connection with this Contract shall be written in English, sent by registered mail, e-mail or telefax shall be deemed to be given when first received whether by registered mail, e-mail or telefax. They shall be addressed as follows unless and until otherwise advised:

To the Builder: SPP SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD

#1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon,

Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea

Phone                 : 82 55 851 0640

Telefax               : 82 55 851 0396

E-mail                 : cs@spp.co.kr

CC:     Sales & Marketing Dept.

19 th F Landmark Tower 837-36, Yeoksam-dong,

Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea

Phone:   82 2 2112 8314

Telefax: 82 2 2112 8302

E-mail :  nb@spp.co.kr

To the Buyer :      c/o Ardmore Shipping Limited

City Gate Building, 1000

Mahon, Cork, Ireland

Phone                 : +353 21 240 9148

Telefax               : +353 21 240 9009

E-mail                 : mcameron@ardmoreshipping.com

The said notice shall become effective upon receipt of the letter, e-mail or telefax communication by the receipt thereof. Where a notice by e-mail or telefax is concerned which is required to be confirmed by letter, then, unless this Contract or the relevant Clause of this Contract otherwise requires, the notice shall become effective upon receipt of the e-mail or telefax.

(End of Article)

 

57


20. EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS CONTRACT

This Contract and its annexes shall become effective as from the date of execution and signing hereof by the Buyer and the Builder.

The Builder hereby warrants that no government approvals, licenses or the like need to be obtained for the construction of the Vessel and its sale and delivery to the Buyer.

(End of Article)

 

58


21. EXCLUSIVENESS

This Contract and its annexes shall constitute the only and entire agreement between the parties hereto, and unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Contract, all other agreement, oral or written, made and entered into between the parties prior to the execution of this Contract shall be null and void.

IN WITNESS whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be duly executed on the date and year first above written.

 

BUYER     BUILDER
For and on behalf of     For and on behalf of
Forth Shipco LLC     SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
By   /s/ A. M. Cameron     By   /s/ Sang June, Park
Name: A. M. Cameron     Name: Sang June, Park
Title :  Authorised Officer     Title :  Managing Director
WITNESS:    
For and on behalf of     For and on behalf of
By   /s/ Paul Tivnan     By   /s/ Young Chul, Yi
Name: Paul Tivnan     Name: Young Chul, Yi
Title :  General Manager     Title :  General Manager

 

59


ADDENDUM No. 1

for Hull No. S-5118

Date: August 26 th , 2011

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 is made between:

 

(1) Forth Shipco LLC whose principal office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Island (hereinafter called the “ Buyer ”) and

 

(2) SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. whose principal office at #1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (hereinafter called the “ Builder ”)

WHEREAS :

 

  1.

A shipbuilding contract (hereinafter called the “ Contract ”) was made between the Buyer and the Builder on the 18 th day of May, 2011 for Hull No. S-5118;

 

  2. Woori Bank (hereinafter called the “Refund Guarantor”) has issued the Refund Guarantee No. 1372600018038179 on 23 June 2011 (hereinafter called the “Refund Guarantee”) in respect of all pre-delivery instalments payable by the Buyer to the Builder under the Contract.

 

  3.

The Builder received the 1 st instalment ($3,700,000.-) from the Buyer on July 8 th , 2011 in accordance with the Contract;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED;

 

AA. The Article 1 (c) (i) and (iii) of the Contract shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

 

  1. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS .

 

  (c) PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

(i) The main propelling unit will consist of MAN B&W Licensee 6S50ME-C8.2(Tier II) type marine diesel engine equipped with exhaust gas turbo charger having a maximum continuous rating of 9,480 kW (metric unit) at 127 R.P.M. Speed at normal continuous output of 8,058 kW with fifteen percent (15%) sea margin on the design loaded draft (moulded) of 11.00M with clean bottom and calm sea (no wind, no wave and no current) shall be not less than 15.0 knots.

(iii) The fuel consumption for the main engine of the Vessel shall not exceed 168.6 gram per kW hour, with tolerance of +5% based on using Diesel oil of low calorific value of 10,200 Kcal per kg at MCR of main engine under the ISO ambient condition, at shop test.

 

1


BB.

The 1 st paragraph of Article 2 shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

2. CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel delivered to the Buyer at the Shipyard shall be United States Dollars Thirty Seven Million Six Hundred Thousand only (US$ 37,600,000) (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract Price”) plus any increases or less any decreases due to adjustment or modifications, if any, as set forth in this Contract. The Contract Price shall include payment for services for the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the Vessel rendered by the Classification Society and shall not include the cost of items to be supplied by the Buyer as stipulated in the Specifications.

 

CC. Article 7 (a) shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

7. DELIVERY

 

  (a) TIME AND PLACE

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Builder to the Buyer at the Shipyard on or before October 31 st , 2013 (hereinafter called “the Delivery Date”) after completion of satisfactory trials and acceptance by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of Article 6(e), except that, in the event of delays in delivery by the Builder due to causes which under the terms of this Contract permit extensions of the time for delivery, the aforementioned Delivery Date shall be extended accordingly. The Builder shall provide the Buyer in writing by e-mail or telefax thirty (30) days approximate notice of readiness and fourteen (14), seven (7) and three (3) days definite notice of readiness for delivery of the vessel.

 

DD. Article 10 (b) shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

10. PAYMENT

 

  (b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be due and payable by the Buyer to the Builder in instalments as follows:

(i) First Instalment

The first instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred

 

2


Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer. The Refund Guarantee may be issued by means of an authenticated swift message to the Buyer’s nominated bank in which case payment shall be made within five (5) banking days of receipt of such swift message by the Buyer’s bank.

(ii) Second Instalment

The second instalment amounting to United States Dollar Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the steel cutting of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that steel cutting has commenced and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society, which to be effected not earlier than eleven (11) months prior to delivery of the Vessel.

(iii) Third Instalment

The third instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of keel laying of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that keel laying has occurred and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

(iv) Fourth Instalment

The fourth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the launching of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that launching has taken place and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

(v) Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Two Million Eight Hundred Thousand only (US$22,800,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

Any and all payment due under this Contract shall not be delayed or withheld by the Buyer on account of any dispute or disagreement of whatsoever nature arising between the parties hereto.

 

3


EE.

The new Contract Price in the above clause BB, i.e. $37,600,000.—includes $600,000.—for upgrading main engine to 6S50ME-C8.2(Tier II) as stipulated in the clause AA. However, the Buyer has an option to further upgrade the main engine to 6S50ME-B9.2(Tier II) with hull form of 52K PC design at $800,000.—declarable by October 31 st and therefore, the Contract Price shall be $37,800,000.-. In that regard, the difference(i.e. $200,000.-) caused by the Buyer’s selection on 6S50ME-B9.2(Tier II) shall be paid by the Buyer upon delivery together with the Fifth Instalment. So, the Fifth Instalment becomes $23,000,000.—and the Article 10 (b) (v) of the Contract shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

10. PAYMENT

(b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

(v)  Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Three Million only (US$23,000,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

All other terms and conditions of the Contract which are not stipulated in this ADDENDUM NO. 1 shall remain unaltered and effective.

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 shall be governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties hereto have caused this ADDENDUM NO. 1 to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

For and on behalf of the BUYER     For and on behalf of the BUILDER

/s/ A. M. Cameron

   

/s/ Sang June, Park

By: A. M. Cameron     By: Sang June, Park
Title: Authorised Signatory     Title : Managing Director
Forth Shipco LLC     SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 

4

Exhibit 10.2

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

FOR

THE CONSTRUCTION OF

ONE (1) 50,000 DWT PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER

HULL NO. S-5119

BETWEEN

Viking Shipco LLC

(AS BUYER)

AND

SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

(AS BUILDER)


— INDEX—

 

           PAGE  
SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT      5   
1. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS      6   
        (A)  

DESCRIPTION

     6   
        (B)  

CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

     6   
        (C)  

PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

     7   
        (D)  

NATIONALITY OF THE VESSEL

     8   
2. CONTRACT PRICE      9   
3. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE      10   
        (A)  

DELAYED DELIVERY

     10   
        (B)  

INSUFFICIENT SPEED

     11   
        (C)  

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

     12   
        (D)  

DEADWEIGHT BELOW CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

     12   
        (E)  

EFFECT OF CANCELLATION

     13   
4. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL      14   
        (A)  

APPOINTMENT OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

     14   
        (B)  

AUTHORITY OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

     14   
        (C)  

APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

     16   
        (D)  

SALARIES AND EXPENSES

     16   
        (E)  

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

     17   
        (F)  

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

     18   
5. MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS      20   
        (A)  

HOW EFFECTED

     20   
        (B)  

SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS

     21   
        (C)  

CHANGES IN CLASS AND RULES

     21   
6. TRIALS AND SEA TRIALS      23   
        (A)  

GENERAL

     23   
        (B)  

NOTICE

     23   
        (C)  

HOW CONDUCTED

     24   
        (D)  

CONSUMABLE STORE

     24   
        (E)  

ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

     24   
        (F)  

EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

     26   
        (G)  

DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS CONSUMABLE STORES

     26   

 

2


7. DELIVERY      27   
        (A)  

TIME AND PLACE

     27   
        (B)  

WHEN AND HOW EFFECTED

     27   
        (C)  

DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE BUYER

     27   
        (D)  

TENDER OF VESSEL

     29   
        (E)  

TITLE AND RISK

     29   
        (F)  

REMOVAL OF THE VESSEL

     30   
8. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME (FORCE MAJEURE)      31   
        (A)  

CAUSE OF DELAY

     31   
        (B)  

NOTICE OF DELAYS

     31   
        (C)  

RIGHT TO CANCEL FOR EXCESSIVE DELAY

     32   
        (D)  

DELAY OF BUYER’S SUPPLIED ARTICLES

     33   
        (E)  

DEFINITION OF PERMISSIBLE DELAYS

     33   
9. WARRANTY OF QUALITY      34   
        (A)  

GUARANTEE OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

     34   
        (C)  

REMEDY OF DEFECTS

     35   
        (D)  

EXTENT OF THE BUILDER’S LIABILITY

     36   
        (E)  

RETRIEVAL OF REPLACED EQUIPMENT/PARTS

     37   
        (F)  

GUARANTEE ENGINEER

     37   
10. PAYMENT      39   
        (A)  

CURRENCY

     39   
        (B)  

TERMS OF PAYMENT

     39   
        (C)  

METHOD OF PAYMENT

     40   
        (D)  

EXPENSES

     41   
        (E)  

DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

     42   
        (F)  

DEFINITION OF BANKING DAYS

     42   
        (G)  

PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

     42   
        (H)  

RETURN OF THE BUYER’S SUPPLIES

     43   
        (I)  

DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS

     43   
        (J)  

REFUND GUARANTEE

     43   
        (K)  

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

     43   
11. DEFAULT BY THE BUYER AND THE BUILDER      44   
        (A)  

DEFINITION OF BUYER’S DEFAULT

     44   

 

3


        (B)  

EFFECT OF BUYER’S DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

     44   
        (C)  

DEFINITION OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

     46   
        (D)  

EFFECT OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

     46   
12. BUYER’S SUPPLIES      47   
        (A)  

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

     47   
        (B)  

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

     48   
13. ARBITRATION      49   
        (A)  

DECISION BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

     49   
        (B)  

PROCEEDINGS OF ARBITRATION

     49   
        (C)  

EXPENSES OF ARBITRATION

     50   
        (D)  

ALTERATION OF DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

     50   
        (E)  

ENTRY IN COURT

     50   
14. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS      51   
        (A)  

ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUYER

     51   
        (B)  

ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUILDER

     51   
15. TAXES, DUTIES AND REGISTRATION      52   
        (A)  

T AXES AND D UTIES I NCURRED IN K OREA :

     52   
        (B)  

T AXES AND D UTIES I NCURRED OUTSIDE K OREA :

     52   
        (C)  

DUTIES:

     52   
        (D)  

REGISTRATION:

     52   
16. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS      53   
17. INSURANCE      54   
        (A)  

EXTENT OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

     54   
        (B)  

APPLICATION OF THE RECOVERED AMOUNTS

     54   
        (C)  

TERMINATION OF BUILDER’S OBLIGATION TO INSURE

     55   
18. INTERPRETATION      56   
19. NOTICE      57   
20. EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS CONTRACT      58   
21. EXCLUSIVENESS      59   
EXHIBIT “A”   
EXHIBIT “B”   

 

4


SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

THIS CONTRACT, made on this 18 th day of May by and between Viking Shipco LLC, a corporation incorporated and registered under the laws of Marshall Islands, with its principal office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Island (hereinafter called the “Buyer”), the party of the first part, and SPP SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD., a corporation organized and registered under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal office at #1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (hereinafter called the “Builder”), the party of the second part.

WITNESSETH

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Builder agrees to design, build, launch, equip and complete one (1) 50,000 DWT Product Oil/Chemical Tanker as described in Article 1 hereof (hereinafter called the “Vessel”) at the Builder’s Shipyard in Korea (hereinafter called “the Shipyard”) and to deliver and sell the Vessel to the Buyer, and the Buyer agrees to accept delivery of and purchase from the Builder the Vessel according to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth :

 

5


1. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

 

(a) DESCRIPTION

One (1) about 50,000DWT PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER, which shall be designated as the Builder’s Hull No. S-5119 and shall be designed, constructed, equipped, launched and completed in accordance with the General Arrangement Plans (DWG No. 50CTGA01-10061), Specifications (Spec. No. 50CTFS02-10061) and Makers List (Ref No. 50CTML01-10061) (hereinafter called respectively the “Plans” and “Specifications”) signed simultaneously herewith, which shall constitute an integral part of this Contract although not attached hereto. The Plans and Specifications are intended to explain each other and anything shown on the Plans and not stipulated in the Specifications or anything stipulated in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans shall be deemed and considered as if included in both. Should there be any inconsistencies or contradictions between the Plans and Specifications, the Specifications shall prevail. Should there be any inconsistencies or contradictions between this Contract and the Specifications, this Contract shall prevail.

 

(b) CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

( i) The Vessel including its machinery, equipment and outfittings shall be built in compliance with the current rules and regulations of American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) (hereinafter called the “Classification Society”), to be classed and registered as +A1 (E) “Oil / Chemical Carrier Ship type 3”, +AMS, +ACCU, +BWE, CSR, AB-CM, RES, VEC-L, CRC, ESP, UWILD, TCM, CPP and Marshall Islands Flag and in accordance with the standards provided in the Specifications. Vessel to be equipped in accordance with regulations of ABS and also to comply with the rules, regulations and requirements of other regulatory bodies (including the aforementioned Flag) as described in the Specifications. All materials, machinery, equipment and accessories to be supplied for the construction of the Vessel shall be new, and of qualified manufacture. The Vessel shall be constructed in sound, prudent and workmanlike manner and according to the Builder’s building practices, quality control.

(ii) References to rules, regulations and requirements in Paragraph (i) are to rules, regulations and requirements which are in force as at the date hereof and which are published and ratified as of the date of signing this Contract and to be effective on or before the delivery of the Vessel.

(iii) The Builder shall arrange with the Classification Society for the assignment by the Classification Society of a Representative or Representatives (hereinafter referred to as the “Classification Surveyor”) to the Vessel during construction. All fees and charges incidental to classification of the Vessel in compliance with the above specified rules, regulations and requirements of this Contract shall be for the account of the Builder unless stipulated otherwise in the Specifications. All major plans, materials and workmanship used in the construction of the Vessel shall be subject to inspection and test by the Classification Society in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Classification Society.

 

6


(iv) The decision of the Classification Society as to whether the Vessel complies with the regulations of the Classification Society shall be final and binding upon the Builder and the Buyer. The facilities, labour and materials necessary for the safe and convenient conduct of any inspection by the Classification Society shall be furnished by the Builder without charge.

 

(c) PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

The basic dimensions of the vessel shall be :

 

Length overall    Abt. 183.00 M
Length between Perpendiculars    Abt. 174.00 M
Breadth moulded    Abt. 32.20 M
Depth to Upper Deck (moulded)    Abt. 19.10 M
Deadweight on moulded designed draft of 11.00 meters    Abt. 39,400 MT
Deadweight on moulded scantling draft of 13.06 meters    Abt. 50,000 MT

Cubic capacity of cargo hold

(100 % full incl. Slop & Residue Tank)

   Abt. 54,600 cubic meters

The above dimensions may be slightly modified by the Builder at Builder’s own cost after informing the Buyer. The Builder also reserves the right to make changes to the Specifications and Plans if found necessary to suit the local conditions and facilities of the Shipyard, the availability of materials and equipment, the introduction of improved production methods or otherwise, subject to the prior written approval of the Buyer which the Buyer shall not withhold unreasonably.

(i) The main propelling unit will consist of MAN B&W Licensee 6S50MC-C8 (Tier II) type marine diesel engine equipped with exhaust gas turbo charger having a maximum continuous rating of 9,480 kW (metric unit) at 127 R.P.M. Speed at normal continuous output of 8,058 kW with fifteen percent (15%) sea margin on the design loaded draft (moulded) of 11.00M with clean bottom and calm sea (no wind, no wave and no current) shall be not less than 15.0 knots.

 

7


(ii) The Vessel shall have a deadweight of not less than 50,000 Metric Tons on moulded scantling draft of 13.06 meters as calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Specifications. The actual deadweight of the Vessel expressed in tonnes of 1,000 kilograms shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Classification Society under the supervision of the Buyer’s Representatives as hereafter defined, the Classification Society and the Builder on the basis of the actual measurement of the light weight of the completed Vessel countersigned by Classification Society, and thereafter a certificate of deadweight shall be issued by the Builder.

(iii) The fuel consumption for the main engine of the Vessel shall not exceed 173.60 gram per kW hour, with tolerance of +5% based on using Diesel oil of low calorific value of 10,200 Kcal per kg at MCR of main engine under the ISO ambient condition, at shop test.

(iv) The Vessel shall be delivered fully in class free of recommendations.

 

(d) NATIONALITY OF THE VESSEL

The Vessel shall be registered by the Buyer at its own cost and expense under the laws of its home port of Marshall Islands at the time of its delivery and acceptance hereunder. The Buyer retains the right to change the nationality of the vessel within one (1) month after signing of this Contract. Such a change shall not affect the classification of the Vessel nor adversely impact the Builders production schedule. The Buyer shall bear related costs, if any.

(End of Article)

 

8


2. CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel delivered to the Buyer at the Shipyard shall be United States Dollars Thirty Seven Million only (US$ 37,000,000) (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract Price”) plus any increases or less any decreases due to adjustment or modifications, if any, as set forth in this Contract. The Contract Price shall include payment for services for the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the Vessel rendered by the Classification Society and shall not include the cost of items to be supplied by the Buyer as stipulated in the Specifications.

The Builder shall, however, undertake to install in the Vessel all of such Buyer’s supplied articles without extra cost to the Buyer, but the Buyer shall pay all charges and expenses, including the customs clearance fee, for transporting such Buyer’s supplied articles into the Shipyard. Transportation / crane usage within shipyard for the construction purposes only will be provided free of charge. The Builder will ensure a secure bonded warehouse is made available for the supply of Owners items without cost.

The Contract Price also includes all costs and expenses for supplying all necessary drawings except those to be furnished by the Buyer in accordance with the Specifications.

(End of Article)

 

9


3. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be adjusted as hereinafter set forth in the event of the following contingencies. It is hereby understood by both parties that any adjustment of the Contract Price as provided for in this Article is by way of liquidated damages and not by way of penalty.

 

(a) DELAYED DELIVERY

( i) No adjustment shall be made, and the Contract Price shall remain unchanged, for the first thirty (30) days of delay in delivery of the Vessel (ending as of 12 o’clock midnight Korean standard time on the thirtieth day of delay) beyond the Delivery Date as defined and calculated in accordance with Article 7 (a) hereof.

(ii) If delivery of the Vessel is delayed more than thirty (30) days from the date upon which the delivery is due from the Builder under the terms of this Contract, then, beginning at midnight of the thirtieth day after such due date, the Contract Price of the Vessel shall be reduced by deducting therefrom for each full day of the delay after the first allowed thirty (30) days, as follows:

31 st – 120 th day of delay from Delivery Date...       US$10,000 per day

121 st – 210 th day of delay from Delivery Date...     US$12,000 per day

However, unless the parties agree otherwise, the total amount of deduction from the Contract Price owing to the delayed delivery shall not exceed the amount due to cover the delay of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the thirty (30) days for the delay of delivery of the Vessel at the rate of deduction as specified above.

(iii) But, if the delay in the delivery of the Vessel continues for a period of more than two hundred and ten (210) days from the date upon which the delivery is due from the Builder under the terms of this Contract, then, in such event, and after such period has expired, the Buyer may, at its option, cancel this Contract by serving upon the Builder a notice of cancellation in writing or by e-mail or telefax.

Such cancellation shall be effective as of the date the notice thereof is received by the Builder, and the Builder, upon receipt of such notice, shall promptly refund telegraphically to the Buyer in U.S. Dollars all the instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder with interest as hereinafter provided for in Paragraph (g) of Article 10 hereof. The transfer and other bank charges of such refunds shall be for the Builder’s account. The aforementioned refund by the Builder to the Buyer shall forthwith discharge all obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties to the other under this Contract.

 

10


The Builder may, at any time after the expiration of the aforementioned two hundred and ten (210) days delay in delivery, if the Buyer has not served the notice of cancellation as above provided, demand in writing that the Buyer make an election and suggest new future delivery date, in which case the Buyer shall, within twenty (20) days after such demand is received by the Buyer, either notify the Builder of its intention to cancel this Contract or consent to the delivery of the Vessel at an agreed future date. If the Buyer shall not make an election within twenty (20) days as provided hereinabove, the Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted such extension of the Delivery Date to the future delivery date indicated by the Builder.

It is agreed by the parties that if the Vessel is not delivered by such future date, the Buyer shall have the same right of acceptance or cancellation upon the same terms, as hereinabove provided.

(iv) For the purpose of this Article, the delivery of the Vessel shall be deemed to be delayed when and if the Vessel, after taking into full account extension of the Delivery Date by reason of permissible delays as herein provided in Articles 5(c)(ii), 6(b) and 8(c) and (e) and any delays caused by any action or fault of the Buyer, provided requisite notice has been issued for such permissible delay, is delivered beyond the date upon which delivery would then be due under the terms of this Contract.

 

(b) INSUFFICIENT SPEED

(i) The Contract Price of the Vessel shall not be affected or changed, if the actual speed, as determined by trial runs more fully described in Article 6 hereof, is less than the speed required under the terms of this Contract and the Specifications provided such deficiency in actual speed is less than three-tenths (3/10) of one knot below the guaranteed speed.

(ii) However, commencing with and including a deficiency of three tenths (3/10) of one (1) knot, the Contract Price shall be reduced for each full one-tenth (1/10) of one knot of deficiency in speed and up to nine-tenths (9/10) of one (1) knot (but fractions of less than one-tenth (1/10) of one knot shall be disregarded) as follows;

 

For three tenth (0.3) of a knot by a total of: US$60,000.-

for four-tenth (0.4) of a knot by a total of: US$120,000.-

for five-tenth (0.5) of a knot by a total of: US$180,000.-

for six-tenth (0.6) of a knot by a total of: US$240,000.-

for seven-tenth (0.7) of a knot by a total of: US$300,000.-

for eight-tenth (0.8) of a knot by a total of: US$360,000.-

for nine-tenth (0.9) of a knot by a total of: US$420,000.-

 

11


(iii) If the deficiency in actual speed of the Vessel is more than nine tenths (9/10) of a full knot below the speed guaranteed under this Contract, then the Buyer, at its option, may, subject to the Builder’s right to effect alterations or corrections as provided in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price as specified above for nine-tenths (9/10) of a knot.

 

(c) EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

(i) The Contract Price shall not be affected or changed by reason of the fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, as determined by the engine manufacturer’s shop trial as per the Specifications being more than the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, if such excess is not more than five percent (5%) over the guaranteed fuel consumption. Buyers Representatives will be provided fourteen (14) days notice of engine trials in order to be present during aforementioned trials.

(ii) However, commencing with and including an excess of five percent (5%) in the actual fuel consumption over the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, the Contract Price shall be reduced by US$50,000 for each full one percent (1%) increase in fuel consumption above the said five per cent (5%) increase in fuel consumption (fractions of one percent shall be disregarded), up to a maximum of eight percent (8%) over the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine.

(iii) If such actual fuel consumption exceeds eight percent (8%) of the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, the Buyer, at its option, may, subject to the Builder’s right to effect alterations or corrections as specified in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price as specified above.

(iv) The fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine shall be determined by the result of the engine manufacturer’s shop trial. Fuel will have a LCV (lower calorific value) of 10,200kcal/kg.

 

(d) DEADWEIGHT BELOW CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

(i) The Contract Price of the Vessel shall not be affected or changed, if actual deadweight tonnage determined as provided in this Contract Article 1 (c) and the Specifications, is below the deadweight tonnage of 50,000 metric tons on scantling moulded draft of 13.06 meters as required by this Contract and the Specification or above the same by an amount of 500 metric tons or less. However, should the actual deadweight tonnage of the Vessel be

 

12


more than 500 metric tons below the said required deadweight tonnage, then the Contract Price of the Vessel shall be reduced for each full one metric ton (fractions of one metric ton shall be disregarded) of decreased deadweight in excess of 500 metric tons by the sum of US$900 per metric ton.

(ii) If the deficiency in the deadweight tonnage of the Vessel is more than 1,000 metric tons below the said required deadweight tonnage, then the Buyer, at his option, may, subject to the Builder’s rights to effect alterations or corrections as specified in Article 6 (e) hereof, cancel this Contract or may accept the Vessel with a maximum reduction in the Contract Price at the rate given above.

 

(e) EFFECT OF CANCELLATION

It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties that in any case, if the Buyer cancels this Contract under this Article, the Buyer shall not be entitled to any liquidated damages, or any other recourse, except what is provided for in Article 10 (g), (h) of this Contract.

 

(f) METHOD OF SETTLEMENT

All adjustment of the Contract Price provided in this Article shall be balanced by adjustment of the last instalment of the Contract Price due upon delivery of the Vessel. For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer shall be entitled to deduct automatically an amount equal to the aggregate liquidated damages determined in accordance with this Article from the final instalment of the Contract Price payable on delivery of the Vessel. The liquidated damages payable under this Article are cumulative and not exclusive.

(End of Article)

 

13


4. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

 

(a) APPOINTMENT OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

The Buyer shall timely despatch to and maintain at the Shipyard, at its own cost, expense and risk one or more representative(s) (hereinafter called the “Buyer’s Representative”), who shall be duly accredited in writing by the Buyer to supervise adequately the construction by the Builder of the Vessel, her equipment and all accessories. Upon appointment of Buyer’s Representative, the Buyer shall notify the Builder in writing of the name and the scope of the authority of the Buyer’s Representative. The Buyer shall have the right to replace or substitute any of its representatives upon prior notice to the Builder.

 

(b) AUTHORITY OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

The Buyer’s Representative shall, at all reasonable times during the construction until delivery of the Vessel, have the right to inspect the Vessel, her equipment and all accessories, and all work in progress, or materials utilized in connection with the construction of the Vessel, her equipment and accessories, wherever such work is being done or such materials are stored, for the purpose of determining that the Vessel, her equipment and accessories are being constructed in accordance with the terms of this Contract and/or the Specifications and Plans.

The Buyer’s Representative shall, within the limits of the authority conferred upon him by the Buyer, make decisions or give advice to the Builder on behalf of the Buyer without undue delay on all matters arising out of, or in connection with, the construction of the Vessel. The decision, approval or advice of the Buyer’s Representative shall be deemed to have been given by the Buyer if given within his authority.

The Buyer’s Representative shall notify the Builder in writing without undue delay of his discovery of any construction or materials, which he believes do not or will not conform to the requirements of the Contract, the Plans or the Specifications and likewise advise and consult with the Builder on all matters pertaining to the construction of the Vessel as may be required by the Builder or as he may deem necessary.

However, if the Buyer’s Representative fails to submit to the Builder within five (5) working days any such demand concerning alterations or changes with respect to the construction, arrangement or outfit of the Vessel, which the Buyer’s Representative has examined, inspected or attended at the test thereof under this Contract or the Specifications, the Buyer’s Representative shall be deemed to have approved the same and shall be precluded from making any demand for alterations, changes, or complaints with respect thereto at a later date. The approval or otherwise by Buyers Representative shall not affect, alter nor reduce the Builders liability whatsoever for constructing the Vessel in accordance with the Contract and Specifications.

 

14


The Builder shall give a notice reasonably in advance to the Buyer’s Representative of the date and place of major shop trials and major tests of the Vessel provided that at least fourteen (14) days advance notice shall be given to the Buyer’s Representative for main engine shop test and diesel generator test. Detailed procedures of the trials and the tests thereof shall be in accordance with the Specifications with a written test procedure to be submitted to the Buyers Representative at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such trials taking place. Failure of Buyer’s Representative’s presence at such trials and tests after such due notice has been given to and acknowledged by him shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Buyer’s right to demand such alterations or changes after the trials and tests and inspections unless the Buyer’s Representative gives three (3) days advance notice of his inability to attend, provided, however, that failure of Buyer’s Representative’s presence shall not cause a proven delay in the delivery of the Vessel.

The Builder shall comply with any such demand which is not contradictory to this Contract, the Plans or the Specifications, provided that any and all such demands by the Buyer’s Representative with regard to construction, arrangement and outfit of the Vessel shall be submitted in writing to the authorized representative of the Builder. Remarks made on inspection sheets are considered Buyers comments submitted in writing. The Builder shall notify the Buyer’s Representative of the names of the persons who are from time to time authorized by the Builder for this purpose. In any event, it is understood and agreed that the supervision exercised on behalf of the Buyer shall not alter or diminish the responsibility of the Builder with regard to its obligations under this Contract.

It is agreed upon between the Buyer and the Builder that the modifications, alterations or changes and other measures necessary to comply with such demand may be effected at a convenient time and place at the Builder’s reasonable discretion in view of the construction schedule of the Vessel. If delays in rectification of an item impact construction progress, such consequences to be to the cost and responsibility of the Builder.

In the event that the Buyer’s Representative shall advise the Builder that he has discovered and believes the construction or materials do not or will not conform to the requirements of this Contract, the Plans or the Specifications and the Builder shall not agree with the views of the Buyer’s Representative in such respect, either the Buyer or the Builder may either seek an opinion of the Classification Society and/or request an arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

The Classification Society or the Arbitration Board shall determine whether or not a non-conformity with the provisions of this Contract, the Plans and the Specification exists. If the Classification Society or the Arbitration Board enters a determination in favour of the Buyer, then in such case the Builder shall make the necessary alterations or changes, or if such alterations or changes cannot be made in time to meet the construction schedule for the Vessel, the Builder shall make fair and reasonable adjustment of the Contract Price in lieu of such minor alterations and changes, provided however that the omission of such required

 

15


alterations and changes does not affect the class and statutory certificates of the Vessel and/or its normal operation. If the Classification Society or the Arbitration Board enters a determination in favour of the Builder, then the time for delivery of the Vessel shall be extended for the period of delay in construction, if any, occasioned by such proceedings, and the Buyer shall compensate the Builder for the proven loss incurred by the Builder as a result of the dispute referred to herein.

 

(c) APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

 

  (i) All plans and drawings and instruction books to be in English.

 

  (ii) The Builder shall obtain the approval from the Buyer for the plans and drawings in accordance with the Specifications. The Builder shall submit to the Buyer three (3) copies of each of the plans and drawings to be submitted to the Buyer for its approval at its address as set forth in Clause 19 hereof. One copy each of the plans and drawings will be provided in pdf format by e-mail. The Buyer shall, within twenty one (21) days after receipt thereof, return to the Builder one (1) copy of such plans and drawings with the approval or comments, if any, of the Buyer. A list of the plans and drawings to be so submitted to the Buyer shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties hereto. One clean copy of all approved plans with comments from the Classification Society and Buyer are to be submitted to the Buyers Representative ten (10) working days in advance of inspection of the relevant items.

 

  (iii) When and if the Buyer’s Representative shall have been sent by the Buyer to the Shipyard in accordance with Paragraph (a) of the Article, the Builder may submit the remainder, if any, of the plans and drawings in the agreed list, to the Buyer’s Representative for his approval, unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties hereto.

The Buyer’s Representative shall, within seven (7) days after receipt thereof, return to the Builder one (1) copy of such plans and drawings with his approval or comments written thereof, if any. Approval by the Buyer’s Representative of the plans and drawings duly submitted to him shall be deemed to be the approval by the Buyer for all purposes of this Contract.

 

(d) SALARIES AND EXPENSES

All salaries and expenses of the Buyer’s representative or any other person or persons employed by the Buyer hereunder shall be for the Buyer’s account.

 

16


(e) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

(i) The Builder shall furnish the Buyer’s Representative and the Buyer’s Representative’s assistant(s), free of charge, with suitably furnished office space with adequate lighting, heating, air conditioning and electricity at, or in the immediate vicinity of the Shipyard together with telephone, Internet and use of e-mail and telefax facilities as may be necessary to enable the Buyer’s Representative and/or his assistant(s) to carry out their work under this Contract. The Buyer, however, shall bear all communication charges including telephone, telefax, e-mail and etc. incurred by his representatives or his assistant(s) payable against vouchers. The Builder, its employees, agents and subcontractors, during all reasonable times until delivery of the Vessel, shall give them full co-operation in carrying out their duties and arrange for them to have free and ready access to the Vessel, her equipment and accessories, and to any other place (except the areas controlled for the purpose of national security) where work is being done, or materials are being processed or stored in connection with the construction of the Vessel, including the premises of subcontractors.

The Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or employees shall observe the work rules and regulations prevailing at the Builder’s and its subcontractors’ premises.

The Builder shall promptly provide to the Buyer’s Representative and/or his assistant(s) and shall secure that its subcontractors shall promptly provide all such information as he or they may reasonably request in connection with the construction of the Vessel and her engines, equipment and machinery.

(ii) The Buyer’s Representative and his assistant(s) shall at all times remain as the employees of the Buyer. The Builder shall not be liable to the Buyer, or the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or the Buyer’s employees or agents for personal injuries, including death, during the time they, or any of them, are on the Vessel, or within the premises of either the Builder or his subcontractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the Vessel, unless, however, such personal injuries, including death are caused by the negligence of the Builder, its subcontractor or its employees or agents. The Builder undertakes to ensure an effective, visible and workable Health, Safety and Environment system is in place according to the Builder’s shipbuilding practice. The Builder shall not be liable to the Buyer, or the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or the Buyer’s employees or agents for damages to, or loss or destruction of personal property of the Buyer, or of the Buyer’s Representative or his assistant(s) or of the Buyer’s employees or agents, unless such damages, loss or destruction were caused by negligence of the Builder, or its subcontractors or its employees or agents.

(iii) The Builder shall build and outfit the Vessel according to this Contract at its shipyards at Tongyoung, Deokpo and Sacheon, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (the “Shipyard”) using its own shipyard organisation.

The Builder is, however, authorised to sub-contract part of the work to third party sub-contractors who will carry out works in accordance with the standards of this Contract, provided that the work is done in Korea and the Builder shall have first given notice in writing to the Buyer.

 

17


Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Builder shall remain fully liable for the due and complete performance of all the Builder’s obligations under this Contract notwithstanding the entering into of any such sub-contract as aforesaid. However, the Vessel shall always remain at the Shipyard unless the Buyer and the Builder agree otherwise.

No sub-contract shall bind or purport to bind the Buyer, and each sub-contract shall be the responsibility of the Builder and not contain any retention rights, liens or other such rights that may interfere at anytime with the ownership of the Vessel by the Buyer.

All sub-contractors howsoever employed or engaged are hereby declared and agreed to be sub-contractors employed or engaged by the Builder and the Builder agrees that it is and shall remain fully responsible for and liable in respect of any sub-contractors and/or their acts or omissions and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Builder shall ensure control over supervision and scheduling of the all work done by any subcontractor.

The Builder hereby agrees that if any of its employees, servants or agents or those of the subcontractors appointed pursuant to this Contract shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Buyer, not be carrying out properly their duties and responsibilities under or pursuant to the terms of this Contract, the Buyer shall be entitled (by giving written notice to the Builder) to draw the same to the attention of the Builder and, if the Buyer considers it necessary, to request the Builder to replace such person(s) if the same are its own employees, servants or agents, or to use its best endeavours to replace such person(s) if the same are the employees, servants or agents of a sub-contractor. The Builder shall investigate any such request, and, if found justified, take appropriate action. Any such replacement shall be within such a time scale so as to ensure that the Builder continues to carry out all of its duties and obligations under or pursuant to this Contract.

Buyers inspection and final assembly of any sub-contracted work shall be at the Builders Shipyard. The Builder will arrange for the Buyer to execute pre-production inspection of sub-contractors premises by providing reasonable advanced notice to inspect the facility. Buyers retain the right to inspect vetting records by Builders Quality Control Department confirming certification and compliance with the Builders quality standards.

 

(f) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

 

  (i)

The Buyer shall undertake and assure that the Buyer’s Representative shall carry out his duties hereunder in accordance with the normal international shipbuilding practice and in such way so as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost, delay in the construction of the Vessel and/or any disturbance in the construction schedule of the Builder. The Buyer’s Representative shall carry out inspection of the Vessel during the whole period of the construction including Saturdays and Sundays. The Builder shall endeavour to carry out inspections in normal working hours. Tests beyond normal working hours shall be treated as the exception, necessary for the timely construction of the vessel. In such cases the Builder will provide transport to and from the Shipyard for the Supervisor free of charge. The Builder has the right to reasonably request the Buyer

 

18


  to replace the Buyer’s Representative who is deemed unsuitable and unsatisfactory for the proper progress of the Vessel’s construction. The Buyer shall investigate the situation by sending another representative to the Shipyard if necessary, and if the Buyer considers that such Builder’s notice is justified, the Buyer shall effect a replacement as soon as conveniently arrangeable.

 

  (ii) The Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth shall at all times remain as the employees of the Builder. The Buyer shall not be liable to the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth for personal injuries, including death, during the time they, or any of them, are on the Vessel, or within the premises of either the Builder or his subcontractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the Vessel, unless, however, such personal injuries, including death are caused by the negligence of the Buyer, its employees or agents. The Buyer shall not be liable to the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agents, subcontractors and so forth for damages to, or loss or destruction of property of the Builder, or the Builder’s employees, agent, subcontractors and so forth unless such damages, loss or destruction were caused by negligence of the Buyer, or its employees or agents.

(End of Article)

 

19


5. MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS

 

(a) HOW EFFECTED

Minor modifications or changes to the Specifications or Plans under which the Vessel is to be constructed may be made at any time hereafter by written agreement of the parties hereto.

(i) The Builder may make minor changes to the Specifications or Plans, if found necessary for introduction of improved production methods or otherwise, provided that the Builder shall first obtain the Buyer’s prior written approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such changes do not result in any decrease in performance or capacity of the Vessel and provided further that the Vessel remains compliant with the rules and regulations of the Classification Society and that the Vessel’s class and statutory certificates and/or its normal operation are not affected thereby in any way whatsoever.

(ii) Any modification or change to the Specifications or Plans requested by the Buyer which does not affect the framework of the Specifications or Plans and also does not adversely affect the Builder’s planning or program in relation to the Builder’s other commitments which have been entered into at that time shall be agreed to by the Builder if the Buyer agrees to the necessary adjustment (if any) of the Contract Price, deadweight, speed requirements, the Delivery Date and other terms and conditions of this Contract reasonably required as a result of such modification or change. The Builder, however, hereby agrees to exert its best efforts to accommodate such reasonable request by the Buyer so that the said changes and/or modifications may be made at a reasonable cost and within the shortest period of time which is reasonably possible.

The Builder has the right to continue construction of the Vessel on the basis of the Specifications and Plans pending a final outcome / decision. The Builder shall be entitled to refuse to make any alteration, change or modification of the Specifications and/or Plans requested by the Buyer if in the Builder’s judgment the compliance with such request would cause an unreasonable disruption of the normal working schedule of the Shipyard.

The aforementioned agreement to modify and change the Specifications and Plans may be effected by exchange of letters or telefaxes manifesting the agreement. The letters and telefaxes exchanged by the parties pursuant to the foregoing shall constitute an amendment to this Contract and the Specifications or Plans.

Upon consummation of such an agreement to modify and change the Specifications or Plans, the Builder shall alter the construction of the Vessel in accordance therewith including any addition to, or deduction from the work to be performed in connection with such construction.

 

20


(b) SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS

In the event that any of the materials required by the Specifications or otherwise under this Contract for the construction of the Vessel cannot be procured in time to effect delivery of the Vessel, or are in short supply though such materials are timely ordered, the Builder may, provided the Buyer so agrees in writing, supply other materials and equipment of the best available and like quality, capable of meeting the requirements of the Classification Society and of the rules, regulations, requirements and recommendations with which the construction of the Vessel must comply. Any agreement as to such substitution of materials shall be effected in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) of this Article and shall not, likewise, include a decrease or increase in the Contract Price and other terms and conditions of this Contract affected by such substitution.

Furthermore, it is expressly agreed that should the Builder have to use any steel made in China they will only use steel produced by major Chinese steel mills used by major Korean shipyards. No Brazilian steel will be used for any of the integral parts of the Vessel without the Buyer’s prior approval in its absolute discretion. All steel to be provided in accordance with Classification standards and approvals.

 

(c) CHANGES IN CLASS AND RULES

If, after the date provided for in Article 1 (b) (ii) of this Contract, any requirements as to Class or as to the above specified rules and regulations with which the construction of the Vessel is required to comply are altered or changed by the Classification Society or bodies authorized to make such alterations or changes, either of the parties hereto, upon receipt of due notice thereof, shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other party in writing. Thereupon, within fifteen (15) working days after receipt of the said notice from the Builder or giving the same to the Builder, the Buyer shall advise the Builder as to the alterations and changes, if any, to be made on the Vessel which the Buyer, at its sole discretion, shall decide. The Builder shall not be obliged to comply with such alterations and/or changes if the Buyer fails to notify the Builder of its decision within the time limit stated above or if such alterations and/or changes are not compulsory under the relevant rules, regulations or requirements.

The Builder shall comply promptly with the said request of the Buyer, provided that the Builder and the Buyer shall first agree to:

 

  (i) any reasonable increase or decrease in the Contract Price of the Vessel that is occasioned by the cost of such compliance,

 

  (ii) any reasonable extension or advancement in the Delivery Date of the Vessel that is occasioned by such compliance,

 

21


  (iii) any reasonable increase or decrease in the deadweight and/or cubic capacity of the Vessel, if such compliance results in any increase or reduction in the deadweight,

 

  (iv) adjustment of the speed requirements, if any, and fuel oil consumption,

 

  (v) any other reasonable alterations in the terms of this Contract, or of the Specifications or Plans, or both, if such compliance makes such alterations of the terms necessary.

If the parties are unable to agree any of the above, the parties may by mutual agreement refer the dispute to a third party expert as may be mutually agreed between the parties hereto and who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

Any delay in the construction of the Vessel caused by the Buyer’s delay in making a decision or agreement as above shall constitute a permissible delay under this Contract. Such agreement by the Buyer shall be effected in the same manner as provided above for modification and change of the Specifications and Plans.

When reasonably required by the Buyer, the Builder shall furnish reasonable information relating to the cost break down in respect of the modifications referred to in this Article.

The agreed extra cost or credit as a result of the modifications under this Article shall be paid upon acceptance and delivery of the Vessel together with the final instalment.

(End of Article)

 

22


6. TRIALS AND SEA TRIALS

 

(a) GENERAL

The Builder shall carry out and run the tests and trials on the Vessel in the manner and to the extent as described in the Specifications (and the trials schedule) and otherwise as may be required by the Classification Society.

 

(b) NOTICE

The Builder shall notify the Buyer in writing or by telefax or e-mail, at least fourteen (14) working days in advance, of the time and place of the trial run of the Vessel. Such notice shall specify the Korean port from which the Vessel will commence her trial run and approximate date upon which the trial run is expected to take place.

Such date shall be further confirmed by the Builder by at least five (5) working days advance telefax or e-mail notice. The Representatives of the Buyer, who are to witness the performance of the Vessel during such trial run, shall be present at such place on the date specified in such notice. Should such Representatives fail to be present after the Builder’s due notice to the Buyer as provided above, the Builder shall be entitled to conduct such trial run with the presence of the Classification Surveyor only without the Representatives of the Buyer being present.

In such case, the Buyer shall be obliged to accept the test and trial results of the Vessel to the extent only of those items actual tested on the basis of a certificate issued by the Builder and witnessed by Classification Surveyor that the Vessel, after the trial run, subject to alterations and corrections, if necessary, has been found to conform with the Specifications and this Contract and is satisfactory in all respects, provided the Builder first makes such corrections and alterations promptly.

In the event of unfavourable weather on the date specified for the trial run, the trial run shall take place on the first available day that weather conditions permit. The parties hereto recognize that the weather conditions in Korean waters, in which the trial run is to take place, are such that great changes in weather may arise momentarily and without warning and, therefore, it is agreed that, if during the trial run, the weather should change to be sufficiently unfavourable so that the trial run cannot be continued, then the trial run shall be discontinued and postponed until the first favourable day next following, unless the Buyer shall assent to the acceptance of the Vessel by notification in writing on the basis of such trial run so far made prior to such change in weather conditions. Any delay of the trial run caused by such unfavourable weather conditions shall also operate to extend the Delivery Date of the Vessel for the period of delay occasioned by such unfavourable weather conditions and such delay shall be deemed as a permissible delay in the delivery of the Vessel.

 

23


(c) HOW CONDUCTED

All expenses in connection with the trials of the Vessel are to be for the account of the Builder which, during the trials, shall provide at its own expense the necessary fully qualified and certified crew to comply with conditions of safe navigation. The Vessel shall be properly equipped during Sea Trials with sufficient life saving appliances and equipment for the number of persons onboard.

The trials shall be conducted in the manner prescribed in this Contract and the Specifications and shall prove fulfilment of the performance requirements for the trials as set forth in the Specifications. The Builder shall be entitled to conduct preliminary sea trials, during which the propulsion plant shall be adjusted according to the Builder’s judgment notwithstanding any provisions of the Specifications. The Builder shall have the right to repeat any trial whatsoever as it deems necessary and in such instance the provisions of Paragraph (b) shall apply save for the provisions as to notice where the Builder shall provide the Buyer with two (2) working days advance notice only in case a trial is required to be repeated after it has been completed to allow reasonable time for the Buyer’s Representative to board the Vessel again. Should a trial be required to be repeated immediately or shortly after it has taken place but whilst the Buyer’s Representative is still on board the Vessel, no advance notice is required by the Builder.

 

(d) CONSUMABLE STORES

The Builder shall load the Vessel with the required quantity of fuel oil, lubricating oil and greases, fresh water, and other stores necessary to conduct the trials as set forth in the Specifications. The necessary ballast (fuel oil, fresh water and such other ballast as may be required) to bring the Vessel to the trial load draft, as specified in the Specifications, shall be supplied and paid by the Builder. The fuel oil, as well as lubricating oil, shall be in accordance with the engine Specifications. The Buyer shall have the option to supply lubricating oil and greases for the conduct of trials as well as for use before the delivery of the Vessel to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall decide and advise the Builder of supplier’s name two (2) months before commencement of installation of Main Engine, provided that the supplier shall be acceptable to the makers of all the machinery.

 

(e) ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

(i) Upon completion of sea trial, the Builder shall submit to the Buyer a jointly signed copy of all tests and trials carried out with regard to her machinery and equipment, hereinafter referred to as the Sea Trial Report as and if the Builder considers that the result of sea trial indicates conformity of the Vessel to this Contract and the Specifications and Plans.

 

24


The Buyer shall within five (5) working days after receipt of such Sea Trial Report notify the Builder in writing or by e-mail or telefax of its acceptance or rejection of the Sea Trial Report, provided that in case of rejecting the Sea Trial Report, the Buyer shall set out in its notice of rejection a detailed, clear explanation of all and any aspects of the Sea Trial Report which it considers do not comply with this Contract, the Specifications and/or the Plans.

If the Builder is in agreement with the Buyer’s determinations as to non-conformity, the Builder shall make such alterations or changes as may be necessary to correct such nonconformity and shall prove the fulfilment of the Contract and Specifications by such tests or trials as may be necessary and as witnessed by the Buyer’s Representative(s). If the Builder is not in agreement with the Buyer’s determination as to non-conformity, each party shall be entitled to refer the disagreement to the Classification Society and/or Arbitration as per Article 13.

The Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Vessel by reason of any minor or insubstantial items judged from the point of view of international standard shipbuilding and shipping practice as not being in conformity with the Specifications and insofar as the same do not affect the conditions of class of the Vessel, other statutory regulations in respect of the Vessel and/or its normal operation, but, in that case, the Builder shall not be released from the obligation to correct and/or remedy such minor or insubstantial items as soon as practicable after the delivery of the Vessel. If inconvenient for the Vessel to have such items corrected and/or remedied at the Builder’s yard, the Builder shall arrange to have such corrections or remedies carried out elsewhere, and may, if practicable, do such work while the Vessel is sailing. The Buyer may, if proposed by the Builder in its absolute discretion decide to agree to receive a payment in lieu of such items being corrected and/or remedied. Any payment in lieu shall be agreed between the Builder and the Buyer.

(ii) If during any sea trial any breakdowns occur entailing interruption or irregular performance which can be repaired on board, the sea trial shall be continued after such repairs and be valid in all respects. However, if during or after the sea trial it becomes apparent that the Vessel or any part of her equipment requires alterations or correction which but for this provision would or might entitle the Buyer to cancel this Contract, the Builder shall have the right to attempt to carry out such alterations or corrections and shall notify the Buyer promptly in writing or by e-mail or telefax to such effect and shall simultaneously advise the Buyer of the estimated additional time required for the necessary alterations or corrections to be made. The Buyer shall, within three (3) working days of receipt from the Builder of notice of completion of such alterations or corrections and after such further trials or tests as necessary, notify the Builder in writing or by e-mail or telefax of its acceptance, qualified acceptance or rejection of the Vessel, all in accordance with the Specification, Plans and the Contract, and shall not be entitled to reject the Vessel on such grounds until such time.

 

25


(iii) The notice periods allowed and additional time required for such alterations and corrections shall not be permissible delays extending the delivery date of the Vessel under this Contract.

 

(f) EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

The Buyer’s written, e-mailed or telefaxed notification of acceptance delivered to the Builder as above provided shall be final and binding insofar as conformity of the Sea Trial Report with this Contract, the Plans and the Specifications is concerned and shall preclude the Buyer from refusing formal delivery of the Vessel as hereinafter provided, if the Builder complies with all procedural requirements of delivery, as herein set forth, and provided that, in the case of qualified acceptance, any matters which were mentioned in the notice of the qualified acceptance by the Buyer as requiring correction have been corrected satisfactorily.

If the Buyer fails to notify the Builder of its acceptance or rejection of the Sea Trial Report as hereinabove provided, the Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted the Sea Trial Report.

However, nothing herein shall affect the Buyer’s rights under Article 9 hereof.

 

(g) DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS CONSUMABLE STORES

Any fuel oil, lubrication oil, in drums/tanks or other unbroached greases or system lines (i.e. framo system lines, ect.) and consumable stores furnished and paid for by the Builder for trial runs remaining on board the Vessel at the time of acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer shall be bought by the Buyer from the Builder at the Builder’s actual invoice price for such supply in Korea and payment by the Buyer thereof shall be made at the time of delivery of the Vessel. The Buyers and Builders representatives shall jointly measure and agree quantities of lubricating, hydraulic and fuel oils remaining in storage tanks and unbroached drums or system lines (i.e. framo system lines, etc.).

The Builder shall pay the Buyer at the time of delivery of the Vessel an amount for the consumed quantity during trial run of any lubricating oil and greases which were furnished and paid for by the Buyer at the Buyer’s purchase price thereof. In measuring the consumed quantity, lubricating oils and greases remaining in the main engine, other machinery and stern tube, shall be excluded.

(End of Article)

 

26


7. DELIVERY

 

(a) TIME AND PLACE

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Builder to the Buyer at the Shipyard on or before October 31 st , 2013 (hereinafter called “the Delivery Date”) after completion of satisfactory trials and acceptance by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of Article 6(e), except that, in the event of delays in delivery by the Builder due to causes which under the terms of this Contract permit extensions of the time for delivery, the aforementioned Delivery Date shall be extended accordingly. The Builder shall provide the Buyer in writing by e-mail or telefax thirty (30) days approximate notice of readiness and fourteen (14), seven (7) and three (3) days definite notice of readiness for delivery of the vessel.

 

(b) WHEN AND HOW EFFECTED

The Vessel is to be delivered fully completed and fitted out, safely afloat, carefully cleaned, properly moored with free access to the sea and ready for oceangoing sailing, with inventories of spare parts and equipments as provided in the Specifications.

Provided that the Buyer shall concurrently with delivery of the Vessel release to the Builder the delivery instalment as set forth in Article 10 (b) hereof and shall have fulfilled all of its obligations provided for in this Contract, delivery of the Vessel shall be forthwith effected upon acceptance thereof by the Buyer, as hereinabove provided, by the concurrent delivery by each of the parties hereto to the other of a PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE acknowledging delivery of the Vessel by the Builder and acceptance thereof by the Buyer, which PROTOCOL shall be prepared in duplicate and signed by each of the parties hereto. It is expressly understood that acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer and payment by the Buyer of the delivery instalment to the Builder does not relieve the Builder from liability for defects under this Contract in accordance with Article 9.

 

(c) DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE BUYER

Acceptance of the Vessel by the Buyer shall be conditional upon receipt by the Buyer from the Builder of the following duly authenticated documents which shall accompany the aforementioned PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE:

(i) PROTOCOL OF TRIALS of the Vessel made pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications,

 

27


(ii) PROTOCOL OF INVENTORY of the equipment of the Vessel including spare parts and the like as specified in the Specifications,

(iii) PROTOCOL OF STORES OF CONSUMABLE NATURE, such as all fuel oil, lubricating oil, and fresh water remaining in tanks if their cost is charged to the Buyer, but not water or oils or greases in the machinery which are on board and delivered to the Buyer with the Vessel at the price set forth in Article 6(g) hereof,

(iv) FINAL DRAWING AND PLANS AND INSTRUCTIONS BOOKS in the English language pertaining to the Vessel as stipulated in the Specifications, which shall be furnished to the Buyer at no additional cost,

(v) ALL CERTIFICATES required to be furnished upon delivery of the Vessel pursuant to this Contract, the Specifications and/or Plans and in accordance with the customary international shipbuilding practice, including, but not limited to:

 

  (1) Certificate for Classification free from conditions of class

 

  (2) International Load Line Certificate

 

  (3) Cargo Safety Radio Certificate

 

  (4) Cargo Safety Construction Certificate

 

  (5) Cargo Safety Equipment Certificate

 

  (6) Classification Certificate for anchor, chains and hawsers, machinery and equipment

 

  (7) Certificate for life-boats and life saving equipments

 

  (8) Certificates for navigation lights and special signal lights

 

  (9) International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate

 

  (10) International Tonnage Certificate

 

  (11) Builder’s Certificate (duly notarized and legalized)

 

  (12) Compass adjustment Certificate

 

  (13) Suez Canal and Panama Canal Tonnage Certificate

 

  (14) De-ratisation Certificate

 

  (15) Deadweight Certificate

 

  (16) Lifting Appliances Certificate (including cranes and grabs)

 

  (17) International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate

 

  (18) ISPS Certificate

 

  (19) Coating Technical File

 

  (20) International Sewage Pollution Certificate

 

  (21) Certified Loading Manual

 

  (22) P&A Manual

 

  (23) International Certificate of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in Bulk

 

  (24) Certified Cargo oil tanks calibration

 

  (25) Ballast Management Certificate

 

  (26) Emergency Towing Procedures

 

  (27) Engine Technical File

 

  (28) Load Test certificates for all designated lifting lugs / points installed

 

28


All certificates or relevant documents which are to be duly notarized and legalized shall be agreed between the parties prior to delivery. All certificates to be delivered in one (1) original and two (2) copies to the Buyer.

If any Certificate, Drawing, Plan, Diagram or other documents referred to in this Article, through no fault on the part of Builder, cannot be made upon delivery and if the absence thereof does not impede the navigation or management of the Vessel, a provisional certificate shall be acceptable by the Buyer provided the formal Certificate, Drawing, Plan, Diagram or other document be delivered as soon as practicable after delivery of the Vessel.

(vi) DECLARATION OF WARRANTY of the Builder that the Vessel is delivered to the Buyer free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, mortgages or other encumbrances upon the Buyer’s title thereto and in particular, that the Vessel is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes, or charges imposed by the prefecture or country of the port of delivery, as well as of all liabilities of the Builder to its subcontractors, employees, and crew and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the Vessel in sea trials, or otherwise, prior to delivery.

 

  (vii) COMMERCIAL INVOICE

 

  (viii) BILL OF SALE (duly notarised and legalised without insertion of the Contract Price) If the Contract Price is required in the Bill of Sale, the Buyer shall pay the cost for putting the Contract Price as per actual invoice.

 

  (ix) Such other documents required to be issued by the Builder for the Buyer’s registration of the Vessel under its port of registry, provided that the same are reasonably requested in advance of delivery of the Vessel.

 

(d) TENDER OF VESSEL

If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel after completion thereof according to this Contract and the Specifications, the Builder shall have the right to tender delivery of the Vessel after compliance with all procedural requirements as provided above.

 

(e) TITLE AND RISK

Title to and possession and risk of the Vessel shall pass to the Buyer upon delivery and acceptance of the Vessel being effected, as stated above, it is being expressly understood that, until such delivery is effected, the Vessel and equipment thereof, including equipment

 

29


supplied by the Buyer or his supplier(s) are, except as provided for in Article 12 (b), at the entire risk of the Builder including but not confined to, risks of war, insurrection and seizure by governments or authorities, whether Korean or foreign, and whether at war or at peace. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause the title to the material and equipment supplied by the Buyer shall remain with the Buyer.

 

(f) REMOVAL OF THE VESSEL

The Buyer shall take possession of the Vessel immediately upon delivery thereof and, if so requested by the Builder, shall remove the Vessel from the Shipyard within five (5) working days after delivery thereof is effected. The Builder shall provide at its cost linesmen to let go the lines during the unberth of the Vessel.

If Buyer fails to remove the Vessel from the premise of the Shipyard within the aforesaid five (5) working days, in such event, the Buyer shall pay to the Builder a reasonable mooring charge of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

30


8. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

    (FORCE MAJEURE)

 

(a) CAUSE OF DELAY

The Delivery Date shall be extended to the extent that the construction of the Vessel or any performance required as a prerequisite of delivery of the Vessel is delayed or prevented due to any force majeure event, that is to say, any extraordinary circumstances or events in or outside Korea such as war or warlike conditions, acts of state or government, blockade, revolution, insurrections, mobilization, civil commotions, riots, import or export bans, statutory contract reduction in working hours, shortage of materials or equipment provided that (i) such materials or equipments at the time of ordering could reasonably be expected by the Builder to be delivered in time and (ii) such orders were actually made in time and (iii) the Builder can show due diligence, strikes, sabotage or lockout, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure of electric current, natural catastrophe, tidal waves, typhoons, flood, unusually severe weather condition, fire, Act of God or any other extraordinary event beyond the control of the Builder, or any such force majeure event affecting major suppliers and/or major subcontractors (including but not limited to delivery being prevented or delayed by delayed deliveries of major parts or important performances by subcontractors due to the aforementioned force majeure events or due to circumstances beyond the suppliers’ and/or subcontractors’ control, bankruptcy or the like) PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (i) such delay or event has not been caused by any negligence or intentional act of the Builder or its sub-contractors; and

 

  (ii) the Builder shall use all reasonable efforts to prevent or minimise any delay in the construction of the Vessel resulting from such events (including, but without limitation), the obtaining of items from alternative sources and the introduction of overtime).

 

(b) NOTICE OF DELAYS

Within seven (7) days after commencement of any cause of delay on account of which the Builder claims that it is entitled under this Contract to an extension of the Delivery Date of the Vessel, excluding delays due to arbitration, the Builder shall advise the Buyer in writing or by e-mail or telefax of the date such cause of delay commenced, and the reasons thereof, and, if possible, its estimated duration of the probable delay in the delivery of the Vessel. The Builder shall also provide the Buyer with evidence to justify the delay claimed.

 

31


The Builder shall be entitled to an extension of the delivery date of the Vessel from the commencement of the occurrence of the event of Force Majeure if notice is given within seven (7) days or if such notice cannot be given within that period for reasons outside the control of the Builder and this can be proved to the Buyer and in all other cases from the actual date of notification by the Builder to the Buyer.

As soon as possible but at least within seven (7) days after such cause of delay ends, the Builder shall likewise advise the Buyer in writing or by e-mail or telefax the date that such cause of delay ended, and specify the period of time by which the Builder claims the Delivery Date should be extended by reason of such delay. If the Builder does not give the timely advice as above, the Builder shall lose the right to claim such delays as permissible delay.

Failure of the Buyer to object to the Builder’s notification of any claim for extension of the date for delivery of the Vessel within ten (10) days after receipt by the Buyer of such notification shall be deemed to be a waiver by the Buyer of its right to object to such extension. Failure of the Builder to give the aforementioned notices shall preclude the Builder from claiming the relevant delay as a permissible delay.

Any event which lasts for less than a continuous period of 48 hours shall be disregarded for the purposes of this Article. Any two or more events referred to in (a) above that run concurrently shall be treated as a single permitted delay.

 

(c) RIGHT TO CANCEL FOR EXCESSIVE DELAY

If the total accumulated time of all permissible and non-permissible delays, excluding (i) delays due to arbitration (ii) delays due to the Buyer’s defaults of a nature which under the terms of this Contract permit extension of the time for delivery (iii) delays due to modifications and changes under Article 5 or (iv) delays in delivery of the Buyer’s supplied items, aggregate two hundred and ten (210) days or more, the Buyer may at any time thereafter cancel this Contract by giving a written notice of cancellation to the Builder.

Such cancellation shall be effective as of the date the notice thereof is received by the Builder, and the Builder, upon receipt of such notice, and upon the Buyer’s demand, shall promptly refund in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 (g) hereof all payments made to the Builder by the Buyer. The aforementioned refund by the Builder as provided in Article 10 (g) shall forthwith discharge all obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto to the other under this Contract.

If the Buyer has not cancelled this Contract as above provided, the Builder may, at any time after expiration of the accumulated time of the aforementioned delays, notify the Buyer of the date upon which the Builder estimated the Vessel will be ready for delivery and demand in writing that the Buyer make an election either to cancel this Contract or to consent to the delivery of the Vessel at such future date in which case the Buyer shall, within fourteen (14)

 

32


working days after receipt of such demand, make and notify the Builder of such election. If the Buyer elects to consent to the delivery of the Vessel at such future date:

(i) Such future date shall become the contractual Delivery Date for the purposes of this Contract and shall be subject to extension by reason of permissible delays as herein provided, and

(ii) If the Vessel is not delivered by such revised contractual Delivery Date (as extended by reason of permissible delays) the Buyer shall have the same right of cancellation upon the same terms as hereinabove provided.

 

(d) DELAY OF BUYER’S SUPPLIED ARTICLES

In the event the Buyer’s supplied articles and the necessary installation drawings and instruction books necessary for designing and the working drawings relative to the said articles are not delivered to the Builder within the time limits agreed thirty (30) days in advance of installation, between the Builder and the Buyer, then the Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended by such period as the Builder can prove that the delivery of the Vessel was unavoidably delayed as a result of the delay in the said Buyer’s supplied articles.

 

(e) DEFINITION OF PERMISSIBLE DELAYS

Delays on account of the foregoing causes shall be understood to be permissible delays, and are to be distinguished from non-permissible, unauthorized delays on account of which the Contract Price of the Vessel is subject to adjustment as provided for in Article 3 hereof.

(End of Article)

 

33


9. WARRANTY OF QUALITY

 

(a) GUARANTEE OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

The Builder, subject to Paragraph (c)(vi) of this Article, for the period of twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of the Vessel to the Buyer, guarantees the Vessel, painting and coatings thereof and her engine, including all parts and equipment that are manufactured or furnished or installed by the Builder or its sub-contractors or its suppliers under this Contract (including the installation of Buyer’s supplies) against all defects which are due to defective materials, construction, miscalculation, faulty installation, poor workmanship and/or negligent or other improper acts or omissions on the part of the Builder or its subcontractors, provided reasons for such defects have not been caused by perils of the sea, rivers or navigation, or by normal wear and tear, overload, improper loading or stowage, corrosion of the materials if caused by the Buyer, fire, accident, incompetence, mismanagement, negligence or wilful neglect or by alteration or addition by the Buyer not previously approved by the Builder.

The Builder will be responsible for all machinery or parts of machinery and all constructions which are supplied by sub-contractors and/or suppliers and/or manufacturers and guarantees and warrants the above mentioned for a period of twelve (12) months on the basis as specified in this Paragraph or for such longer period as the manufacturers and/or sub-contractors and/or suppliers thereof may provide.

 

(b) NOTICE OF DEFECTS

The Buyer, or its duly authorized representative, will notify the Builder in writing, or by e-mail or telefax, as soon as possible after discovery of any defect for which a claim is to be made under this guarantee.

The Buyer’s written notice shall include full particulars as to the nature of the defect, and the extent of the damage caused thereby. The Builder will be under no obligation with respect to this guarantee, in respect of any claim for defects discovered prior to the expiry date of the guarantee, unless notice of such defects is received by the Builder not later than fourteen (14) days after such expiry date. E-mail or telefax advice within fourteen (14) days that a claim is forthcoming will be sufficient compliance with the requirement as to time.

However in the case of underwater defects which are ascertained during an examination by Class approved divers at a mutually agreed time and place which is to be carried out prior to the expiry of the Guarantee Period, such defects may be remedied at the time of the first scheduled drydocking, unless the Vessel’s seaworthiness or Class is affected thereby in which case such defects will be remedied immediately.

 

34


The Builder’s liability for any such underwater defects shall be limited to the extent discovered after the said diver’s survey excluding fair wear and tear and accident damages occurring after delivery of the Vessel, and shall not exceed the cost of remedying such defects.

The cost of such divers’ inspection shall be born by the Builder in the event any defects are found, otherwise such cost shall be borne by the Buyer.

 

(c) REMEDY OF DEFECTS

(i) The Builder shall remedy, at its expense, any defects, against which the Vessel is guaranteed under this Article, by making all necessary repairs or replacements at the Shipyard or elsewhere as provided for in (ii) hereinbelow. In such case the Builder shall not be responsible for towage, dockage, wharfage, port charges and anything else incurred for the Buyer’s getting and keeping the Vessel ready for such repairing or replacing.

(ii) However, if it is impractical (which shall include, but not be limited to, an emergency) to bring the Vessel to the Shipyard, the Buyer may cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made elsewhere which is deemed by the Buyer, with the consent of the Builder which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to be suitable for the purpose, provided that, in such event, the Builder may forward or supply replacement parts or materials to the Vessel, unless forwarding or supplying thereof to the Vessel would impair or delay the operation or working schedule of the Vessel. In the event that the Buyer proposes to cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made to the Vessel at any shipyard or works other than the Shipyard, the Buyer shall first (but in all events as soon as reasonably possible) give the Builder notice in writing, or by e-mail or telefax, of the time and place such repairs will be made, and if the Vessel is not thereby delayed, or her operation or working schedule is not thereby impaired, the Builder shall have the right to verify by its own representative(s) the nature and extent of the defects complained of.

The Builder shall, in such case, promptly advise the Buyer by e-mail or telefax, after such examination has been completed, of its acceptance or rejection of the defects as ones that are covered by the guarantee herein provided. Upon the Builder’s acceptance of the defects as justifying remedy under this Article, or upon award of the arbitration so determining, the Builder shall immediately pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the reasonable cost of making the repairs or replacement.

(iii) In the event that it is necessary for the Builder to forward a replacement for a defective part under this guarantee, replacement parts shall be shipped to the Buyer under the term of C.I.F. to the country and place where they are to be forwarded.

 

35


(iv) In any event, the Vessel shall be taken at the Buyer’s cost and responsibility to the place elected, ready in all respects for such repairs or replacements.

(v) Any dispute under this Article shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

(vi) Any major parts or materials (including painting or coating) replaced during the Guarantee Period under Paragraph (a) of this Article shall be guaranteed for a further twelve (12) months, but not more than fifteen (15) months from delivery of the Vessel (eighteen (18) months in respect of hull exterior coating and painting).

 

(d) EXTENT OF THE BUILDER’S LIABILITY

The Builder shall be under no obligation with respect to defects of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused discovered after the expiration of the period of guarantee specified above. In no event shall the Builder be liable for any consequential loss, damages or expenses occasioned by or connected with any defect, nor for a loss of time in operating the Vessel due to repairs caused by any defect.

The Builder shall under no circumstances be liable for defects in the Vessel, or any part of equipment thereof, caused by perils of the sea or rivers, or navigation, or fire, or normal wear and tear, or accidents at sea or elsewhere or by mismanagement, accident, negligence, wilful neglect, alteration or addition on the part of the Buyer, its employees or agents on or doing work on the Vessel including Vessel’s officers, crew, and passengers. Likewise, the Builder shall not be liable for defects in the Vessel or any part of equipment thereof, that are due to repairs which were made by others than the Builder or its representative at the discretion of the Buyer, as hereinabove provided, subject to the end of the first paragraph of Article 9(a) hereof.

The liability of the Builder provided for in this Article shall be limited to defects directly caused by defective materials, construction miscalculation, faulty installation, poor workmanship, and/or negligent or other improper acts or omissions on the part of the Builder or its sub-contractors, as above provided. The Builder shall not be obliged to repair, nor be liable for damage to the Vessel or any part of the equipment thereof, which after delivery of the Vessel, is caused other than by the defects of the nature specified in Article 9 (a). The guarantees contained as hereinabove in this Article replace and exclude any other liability, guarantee, warranty and/or condition imposed or implied by law, customary, statutory or otherwise on the part of the Builder by reason of the construction and sale of the Vessel for and to the Buyer.

 

36


(e) RETRIEVAL OF REPLACED EQUIPMENT/PARTS

The Builder reserves the option to retrieve at the Builder’s cost any of the replaced equipment/parts in case the defects are remedied in accordance with the provisions in this Article.

 

(f) GUARANTEE ENGINEER

The Builder will at the request of the Buyer appoint a guarantee engineer to serve on the Vessel as its representative for a period of three (3) months from the date the Vessel is delivered. However, if the Buyer and the Builder shall deem it necessary to keep the guarantee engineer on the Vessel for a longer period, then he shall remain on board the Vessel after the said three (3) months, but not longer than twelve (12) months from the delivery of the Vessel.

The Buyer and its employees shall give such guarantee engineer full cooperation in carrying out his duties as the Representative of the Builder onboard the Vessel.

The Buyer shall accord the guarantee engineer treatment comparable to the Vessel’s chief engineer, and shall provide board and lodging at no cost to the Builder or the guarantee engineer.

While the guarantee engineer is on board the Vessel, the Buyer shall pay to the guarantee engineer the sum of US$ 6,000 per month, the expenses of his repatriation to Seoul, Korea by air upon termination of his service, the expenses of his communication with the Builder incurred in performing his duties and expenses, if any, of his medical and hospital care in the Vessel’s hospital.

The Buyer has the right to request the Builder to replace a guarantee engineer who is deemed unsuitable and unsatisfactory for the proper exercise of his task. The Builder shall investigate the situation by sending its representatives to the Vessel if necessary and if the Builder considers that such notice is justified the Builder shall effect a replacement as soon as conveniently arrangeable. In any case, it is understood that the guarantee engineer shall have to adhere to the no alcohol policy of the Vessel whilst on board.

The guarantee engineer will sign the standard indemnity letter for all people coming on board.

 

(g) CREW FAMILIARIZATION

The Builder shall arrange at their cost, if any, for the Makers/Suppliers personnel to conduct familiarization of Buyers crew with the Vessels machinery and equipment at site. During such familiarization the equipment shall be demonstrated in working condition, as far as practically possible.

 

37


(h) PROGRESS REPORTS

The Buyer is entitled to require the Builder to report on condition of progress of the construction of the vessel. The Builder shall provide upon the Buyer’s request progress report showing items completed against a timeline of stated key dates. Such report to be in the Builders standard format.

(End of Article)

 

38


10. PAYMENT

 

(a) CURRENCY

All payments under this Contract shall be made in United States Dollars.

 

(b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be due and payable by the Buyer to the Builder in instalments as follows:

(i) First Instalment

The first instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer. The Refund Guarantee may be issued by means of an authenticated swift message to the Buyer’s nominated bank in which case payment shall be made within five (5) banking days of receipt of such swift message by the Buyer’s bank.

(ii) Second Instalment

The second instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollar Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the steel cutting of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that steel cutting has commenced and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society, which to be effected not earlier than twelve (12) months prior to delivery of the Vessel.

(iii) Third Instalment

The third instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of keel laying of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that keel laying has occurred and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

39


  (iv) Fourth Instalment

The fourth instalment equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the launching of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that launching has taken place and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment equal to sixty percent (60%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Two Million Two Hundred Thousand only (US$22,200,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

Any and all payment due under this Contract shall not be delayed or withheld by the Buyer on account of any dispute or disagreement of whatsoever nature arising between the parties hereto.

 

(c) METHOD OF PAYMENT

(i) First Instalment

Within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the first instalment to the account of the Builder (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) in favour of the Builder.

(ii) Second Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the steel cutting of the Vessel has been commenced and, in any case, not earlier than twelve (12) months prior to delivery, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the second instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the steel cutting of the Vessel has been completed.

 

40


(iii) Third Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the keel laying of the Vessel has been completed, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the third instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the keel laying of the Vessel has been completed.

 

  (iv) Fourth Instalment

Within five (5) banking days after the Buyer’s receipt of e-mail or telefax advice from the Builder that the launching of the Vessel has been completed, the Buyer shall remit by bank transfer by telex or cable the fourth instalment to the Bank in favour of the Builder payable against the Builder’s written statement endorsed by the Classification Society that the launching of the Vessel has been completed.

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

Upon the cost adjustment to the Contract Price in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, the Buyer shall, at least two (2) banking days prior to the anticipated delivery of the Vessel, remit by bank transfer telex or cable the fifth instalment as adjusted, if any, to the Bank with an irrevocable instruction valid for a period of ten (10) banking days that the amount so remitted shall be payable to the Builder against presentation by the Builder to the Bank a copy of PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE of the Vessel executed by the Buyer and the Builder and countersigned by a representative of the Buyer’s bank if presented together with an invoice for the amount due under this instalment.

If the Builder fails to present a copy of the signed PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE (and duly countersigned by a representative of the Buyer’s bank if presented) to the Bank within the said period of ten (10) banking days or unless the validity of the instruction is further extended by the Buyer based on a mutual understanding reached with the Builder within the said ten (10) days validity period, the Bank shall remit the said amount of the fifth instalment to the Buyer’s bank account immediately upon expiry of the said initial ten (10) days validity period of the instruction.

In the event of the fifth instalment having been so returned by the Bank to the Buyer, the Buyer shall remit the fifth instalment again to the Bank as laid down in this Paragraph upon receipt of a further notice from the Builder for readiness of the Vessel for delivery.

 

(d) EXPENSES

All expenses and normal bank charges for remitting payment shall be for account of the Buyer.

 

41


(e) DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

At least fourteen (14) working days prior to the date on which any payment shall fall due hereunder, with the exception of the initial payment, the Builder shall notify the Buyer by e-mail or telefax of the date such payment shall become due.

The Buyer shall immediately acknowledge receipt of such notification by e-mail or telefax to the Builder, and make payment as set forth in this Article. If the Builder fails to receive the Buyer’s said acknowledgement within five (5) days after sending the aforementioned notification, the Builder shall promptly e-mail or telefax to the Buyer a second notification of similar import.

The Buyer shall immediately acknowledge by e-mail or telefax receipt of the foregoing second notification regardless of whether or not the first notification was acknowledged as aforesaid.

 

(f) DEFINITION OF BANKING DAYS

Wherever the term “banking days” is used in this Contract, it is understood and agreed that the term excludes bank holidays in the United States of America, Greece and Korea.

 

(g) PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

The payments made by the Buyer to the Builder prior to delivery of the Vessel shall constitute advances to the Builder. If the Vessel is rejected by the Buyer or this Contract is cancelled by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Contract including on the Builder’s default or otherwise, or except in the case of cancellation of this Contract by the Builder under the provisions of Article 11 hereof, if this Contract is terminated, cancelled by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the Builder shall forthwith refund to the Buyer, in United States Dollars, the full amount of total sums paid by the Buyer to the Builder in advance of delivery, together with interest thereon as herein provided unless the BUILDER proceeds to the arbitration under the provisions of Article 13 hereof.

The transfer and other bank charges of such refund shall be for the Builder’s account. The interest rate of the refund, as above provided, shall be six percent (6%) per annum from the day following the date of receipt by the Builder of the pre-delivery instalment(s) to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund, provided, however, that if the said cancellation by the BUYER is made under the provisions of paragraph (c) of Article 8 or paragraph (b) (ii of Article 17 hereof, then in such event the BUILDER shall not be required to pay any interest.

 

42


(h) RETURN OF THE BUYER’S SUPPLIES

If pursuant to the provisions of this Contract the Builder is required to refund to the Buyer the instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder, the Builder shall, at the sole discretion of the Buyer, either (i) return to the Buyer all of the Buyer’s supplies not incorporated into the Vessel and pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the cost of those supplies incorporated into the Vessel, or (ii) pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the actual cost of all supplies provided to the Builder and paid for by the Buyer irrespectively of whether or not the same have been incorporated into the Vessel.

(i) DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS

The refund provided in the foregoing Paragraphs (g) and (h) by the Builder to the Buyer shall forthwith discharge all the obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto to the other, except for the claims by the Builder against the Buyer, if any under this Contract. Any and all refunds or payments due to the Buyer under this Contract shall be effected by telegraphic transfer to the account specified by the Buyer.

(i) REFUND GUARANTEE

The Builder shall, as a condition precedent to the payment of the first instalment, deliver to the Buyer an assignable and irrevocable Letter of Guarantee, in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit “A”, issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank for the refund of the instalments before delivery to the Buyer under or pursuant to Paragraph (f) above plus interest as aforesaid. All expenses in issuing and maintaining such Letter of Guarantee shall be borne by the Builder.

 

(k) PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

As security for instalments due and payable in accordance with Paragraph (b) above and as a Performance Guarantee, the Buyer shall, within ten (10) days after effectiveness of this Contract, execute, deliver and furnish, at its own cost and expense, an assignable and irrevocable Letter of Guarantee issued by Ardmore Shipping Limited as security for the payment of each instalment by the Buyer described in Paragraph (b) above and the due and full performance of all the obligations of the Buyer under this Contract, which shall be substantially in form annexed hereto as Exhibit “B”.

(End of Article)

 

43


11. DEFAULT BY THE BUYER AND THE BUILDER

 

(a) DEFINITION OF BUYER’S DEFAULT

The Buyer shall be deemed to be in default under this Contract in the following cases:

(i) If any of the instalments when due and payable before delivery of the Vessel is not paid by the Buyer to the Builder as provided in Article 10 hereof; or

(ii) If the fifth instalment as adjusted when due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel is not paid by the Buyer upon delivery of the Vessel as provided in Article 10 hereof; or

(iii) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel when the Vessel is validly and legally tendered for delivery by the Builder under the provisions of Article 7 hereof; or

(iv) If the Buyer fails to furnish the Builder with the Performance Guarantee in Article 10(k) within ten (10) days after the effectiveness of the Contract.

In the event that the Buyer is in default of any of its obligations under this Contract, the Builder is entitled to and shall have the following rights, powers and remedies as the Builder may have elsewhere in this Contract and/or at law, at equity or otherwise.

 

(b) EFFECT OF BUYER’S DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

If the Buyer shall be in default of its obligations as provided in Paragraph (a) above under this Contract and shall fail to remedy such breach within fifteen (15) days of receiving written notice thereof from the Builder (unless the Buyer disputes that there is such a breach and has referred the matter to arbitration) then:

(i) The Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended automatically for the actual period of such default and the Builder shall not be obliged to pay any liquidated damages for the delay in delivery of the Vessel caused thereby.

(ii) The Buyer shall pay to the Builder interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum in respect of the instalment payment so in default for the whole period of default commencing with the first day of default and lasting to the date of actual receipt by the Builder of the full amount of such instalment.

 

44


(iii) If the Buyer is in default in payment of any of the instalment(s) due and payable prior to or simultaneously with the delivery of the Vessel, the Builder shall, in writing or by e-mail or telefax, notify the Buyer to that effect, and the Buyer shall upon receipt of such notification, forthwith acknowledge in writing or by e-mail or telefax to the Builder that such notification has been received.

If the said default of the Buyer continues for a period of ten (10) working days after the Builder’s notification to the Buyer of such default, the Builder may, at its option, cancel this Contract by serving upon the Buyer a letter, an e-mail or a telefax notice of cancellation.

( iv) In the event of such cancellation by the Builder of this Contract due to the Buyer’s default in payment of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth instalment, the Builder shall be entitled to retain and apply the instalments already paid by the Buyer to the recovery of the Builder’s expenses due to the Buyer’s default and the cancellation of this Contract and at the same time the Builder shall have the full right and power either to complete or not to complete the Vessel which is the sole property of the Builder as it deems fit, and to sell the Vessel by private sale either in a complete or in an incomplete state, provided always that the Builder shall (i) act in a prudent and reasonable manner to mitigate the extent of any damages caused by the Buyer’s default and (ii) provide the Buyer with a seven (7)-working day advance notice in writing that such sale is planned.

The sale of the Vessel as above provided shall be made by the Builder upon such terms and conditions as the Builder may deem fit provided that (i) the Builder shall use all reasonable endeavours to secure the best price obtainable, (ii) the sale is on an arms-length basis and not to a connected or affiliated company shall be without prejudice to any right of the Builder to recover proved damages from the Buyer consequent upon such default of the Buyer.

The proceeds received by the Builder from the sale shall be applied in addition to the retained instalment(s) by the Builder as mentioned hereinabove as follows:

FIRST, in payment of all reasonable costs and expenses of the sale of the Vessel, including interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective date of payment of such costs and expenses aforesaid to the date of sale on account of the Buyer’s default.

SECOND, if the Vessel has been completed, in or towards satisfaction of the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, to which shall be added the cost of all additional work and extras agreed in writing by the Buyer including interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective due date of the instalment in default to the date of sale, or if the Vessel has not been completed, in or towards satisfaction of the unpaid amount of the cost incurred by the Builder prior to the date of sale on account of construction of the Vessel, including work, labour, materials and reasonably estimated profit, which the Builder would have been entitled to receive if the Vessel had been completed and delivered plus interest thereon at six percent (6%) per annum from the respective due date of the instalment in default to the date of sale.

THIRD, the balance of the proceeds, if any, shall belong to the Buyer, and shall forthwith be paid over to the Buyer by the Builder without interest, provided, however, that the amount of such payment to the Buyer shall in no event exceed the total amount of Instalments already paid by the Buyer and the cost of the Buyer’s Supplies, if any.

 

45


In the event of the proceeds from the sale together with instalment(s) retained by the Builder being insufficient to pay the Builder, the Buyer shall be liable for the deficiency and shall pay the same to the Builder upon its demand.

 

(c) DEFINITION OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

The Builder shall be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Contract if:-

 

  (i) the Builder shall commit a major breach of any term of this Contract which significantly affects performance of the Builder’s obligations under this Contract and shall fail to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof from the Buyer and in any event before delivery of the Vessel (unless the Builder disputes that there is such a breach and has referred the matter to arbitration); and/or

 

  (ii) if the Builder shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, shall be adjudicated, insolvent, shall apply to the courts for protection from its creditors, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or take advantage of any insolvency law, or any action shall be taken by the Builder having an effect similar to any of the foregoing or the equivalent thereof in any jurisdiction; and/or

 

  (iii) the occurrence of any of the events set out in sub-paragraph (ii) above with respect to the Refund Guarantor, and the failure by the Builder within ninety (90) days thereof to replace the Refund Guarantee with that of an alternative guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

(d) EFFECT OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

If any such default as referred to in Paragraph (c) above occurs then the Buyer may cancel this Contract by promptly notifying the Builder in writing after the period to remedy it has expired (if any). Such cancellation is to be effective as of the date when such notice of cancellation is received by the Builder (such notice shall be deemed received by the Builder within 24 hours from the moment it was sent by fax or e-mail by the Buyer) and the provisions of Article 10(g) shall apply in respect of such cancellation. In the event that the Buyer elects not to cancel this Contract it shall be entitled to pursue such claims and remedies as it may elect subject to the applicable law.

(End of Article)

 

46


12. BUYER’S SUPPLIES

 

(a) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

The Buyer shall, at its own risk and expenses, supply/arrange all of the Buyer’s supplies, as specified in the Specifications, to the Builder at the Shipyard in proper condition ready for installation and in accordance with the time schedule to be furnished by the Builder to meet the building schedule of the Vessel. Such schedule to be advised by the Builder within six (6) months after this Contract becomes effective according to Article 20.

In order to facilitate the installation of the Buyer’s supplies by the Builder, the Buyer shall furnish the Builder with the relevant plans, instructions books, test reports and all test certificates required by the Builder and shall use its reasonable endeavours to cause the representatives of the makers of these articles, if necessary, to give the Builder any advice, instruction or assistance which the Builder may reasonably require in the installation or adjustment thereof at the Shipyard, all without cost or expense to the Builder.

The Buyer shall be liable for any expense incurred by the Builder for repair of the Buyer’s supplied items, if any, due to defective design or materials, poor workmanship or performance or due to damage in transit;

Should the Buyer fail to deliver to the Builder such items within the time schedule referred to in this Article, the Delivery Date of the Vessel shall be extended to the extent that such delay in delivery shall affect the delivery of the Vessel. In such event, to the extent that such failure was in the control of the Buyer and occurred as a result of the negligence of the Buyer, the Buyer shall pay to the Builder all reasonable documented losses sustained by the Builder due to such delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies and such payment shall be made upon delivery of the Vessel, provided, however, that the Builder shall promptly have given the Buyer written notice of any delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies as soon as the delay occurs which might give rise to a claim by the Builder under the Paragraph.

Furthermore, if the delay in delivery of the Buyer’s supplies should exceed ten (10) working days from the date specified by the Builder, the Builder shall be entitled to proceed with construction of the Vessel without installation of such items (regardless of their nature or importance to the Buyer or Vessel) in or on the Vessel without prejudice to the Builder’s right hereinabove provided, and the Buyer shall accept the Vessel so completed otherwise in accordance with this Contract.

 

47


(b) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

The Builder shall be responsible for storing in suitable safe storage which has appropriate proof against weather, dust and theft, safekeeping and handling the Buyer’s supplies which the Builder is required to install on board the Vessel under the Specification after delivery of such supplies to the Shipyard, and shall install such supplies on board the Vessel at the Builder’s expense.

However, the Builder shall not be responsible for the quality, performance or efficiency of any equipment included in the Buyer’s supplies and is under no obligation with respect to the guarantee of such equipment against any defects caused by poor quality, performance or efficiency of the Buyer’s supplies provided that the Builder or its subcontractor install the equipment properly.

If any Buyer’s supplies are lost or damaged while in the custody of the Builder, the Builder shall, if the loss or damage is due to default or negligence or omission on its part, be responsible for such loss or damage.

Upon delivery of the Buyer’s supplies at the Shipyard, the Builder and the Buyer shall carry out a joint unpacking of the Buyer’s supplies so that the condition at the time of delivery can be confirmed.

(End of Article)

 

48


13. ARBITRATION

 

(a) DECISION BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

If any dispute or any difference shall arise between the parties hereto with regard to this Contract or the Specifications, the parties may by mutual written agreement refer the dispute to the Classification Society or to such other expert as may be mutually agreed between the parties hereto and whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

(b) PROCEEDINGS OF ARBITRATION

In the event that the parties hereto shall fail to agree to settle a dispute according to Paragraph (a) hereof, such dispute shall be referred to arbitration by a sole arbitrator and London shall be the place of arbitration unless mutually agreed otherwise by the parties. The arbitration proceeding, including the enforcement of award shall be conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement within fourteen (14) days of first notification of either party to the other of intention to arbitrate such dispute or difference. If the parties cannot agree upon a sole arbitrator within fourteen (14) days as above, each party shall within fourteen (14) days appoint an arbitrator and the arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third arbitrator within fourteen (14) days. If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within fourteen (14) days after their appointment, either of said two (2) arbitrators may apply for the appointment of the third arbitrator in accordance with the Acts, and the three (3) arbitrators shall constitute the board of arbitration (hereinafter called the “Arbitration Board”) for the settlement of the question or questions.

If a party fails to appoint an arbitrator as aforementioned within fourteen (14) days following failure to agree on a sole arbitrator, the party failing to appoint an arbitrator shall be deemed to have accepted and appointed, as its own arbitrator, the arbitrator appointed by the party demanding arbitration and the arbitration shall proceed before this sole arbitrator who alone in such event shall constitute the Arbitration Board.

The award of the Arbitration Board made hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto and judgment thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction for enforcement thereof.

 

49


In the event of any dispute or difference arising or occurring prior to delivery to, or acceptance by, the Buyer of the Vessel being referred to arbitration, the parties hereby acknowledge that time is of essence in obtaining an award from the arbitrator on such dispute or difference and the parties hereby agree that the arbitration shall be conducted according to the following timetable:

 

  (a) The claimant in the arbitration to serve points of claim within fourteen (14) days of the appointment of the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

 

  (b) The respondent in the arbitration to serve points of defence and counterclaim, if any, within fourteen (14) days thereafter.

 

  (c) The claimant to serve points of reply and defence to counterclaim, if any, within seven (7) days thereafter and the hearing of the arbitration to commence within twelve (12) weeks of the appointment of the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

If the above timetable is practically impossible to apply either party may request an extension of the time limit from the sole arbitrator or the Arbitration Board, as the case may be.

 

(c) EXPENSES OF ARBITRATION

The Arbitration Board shall determine in its award which party shall bear the expenses of the arbitration, or the proportion of such expenses which each party shall bear.

 

(d) ALTERATION OF DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

In the event of the arbitration of any dispute or disputes arising or occurring prior to delivery to or acceptance by the Buyer of the Vessel, the award by the Arbitration Board of the said dispute or disputes shall include a finding as to whether or not the contractual Delivery Date of the Vessel should as a result of such dispute be in any way altered.

 

(e) ENTRY IN COURT

Judgment on an award by the Arbitration Board may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement thereof.

(End of Article)

 

50


14. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS

 

(a) ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUYER

The Buyer may not assign the benefit of this Contract except to any bank which finances the Buyer’s purchase of the Vessel. Where the Buyer wishes to assign the benefit of this Contract to any other party, it shall obtain prior written consent of the Builder (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). In any event, the Buyer shall not assign the benefit of this Contract in part.

In the event of any assignment pursuant to the terms of this Contract, the Assignee, its successors and assigns shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereinunder. However, in the case of assignment, the Buyer shall remain responsible for performance by the assignee, its successor and assigns of all the Buyer’s obligations, liabilities and responsibilities under this Contract. It is understood that any expenses or charges incurred by the transfer of this Contract shall be for the account of the Buyer.

 

(b) ASSIGNMENT BY THE BUILDER

The Builder shall have the right to assign this Contract at any time after the effective date hereof, provided that prior written agreement is obtained from the Buyer.

(End of Article)

 

51


15. TAXES, DUTIES AND REGISTRATION

 

(a) Taxes and Duties Incurred in Korea:

The Builder shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees and bank charges and expenses incurred in Korea in connection with execution and/or performance of this Contract as the Builder, except for any taxes and duties imposed in Korea upon the Buyer’s Supplies.

 

(b) Taxes and Duties Incurred outside Korea:

The Buyer shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees and bank charges and expenses incurred outside Korea, except at the Builder’s Bank, in connection with execution and/or performance of this Contract as the BUYER but shall include any taxes and duties imposed upon the Buyer’s Supplies in Korea.

 

(c) DUTIES :

The Builder shall hold the Buyer harmless from any payment of a duty imposed in Korea upon materials or supplies which, under the terms of this Contract, or amendments thereto, may be supplied by the Buyer from abroad for construction. The Builder shall likewise hold the Buyer harmless from any payment of duty imposed in Korea in connection with materials or supplies for operation of the Vessel, including running stores, provisions and supplies necessary to stock the Vessel for its operation.

 

(d) REGISTRATION:

The Buyer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the registration of the Vessel under the flag of operation.

(End of Article)

 

52


16. PATENTS. TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

Machinery and equipment of the Vessel, whether made or farnished by the Builder under this Contract, may bear the patent numbers, trademarks, or trade names of the manufacturers. The Builder shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the Buyer from all liabilities or claims for or on account of the use of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or design rights of any nature or kind or for the infringement thereof including any unpatented invention made or used in the performance of this Contract and also for any costs and expenses of litigation, if any, in connection therewith. No such liability or responsibility shall be with the Builder with regard to components and/or equipment and/or design supplied by the Buyer. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring any patent or trademark rights or copyright in equipment covered by this Contract, and all such rights are hereby expressly reserved to the true and lawful owners thereof.

The Builder shall compensate the Buyer for the cost of providing security to obtain the release of the Vessel from arrest pursuant to a claim for intellectual property infringement in the design or construction of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

53


17. INSURANCE

 

(a) EXTENT OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

From the time of launching of the Vessel until the same is completed, delivered to and accepted by the Buyer, the Builder shall, at its own cost and expense, insure the Vessel and all machinery and equipment, appurtenances and outfits, including the Buyer’s supplies, built into or installed in or upon the Vessel, against all risks under the “Institute Clauses for Builder’s Risks” with first class insurance company or underwriters in Korea.

The amount of such insurance coverage shall not be less than the aggregated amount of all instalments paid by the Buyer to the Builder plus the value of the Buyer’s supplies in the custody of the Shipyard. The Builder will supply the Buyer with copies of the insurance documents and all renewals thereof.

 

(b) APPLICATION OF THE RECOVERED AMOUNTS

In the event that the Vessel shall be damaged from any insured cause at any time before delivery of the Vessel, and in the further event that such damage shall not constitute an actual or constructive total loss of the Vessel, the amount received in respect of the insurance shall be applied by the Builder in repair of such damage, satisfactory to the Classification requirements, and the Buyer shall accept the Vessel under this Contract and the Specifications, however, subject to the extension of delivery time under Article 8 hereof (except in case of negligence of the Builder). Should the Vessel from any cause become an actual or constructive total loss, the Builder shall either:

(i) proceed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, in which case the amount received in respect of the insurance shall be applied to the construction and repair of damage of the Vessel, provided the parties hereto shall have first agreed thereto in writing and to such reasonable extension of delivery time and adjustment of the terms of this Contract including the Contract Price as may be necessary for the completion of such construction and repair; or

(ii) refund promptly to the Buyer the full amount of all sums paid by the Buyer to the Builder as instalments in advance of delivery of the Vessel and deliver to the Buyer all Buyer’s supplies (or the insurance proceeds paid in respect thereto), in which case this Contract shall be deemed to be automatically terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of the parties to the other shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

54


Within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of any damage to the Vessel constituting an actual or constructive total loss, the Buyer shall notify the Builder in writing or by telefax of its acceptance or non-acceptance of sub-paragraph (i). In the event the Buyer fails to so notify the Builder, then in the absence of such notice, this shall be construed as a non-acceptance of sub-paragraph (i) and sub-paragraph (ii) shall be deemed to apply and the Buyer shall receive the refundment as contemplated in sub-paragraph (ii) hereof.

 

(c) TERMINATION OF BUILDER’S OBLIGATION TO INSURE

The Builder shall be under no obligation to insure the Vessel hereunder after physical delivery to and acceptance by the Buyer of the Vessel.

(End of Article)

 

55


18. INTERPRETATION

This Contract has been prepared in English and shall be executed in duplicate and in such number of additional copies as may be required by either party respectively. The parties hereto agree that the validity and interpretation of this Contract and of each Article and part thereof shall be governed by the laws of England.

Any supplement, memorandum of understanding or amendment, whatsoever form it may be, relating to this Contract, to be made and signed among parties hereof after signing this Contract, shall be the integral part of this Contract and shall be predominant over the respective corresponding Article and/or Paragraph of this Contract.

(End of Article)

 

56


19. NOTICE

Any and all notices, requests, demands, instructions, advices and communications in connection with this Contract shall be written in English, sent by registered mail, e-mail or telefax shall be deemed to be given when first received whether by registered mail, e-mail or telefax. They shall be addressed as follows unless and until otherwise advised:

To the Builder: SPP SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD

   #1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon,   
   Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea   
   Phone:   82 55 851 0640   
   Telefax:   82 55 851 0396   
   E-mail:   cs@spp.co.kr   

CC:

   Sales & Marketing Dept.   
   19 th F Landmark Tower 837-36, Yeoksam-dong,   
   Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea   
   Phone : 822 2112 8314   
   Telefax: 82 2 2112 8302   
   E-mail : nb@spp.co.kr   

To the Buyer :

   c/o Ardmore Shipping Limited   
   City Gate Building, 1000   
   Mahon, Cork, Ireland   
   Phone:   +353 21 240 9148   
   Telefax:   +353 21 240 9009   
   E-mail:   mcameron@ardmoreshipping.com   

The said notice shall become effective upon receipt of the letter, e-mail or telefax communication by the receipt thereof. Where a notice by e-mail or telefax is concerned which is required to be confirmed by letter, then, unless this Contract or the relevant Clause of this Contract othervise requires, the notice shall become effective upon receipt of the e-mail or telefax.

(End of Article)

 

57


20. EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS CONTRACT

This Contract and its annexes shall become effective as from the date of execution and signing hereof by the Buyer and the Builder.

The Builder hereby warrants that no government approvals, licenses or the like need to be obtained for the construction of the Vessel and its sale and delivery to the Buyer.

(End of Article)

 

58


21. EXCLUSIVENESS

This Contract and its annexes shall constitute the only and entire agreement between the parties hereto, and unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Contract, all other agreement, oral or written, made and entered into between the parties prior to the execution of this Contract shall be null and void.

IN WITNESS whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be duly executed on the date and year first above written.

 

BUYER     BUILDER
For and on behalf of     For and on behalf of
Viking Shipco LLC     SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
By   /s/ A. M. Cameron     By   /s/ Sang June, Park
Name:   A. M. Cameron     Name:   Sang June, Park
Title:   Authorised Agent     Title:   Managing Director

 

WITNESS:    
For and on behalf of     For and on behalf of
By   /s/ Paul Tivnan     By   /s/ Young Chul, Yi
Name:   Paul Tivnan     Name:   Young Chul, Yi
Title:   General Manager     Title:   General Manager

 

59


ADDENDUM No. 1

for Hull No. S-5119

Date: August 26 th , 2011

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 is made between:

 

(1) Viking Shipco LLC whose principal office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Island (hereinafter called the “ Buyer ”) and

 

(2) SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. whose principal office at #1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea (hereinafter called the “ Builder ”)

WHEREAS:

 

  1.

A shipbuilding contract (hereinafter called the “ Contract ”) was made between the Buyer and the Builder on the 18 th day of May, 2011 for Hull No. S-5119;

 

  2. Woori Bank (hereinafter called the “Refund Guarantor”) has issued the Refund Guarantee No. 1372000018036179 on 23 June 2011 (hereinafter called the “Refund Guarantee”) in respect of all pre-delivery instalments payable by the Buyer to the Builder under the Contract.

 

  3.

The Builder received the 1 st instalment ($3,700,000.-) from the Buyer on July 8 th , 2011 in accordance with the Contract;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED;

 

AA. The Article 1 (c) (i) and (iii) of the Contract shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

 

    1. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS .

 

    (c)  PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS AND DIMENSIONS OF THE VESSEL

(i) The main propelling unit will consist of MAN B&W Licensee 6S50ME-C8.2(Tier II) type marine diesel engine equipped with exhaust gas turbo charger having a maximum continuous rating of 9,480 kW (metric unit) at 127 R.P.M. Speed at normal continuous output of 8,058 kW with fifteen percent (15%) sea margin on the design loaded draft (moulded) of 11.00M with clean bottom and calm sea (no wind, no wave and no current) shall be not less than 15.0 knots.

(iii) The fuel consumption for the main engine of the Vessel shall not exceed 168.6 gram per kW hour, with tolerance of +5% based on using Diesel oil of low calorific value of 10,200 Kcal per kg at MCR of main engine under the ISO ambient condition, at shop test.

 

 

1


BB.

The 1 st paragraph of Article 2 shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

2. CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price of the Vessel delivered to the Buyer at the Shipyard shall be United States Dollars Thirty Seven Million Six Hundred Thousand only (US$ 37,600,000) (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract Price”) plus any increases or less any decreases due to adjustment or modifications, if any, as set forth in this Contract. The Contract Price shall include payment for services for the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the Vessel rendered by the Classification Society and shall not include the cost of items to be supplied by the Buyer as stipulated in the Specifications.

 

CC. Article 7 (a) shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

7. DELIVERY

 

  (a) TIME AND PLACE

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Builder to the Buyer at the Shipyard on or before November 30 th , 2013 (hereinafter called “the Delivery Date”) after completion of satisfactory trials and acceptance by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of Article 6(e), except that, in the event of delays in delivery by the Builder due to causes which under the terms of this Contract permit extensions of the time for delivery, the aforementioned Delivery Date shall be extended accordingly. The Builder shall provide the Buyer in writing by e-mail or telefax thirty (30) days approximate notice of readiness and fourteen (14), seven (7) and three (3) days definite notice of readiness for delivery of the vessel.

 

DD. Article 10 (b) shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

10. PAYMENT

 

  (b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

The Contract Price of the Vessel shall be due and payable by the Buyer to the Builder in instalments as follows:

 

2


  (i) First Instalment

The first instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable within five (5) banking days from the date of receipt of the original Refund Guarantee as per Exhibit “A” issued by a first Korean bank acceptable to the Buyer and/or Buyer’s bank, by the Buyer. The Refund Guarantee may be issued by means of an authenticated swift message to the Buyer’s nominated bank in which case payment shall be made within five (5) banking days of receipt of such swift message by the Buyer’s bank.

 

  (ii) Second Instalment

The second instalment amounting to United States Dollar Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the steel cutting of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that steel cutting has commenced and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society, which to be effected not earlier than eleven (11) months prior to delivery of the Vessel.

 

  (iii) Third Instalment

The third instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of keel laying of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that keel laying has occurred and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

  (iv) Fourth Instalment

The fourth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Three Million Seven Hundred Thousand only (US$3,700,000) shall be due and payable upon the later of the launching of the Vessel and within five (5) banking days after the receipt of the Builder’s confirmation that launching has taken place and confirmed in writing by the Classification Society.

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Two Million Eight Hundred Thousand only (US$22,800,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

Any and all payment due under this Contract shall not be delayed or withheld by the Buyer on account of any dispute or disagreement of whatsoever nature arising between the parties hereto.

 

3


EE.

The new Contract Price in the above clause BB, i.e. $37,600,000.- includes $600,000.- for upgrading main engine to 6S50ME-C8.2(Tier II) as stipulated in the clause AA. However, the Buyer has an option to further upgrade the main engine to 6S50ME-B9.2(Tier II) with hull form of 52K PC design at $800,000.- declarable by October 31 st and therefore, the Contract Price shall be $37,800,000.-. In that regard, the difference(i.e. $200,000.-) caused by the Buyer’s selection on 6S50ME-B9.2(Tier II) shall be paid by the Buyer upon delivery together with the Fifth Instalment. So, the Fifth Instalment becomes $23,000,000.- and the Article 10 (b) (v) of the Contract shall be deleted and replaced as follows.

10. PAYMENT

 

  (b) TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

  (v) Fifth Instalment

The fifth instalment amounting to United States Dollars Twenty Three Million only (US$23,000,000) including any increase or decrease due to adjustment to the Contract Price hereunder, shall be due and payable upon delivery of the Vessel.

All other terms and conditions of the Contract which are not stipulated in this ADDENDUM NO. 1 shall remain unaltered and effective.

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 shall be governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties hereto have caused this ADDENDUM NO. 1 to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

For and on behalf of the BUYER     For and on behalf of the BUILDER
  /s/ A. M. Cameron       /s/ Sang June, Park
  By: A. M. Cameron       By: Sang June, Park
  Title: Authorised Signatory       Title: Managing Director
  Viking Shipco LLC       SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 

4

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF ARDMORE SHIPPING CORPORATION

Name of Subsidiary

Ardmore Shipping LLC

Ardmore Shipholding Ltd

Ardmore Shipping Ltd

Fastnet Shipco LLC

Rockall Shipco LLC

Malin Shipco LLC

Shannon Shipco LLC

Fitzroy Shipco LLC

Bailey Shipco LLC

Ardmore Chartering LLC

Tyne Shipco LLC

Forties Shipco LLC

Trafalgar Shipco LLC

Hebrides Shipco LLC

Cromarty Shipco LLC

Forth Shipco LLC

Viking Shipco LLC

Dogger Shipco LLC

Fisher Shipco LLC

Humber Shipco LLC

Thames Shipco LLC

Biscay Shipco LLC

Wight Shipco LLC

Dover Shipco LLC

Lundy Shipco LLC

Sole Shipco LLC

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP

We hereby consent to each reference to our firm and the discussions of advice provided us by under the headings “Tax Considerations” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Ardmore Shipping Corporation dated the date hereof, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder with respect to any part of said Registration Statement.

/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP                            

New York, New York

June 28, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 23, 2013 with respect to the balance sheet of Ardmore Shipping Corporation and our report dated May 23, 2013 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Ardmore Shipping LLC Predecessor to Ardmore Shipping Corporation, included in the Registration Statement

(Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Ardmore Shipping Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young                                

Ernst & Young

Dublin, Ireland

June 28, 2013

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

Ardmore Shipping Corporation

City Gate Building 1000

Mahon

Cork

Ireland

June 28, 2013

Dear Sir/Madam:

Reference is made to the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) and the prospectus contained therein (the “Prospectus”) of Ardmore Shipping Corporation (the “Company”) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the public offering of the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Prospectus and the use of the statistical information supplied by us set forth in the sections of the Prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary” and “The International Products and Chemical Tanker Industry.” We further advise you that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical data, we advise you that:

 

(1) we have accurately described the international products and chemical tanker industry; and

 

(2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the international products and chemical tanker industry.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Experts.”

Yours sincerely,

 

LOGO

Nigel Gardiner

Group Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

 

LOGO

LONDON | DELHI | SINGAPORE | S HANGHAI

Drewry Shipping Consultants, 15-17 Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom

t : +44 (0) 20 7538 0191   f : +44 (0) 20 7987 9396   e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk

Registered in England No. 3289135 Registered VAT No. 830 3017 77

www.drewry.co.uk

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Nominee for Director

of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

I hereby consent to the reference to me under the caption “Management” in the registration statement on Form F-1 and related prospectus as shall be held with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments thereto, of Ardmore Shipping Corporation.

 

/s/ Reginald Jones

 
Name:   Reginald Jones  
Date:   June 28, 2013  


Consent of Nominee for Director

of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

I hereby consent to the reference to me under the caption “Management” in the registration statement on Form F-1 and related prospectus as shall be held with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments thereto, of Ardmore Shipping Corporation.

 

/s/ Niall McComiskey

 
Name:   Niall McComiskey  
Date:   June 28, 2013  


Consent of Nominee for Executive Officer

of Ardmore Shipping Corporation

I hereby consent to the reference to me under the caption “Management” in the registration statement on Form F-1 and related prospectus as shall be held with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments thereto, of Ardmore Shipping Corporation.

 

/s/ Mark Cameron

 
Name:   Mark Cameron  
Date:   June 28, 2013